Docstoc

Faculty of Science

Document Sample
Faculty of Science Powered By Docstoc
					                                         Faculty of Science
Member Units
Biological Sciences
Chemistry
Environmental Science
Geosciences

Degrees Offered                                                                                                       Page No.
Bachelor of Science                                                                                                    398
Bachelor of Science (Honours) - Advanced                                                                               398
Specialist Degrees:                                                                                                    404
Bachelor of Biotechnology                                           Bachelor of Marine Science
Bachelor of Biotechnology - Advanced                                Bachelor of Marine Science - Advanced
Bachelor of Environmental Science                                   Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry
Bachelor of Environmental Science - Advanced                        Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry - Advanced
Bachelor of Mathematical Sciences

Students entering one of the four specialist degrees with a UAI of at least 90 are eligible to enrol in the Advanced for these
degrees. For details refer to the Bachelor of Science (Honours) - Advanced.
The specialist degrees are structured differently to the Bachelor of Science. They are comprised of prescribed subjects with
very few elective subjects. In the four-year degrees there is special coursework in the 4th year which is not available in other
degrees as well as an Honours research project. Honours is awarded on completion of the 4th year on academic performance
assessed by calculating a weighted average mark for specified 300-level and 400-level subjects. For the three-year Bachelor
of Science and Bachelor of Marine Science, a separate Honours research year is available after completion of the three years
of coursework.

The Faculty of Science is also involved in the following degrees:                                        See Relevant Faculty
Bachelor of Computer Bioinformatics                                 Bachelor of Science Education
Bachelor of Computer Geoinformatics

Double Degrees:
Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of Commerce
Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of Laws
                                                                   Bachelor of Creative Arts - Bachelor of Science
                                                                   Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Science (Faculty of
                                                                        Engineering)
                                                                                                                      409

                                                                                                                                   I
Bachelor of Computer Science - Bachelor of Science (Faculty of     Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Science (Faculty of
 Informatics)                                                       Infonnatics)

All students enrolled in Faculty of Science degrees should note that:
1. they must satisfy the minimum mathematics requirement for all degrees offered by the Faculty of Science as set out in the
   Course Rules;
2. a Pass or Pass Conceded grade (not a Pass Restricted grade) is required in a pre-requisite subject to progress to a
   higher level subject in disciplines within the Faculty of Science unless that pre-requisite is waived by a Head of the
   Academic Unit for a particular student in special circumstances;

3. a Pass Conceded grade in a 300-level subject forming part of a Science major may not be counted towards the
   completion of the major. Students may obtain a copy of the Science Students' Guide from the Faculty Office, Room No.
   41.258.


Please note that course and subject availability and requirements are often changed after the publication of the Calendar. For
up-to-date information please refer to the on-line Course Structures and Subject Database, available from
http://www.uow.edu.au/student/calendar/, or contact the relevant Faculty.

                                                                                                                             397
Course Structures
                                                                        Environment
Bachelor of Science
                                                                        Land and Heritage Management
Bachelor of Science degrees require 3 years of full-time
                                                                   Refer to the Faculty of Engineering for the following
study or equivalent part-time, and the completion of
                                                                   course:
subjects to the value of 144 credit points. In the Faculty of
Science, Bachelor of Science degrees fall into one of three             Bachelor of Science (Physics)
categories, as follows:                                            A recommended elective subject listed in the Science
1. a)       At least one major chosen from disciplines             Schedule:
            located in the Faculty of Science. A major study       SCIE201 Modern Perspectives in Science will be offered
            consists of at least 90 credit points from the         in Summer Session 2003/2004.
            Science Schedule of which at least 60 credit
            points are from one of the Faculty of Science
            disciplines:                                           Bachelor of Science (Honours)
            Biological Sciences                                      Advanced
            Chemistry
                                                                   The Advanced Program, designed specifically for high
            Human Geography                                        achieving students, offers direct entry into Honours, unlike
            Physical Geography                                     the nonnal BSc which delays selection for Honours until
                                                                   the completion of the third year. It offers a greater degree
            Geology
                                                                   of flexibility in program design through: the possibility of
            Geosciences                                            exemptions from some first year subjects; direct entry into
            The balance of 54 credit points (to a degree total     some 200-level subjects; the opportunity to undertake
            of 144) may be chosen from either the Science          individual research subjects at second, third and fourth
            Schedule or General Schedule and may include a         year level; the opportunity to progress at a faster rate
            second Science major or a selection of                 through the use of "fast tracking" mechanisms; the chance
            complementary or contrasting subjects.                 to participate in various enrichment activities and to
                                                                   develop a close association with an appropriate member
        b) One major from within the Faculty of Science and
                                                                   of one of the Department's research teams. In the final
           a co-major from outside the Faculty. Approved co-
                                                                   year, all students undertake a substantial piece of
           majors are; Biomedical Sciences, Computer
                                                                   supervised research in their major discipline together with
           Science,     Human       Resource    Management,
                                                                   other required seminar and/or course work.
           Management, Marketing, Mathematics/Applied
           Statistics, Nutrition, Physics, Psychology. In this     Study programs are structured on an individual basis in
           category, where an approved major is combined           consultation with the Head of Department. Students are
           with a Science major, the requirement of at least       required to fulfil all the normal BSc and Honours
           90 credit points from the Science Schedule is           requirements and may select their major study program
           waived.                                                 from any of those available within the Faculty (refer to
                                                                   Bachelor of Science majors and special programs).
2.      An approved major from outside of the Faculty
        combined with a minor from within the Faculty. A           Similar Advanced programs are also available to students
        minor is defined as comprising at least 12 credit points   wishing to undertake one of the specialist degrees:
        of 100-level and 32 credit points of 200-level and/or      Bachelor of Biotechnology, Bachelor of Environmental
        300-level subjects from one of the Science Academic        Science, Bachelor of Marine Science and Bachelor of
        Units; Biological Sciences, Chemistry or Geosciences.      Medicinal Chemistry.
        The allowed external majors are Computer Science,          In order to maintain a place in an Advanced Science
        Mathematics/Applied Statistics, Physics, Psychology.       degree, students are normally required to achieve at least
Note: Students wishing to undertake a major program                a Distinction average (75%) in the 200 and 300 level
involving a discipline outside of the Faculty of Science as        subjects completed. The performance of each student will
in 1(b) and 2 above, must first obtain the approval of the         be reviewed by the Associate Dean after the completion of
Head of the relevant Department or School and verify their         72 credit points. Students will be interviewed by the
planned study program. Recommended major programs                  Associate Dean at the end of their first year to assess their
can be obtained from the Faculty of Science Office in              progress.
room 41.258.                                                       BSc students with an exceptionally high level of
3. One of the four interdisciplinary, prescribed majors, as        performance in first year may enter the program on the
   set out below;                                                  recommendation of the Coordinator or Head of the
        Biotechnology                                              Academic Unit or the invitation of the Dean. Transfer will
                                                                   not be considered before completion of the first year of the
        Ecology                                                    course and is based on at least a Distinction average
                                                                   (75%) taken over all subjects completed, and the approval
                                                                   of the Dean or Associate Dean.
398
                                                                                                                         Faculty of Science

Bachelor of Science (Biological                                          CHEM105       Chemistry 1E
                                                                         MATH151       General Mathematics 1A (if required)
  Sciences)
                                                                         200-Level
First year (BIOL103, 104) offers a general, self-contained               Four of the following subjects (24 credit points) plus
introduction to      the   Biological    Sciences,   as   well   as      Statistics (STAT252)
essential background         for   future   years. There    is   no
                                                                         BIOL213       Principles of Biochemistry                      6
requirement for any prior study in biology but participation             BIOL214       The Biochemistry of Energy and Metabolism       6
in the bridging course in February is advised for students               BIOL215       Introductory Genetics                           6
without HSC Biology. First year Chemistry (CHEM101,                      BIOL240       Functional Biology of Plants and Animals        6
102) is compulsory for students wishing to complete a                    BIOL241       Biodiversity; Classification and Sampling       6
Biological Sciences major. Participation in the Chemistry                BIOL251       Principles of Ecology and Evolution             6
bridging course is also recommended for students without                 MARE200       Introduction to Oceanography                    6
HSC Chemistry. MATH 151 is a requirement for any
                                                                         STAT252       Statistics for Natural Sciences (or other       6
student who has not obtained a pass of at least HSC                                    Statistics subject approved by the
Mathematics Band 4 or Mathematics Ext 1. This is a basic                               Department of Biological Sciences)
introduction to the skills in Mathematics that are relevant              Note: A fourth Biological Sciences 200 - level subject may
to future studies.                                                       be waived for students taking both a Biological Sciences
Students proceeding to a Biological Sciences major are                   major and a major from the School of Geosciences.
strongly encouraged to take more than the minimum array                  STAT252 may be waived for programs combining SOO-
of Biological Sciences subjects, especially at second year.              Ievel Biological Sciences and some other disciplines.

Third Year Biological Sciences subjects are available to                 SOO-Level
any student with the relevant pre-requisites. All students               An approved combination of three of the following subjects
majoring in Biological Sciences must take at least three                 (at least 24 credit points):
300-level subjects that form a coherent course of study.                 BIOL303       Biotechnology; Applied Molecular and Cell           8
Approved subject combinations are (i) BIOL320, 321, and                                Biology
one of BIOL303, 332, CHEM320 (ii) BIOL351, 355 and                       CHEM320       Bioinfonnatics: From Genome to Structure         8
BIOL332. Other subject combinations are possible and                     BIOL320       Molecular Cell Biology                            8
should be discussed with the Head of Department.                         BIOL321       Cellular and Molecular Immunology                 8
                                                                         BIOL332       Ecological and Evolutionary Physiology            8
Advanced Biology Project (BIOL392) is an 8-credit point                  BIOL351       Conservation Biology: Marine and Terrestrial      8
project-based subject and Advanced Biology (BIOL391) is                                Populations
a 16 credit point project-based subject. These two                       BIOL355       Marine and Terrestrial Ecology                      8
subjects are available for high-quality students wishing to              MARE300       Fisheries and Aquaculture                           8
complement their coursework with research projects. Entry                Plus additional elective subjects at any level (subject to
into these subjects is by penmission of the Coordinator and              prerequisite requirements) chosen from the Science
requires good performance (usually Distinction average) in               Schedule to total 90 credit points.
four 200-level Biological Sciences subjects.
                                                                         Plus additional elective subjects chosen from the Science
An elective subject, MARE357 - Advances in Molluscan                     Schedule or General Schedule to total 144 credit points.
Biology, is offered in Summer Session for students                       Elective Subjects:
wishing to gain additional field experience.
                                                                         MARE357       Advances in Molluscan Biology                    8
Students with a good academic record, particulariy in third              BIOL391       Advanced Biology*                               16
year (eg. At least a credit average in relevant subjects) are            BIOL392       Advanced Biology project*                        8
encouraged to proceed to the Honours year, a fourth year                 * Distinction average is required for entry.
of study which provides a training in independent
                                                                         400-Level
research.
                                                                         Honours     Program
Biological S c i e n c e s M a j o r S t u d y                           BIOL401       Biology Honours                                 48
                                                                         BIOL402       Biology Joint Honours                           24
100-Level
BIOL103       Molecules, Cells and Organisms                     6
BIOL104       Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment            6
Either
CHEMIOI       Chemistry 1A                                           6
or
CHEM104       Chemistry ID                                           6
Either
CHEM102       Chemistry IB                                           6
or


                                                                                                                                      399
Course Structures

Bachelor of Science (Chemistry)                                       Plus     additional      subjects     at    any     level      (subject    to
                                                                      prerequisite       requirements)       chosen      from     the     Science
Chemistry is the study of the molecular nature of all matter          Schedule to total 90 credit points.
and its interactions. The relationship between its stmcture
                                                                      Plus additional elective subjects chosen from the Science
and a molecule's properties and reactivity give chemistry
                                                                     Schedule or General Schedule to total 144 credit points.
an essential, central position in science and technology.
An understanding of chemistry is needed for the full gamut           400-level
of technology based disciplines from solid-state physics             Honours Program
and   astro-physics   to molecular     biology   and the      life   CHEM401   Chemistry Honours                                                48
sciences; from geochemistry and environmental science to             CHEM402   Chemistry Honours Part 1 for Part Time                            24
engineering and health sciences. Chemistry 1A and I B , or                     Students
Chemistry I D and I E for students with an inadequate                CHEM403   Chemistry Honours Part 2 for Part Time                           24
background in chemistry, provide the basic framework and                       Students
concepts to students progressing onto 200 and higher                 CHEM405   Chemistry Joint Honours                                          24
level chemistry subjects as well as being suitable for those         Entry to the Chemistry IV single Honours course normally
majoring in other areas.                                             requires      the    completion      of     at   least   four      300-level
                                                                     Chemistry subjects (32 credit points at 300-level). For
A major in chemistry (set out below) consists of the four
                                                                     entry to a joint Honours program at least three 300-level
core 200 level subjects, together with           an     approved
                                                                     Chemistry subjects (24 credit points) should have been
combination    of   300    level   subjects   offered    by   the
                                                                     completed.
Department of Chemistry, with a value of at least 24 credit
points. Completion of this major qualifies graduates for
membership of the Royal Australian Chemical Institute.
                                                                     Bachelor of Science (Human Geography,
The Department offers a third year research subject
CHEM340 to students with a good academic record
                                                                       Physical Geography, Geology,
(usually a credit average or better) who wish to gain                  Geosciences)
experience in research. Entry into this subject is by
                                                                     The School of Geosciences comprises the disciplines of
permission of the Head of Department.
                                                                     Geography and Geology, and offers the following major
Students with a good record, particularty in 3"^ year (eg.           studies. Students must undertake one major study and
credit average or above) are encouraged to proceed to                may undertake two. Normally beyond first year, a subject
Honours year, a fourth year of study providing training in           cannot count towards two majors.
independent research.
                                                                     i)     Human Geography
Major Study in C h e m i s t r y                                     ii)    Physical Geography
100-Level                                                            iii)   Geology
Either                                                               iv)    Geosciences
CHEMIOI       Chemistry 1A
                                                                     i)     M a j o r S t u d y in H u m a n G e o g r a p h y
or
CHEM104       Chemistry ID                                           100-Level
Either                                                               GE0S112          Physical Environments
                                                                     GEOS142          The Human Environment; Problems and
CHEM102       Chemistry IB
                                                                                      Changes
or
                                                                     200-Level
CHEM105       Chemistry IE                                           GEOS242          Living in Cities
200-Level                                                            GEOS243          The Bush and Beyond; Rural Society in
CHEM211       Inorganic Chemistry II                           6                      Australia
CHEM212       Organic Chemistry II                             6     GEOS246          A Hungry Worid: Food Resources and the
CHEM213       Molecular Stmcture, Reactivity and Change        6                      Worid Economy
CHEM214       Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II        6     Plus one subject chosen from the following:
SOO-Level                                                            GEOS231          Environmental Impact of Societies
Any three subjects taken from the following list;                    GEOS233          Discovering Downunder; A Geography of
CHEM311       Inorganic Chemistry III                                                 Australia
                                                               8
CHEM314       Instnjmental Analysis                                  GEOS239          Remote Sensing of the Environment
                                                               8
CHEM320       Bioinformatics: From Genome to Structure         8     SOO-Level
CHEM321       Organic Synthesis and Reactivity                 8     At least three subjects selected from
CHEM327       Environmental Chemistry                          8     GEOS331       Environmental Management and Decision-
CHEM340       Chemistry Laboratory Project                     8                   making
CHEM 364      Molecular Stmcture and Spectroscopy              8     GEOS333       Cultural Heritage Management
                                                                     GEOS339       Geographic Infonnation Systems


400
                                                                                                                        Faculty of Science

GEOS347        Northem Neighbours; Economic and Social             8   SOO-Level
               Change in the Asia-Pacific Rim
                                                                       At least three subjects chosen from the following list
GEOS349        Population, Health and Environment                  8
                                                                       GEOS305       Field Geology II
Plus additional elective subjects at any level (subject to
                                                                       GEOS302       Basin Resources
prerequisite    requirements)    chosen     from    the    Science     GEOS304       Dynamic Earth
Schedule to total 90 credit points. Plus additional elective           GEOS307       Mineral Resources
subjects chosen from the Science Schedule or General
                                                                       Recommended as elective subjects
Schedule to total 144 credit points.
                                                                       GEOS315           Field Studies in Physical Geography
ii) Major Study in P h y s i c a l G e o g r a p h y                   GEOS321           Fluvial Geomorphology, Sedimentology and
                                                                                         River Management
100-Level                                                              GEOS339           Geographic Infonnation Systems
GE0S111        Planet Earth                                        6   MARE322           Global Environmental Change
GEOS102        Earth Environments and Resources                    6   MARE323           Coastal Environments: Process and
GE0S112        Physical Environments                               6                     Management
GEOS142        The Human Environment: Problems and                 6
                                                                       Plus additional subjects at any level (subject to
               Change
                                                                       prerequisite requirements) chosen from the Science
200-Level
                                                                       Schedule to total 90.
Any four subjects from the following
                                                                       iv) M a j o r Study in G e o s c i e n c e s
GEOS214        Soils, Landscape and Hydrology                     6
GEOS217        Field and Spatial Techniques                       6    100-Level
GEOS220        Climate and Natural Hazards                        6    GE0S111          Planet Earth                                      6
GEOS222        Biogeography                                       6    GEOS102          Earth Environments and Resources                  6
GEOS231        Environmental Impact of Societies                  6    GE0S112          Physical Environments                             6
GEOS239        Remote Sensing of the Environment                  6    GEOS142          The Human Environment; Problems and               6
MARE200        Introduction to Oceanography                       6                     Change
SOO-Level                                                              200-Level
Any three subjects from the following                                  At least 4, and up to 8, subjects from the School of
GEOS315        Field Studies in Physical Geography                8    Geosciences, at 200-level
GEOS339        Geographic Information Systems                     8
                                                                       SOO-Level
GEOS321        Fluvial Geomorphology, Sedimentology and           8
               River Management                                        At least 3, and up to 6, subjects from the School of
MARE322        Global Environmental Change                        8    Geosciences, at 300-level, subject to appropriate
MARE323        Coastal Environments; Process and                  8    prerequisites. Plus additional subjects at any level (subject
               Management                                              to prerequisite requirements) chosen from the Science
Recommended as an elective subject                                     Schedule to total 90 credit points. Plus additional elective
GEOS331        Environmental Management and Decision-             8    subjects chosen from the Science Schedule or General
               Making                                                  Schedule.
Plus   additional    subjects    at   any   level      (subject   to   400-Level
prerequisite    requirements)    chosen     from    the    Science
                                                                       Honours     Program in Human Geography,               Physical
Schedule to total 90.
                                                                          Geography, Geology or Geosciences
iii) Major Study in G e o l o g y                                      GEOS401    Geosciences Honours                                   48
                                                                       GEOS402   Geosciences Joint Honours                              24
100-Level
                                                                       Students with a good academic record, particulariy in third
GE0S111        Planet Earth                                       6
GEOS102        Earth Environments and Resources                   6    year are encouraged to proceed to the Honours year, a
GE0S112        Physical Environments                              6    fourth year of study which provides a training in
                                                                       independent research.
Recommended as an elective subject
GEOS142        The Human Environment; Problems and                6
               Change
200-Level
                                                                       Bachelor of Science (Biotechnology)
At least four subjects chosen from the following                       Biotechnology is the application of exciting advances in
GEOS205      Field Geology I                                      6    molecular and cell biology to medicine, agriculture, and
GEOS214      Soils, Landscape and Hydrology                       6    the environment. Through modern technologies, such as
GEOS217      Field and Spatial Techniques                         6    genetic engineering, biotechnology is shaping diverse
GEOS219      The Earth in Crisis                                  6    aspects     of    medicine   (cancer,   vaccines, therapy        and
GEOS239      Remote Sensing of the Environment                    6
                                                                       diagnosis        of   genetic    diseases),    food      production
Recommended as elective subjects                                       (transgenic plants) and industry (bioremediation).
GEOS220        Climate and Natural Hazards                        6
                                                                       The Coordinator of the program is Associate Professor
GEOS231        Environmental Impacts of Society                   6
MARE218        Marine Sediments and Fossils                       6    Mark Wilson (Department of Biological Sciences).


                                                                                                                                        401
Course Structures

100 Level                                                       Bachelor of Science (Ecology)
BIOL103     Molecules, Cells and Organisms                  6
            Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment         6   This is a 3 year degree program. Appropriate subjects in
BIOL104
                                                                Biological Sciences and Geosciences are combined with
Either
                                                                mathematics and statistics to form the following program.
CHEMIOI     Chemistry 1A
                                                                Approval is required for entry to this program. Coordinator:
or                                                              Associate Professor David Ayre.
CHEM104     Chemistry ID                                   6
                                                                100 Level
Either                                                          BIOL104      Evolution, Biodiversity and the Environment       6
CHEM102     Chemistry IB                                   6    BIOL103      Molecules, Cells and Organisms                    6
or                                                              GEOS102      Earth Environments and Resources                  6
CHEM105     Chemistry IE                                   6    GE0S112      Physical Environments                             6
MATH151     General Mathematics A (if required)            6    MATH111      Applied Mathematical Modelling                    6
                                                                MATH187      Mathematics 1A Part 1 (or MATH141/161)            6
Plus other elective subjects to give a total credit point
                                                                MATH188      Mathematics IB Part 2 (or MATH142/162)            6
value of 48, at least 6 of which should be one of the
                                                                Plus an elective subject chosen from the Science or
following:
                                                                General Schedule
PHYS132      Physics for the Environmental and Life        6
             Sciences                                           200 Level
STS100       Science and Technology Studies;               6    BIOL240      Functional Biology of Plants and Animals          6
             Introduction to Science and Technology             BIOL241      Biodiversity; Classification and Sampling         6
             Studies in their social context                    BIOL251      Principles of Ecology and Evolution               6
BMS101       Systemic Anatomy                              6    GEOS220      Climate and Natural Hazards                       6
BMS112       Human Physiology 1; Principles and Systems    6    GEOS239      Remote Sensing of the Environment                 6
Note: PHYS132 is strongly recommended                           GEOS222      Biogeography                                      6
                                                                STAT252      Statistics for the Natural Sciences               6
STS 100 is compulsory for those students taking an
                                                                Plus 6 credit points from
approved course of study which does not include STS250
                                                                Either
200 Level
                                                                CHEMIOI      Chemistry 1A
BIOL213      Principles of Biochemistry                    6
BIOL214      The Biochemistry of Energy and Metabolism     6    or
B10L215      Introductory Genetics                         6    CHEM104      Chemistry 1D
BIOL240      Functional Biology of Plants and Animals      6
                                                                Either
STAT252      Statistics for the Natural Sciences           6
                                                           6    CHEM102      Chemistry IB
CHEM212      Organic Chemistry II
CHEM214      Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II     6    or
Plus one of the following subjects                              CHEM105      Chemistry 1E                                      6
                                                                STAT231      Probability and Random Variables                  6
STS250       From Molecular Genetics to Biotechnology      6
                                                                STAT232      Estimation and Hypothesis Testing                 6
BMS202       Human Physiology II: Control Mechanisms       6
                                                                GEOS231      Environmental Impact of Societies                 6
300 Level
                                                                or other subjects as approved by the course coordinator.
B1OL303     Biotechnology: Applied Cell and Molecular
            Biology                                             Note: STAT252 is NOT included if STAT232 is taken.
BIOL320     Molecular Cell Biology                              MATH187 and MATH188 are prerequisite for STAT231
BIOL321     Cellular and Molecular Immunology                   and 232
CHEM320     Bioinfonnatics; From Genome to Structure
Plus one Session 1 subject chosen from the following            300 Level
CHEM350     Principles of Phannacology                          BIOL351      Conservation Biology                              8
                                                           8
BIOL332     Ecological and Evolutionary Physiology         8    BIOL355      Marine and Terrestrial Ecology                    8
MGMT310     Introduction to Management for                 8    STAT355      Sample Surveys and Experimental Design            8
            Professionals B                                                  (with project)
BMS344      Cardiorespiratory Physiology                    8   MARE322      Global Environmental Change                       8
BIOL392*    Advanced Biology Project                        8   Plus 16 credit points from
Plus one Session 2 subject chosen from the following            BIOL332      Ecological and Evolutionary Physiology            8
CHEM321    Organic Synthesis and Reactivity          8          MARE357      Advances in Molluscan Biology                 8
BIOL392*   Advanced Biology Project                  8          BIOL392      Advanced Biology Project                          8
PHIL380    Bioethics                                 8          GEOS339      Geographic Infonnation Systems                    8
                                                                MARE323      Coastal Environments                              8
"Distinction average is required for entry.
                                                                GEOS315      Field Studies in Physical Geography               8
If the required academic standard is attained             the   GEOS381      Directed Studies in Geosciences A                 8
BSc( Biotechnology)   student may transfer to             the
BBiotechnology fourth Honours year.




402
                                                                                                                               Faculty of Science

Bachelor of Science (Environment)                                                  CHEM211      Inorganic Chemistry                              6
                                                                                   CHEM212      Organic Chemistry                                6
This is a broad, flexible degree program offered jointiy by                        CHEM213      Molecular Structure, Reactivity and Change       6
the Departments of Biological Sciences and Chemistry                               GEOS205      Field Geology I                                  6
and the School of Geosciences as an alternative to the                             GEOS214      Soils, Landscape and Hydrology                   6
more comprehensive four-year Bachelor of Environmental                             GEOS217      Field and Spatial Techniques                     6
Science. The program has separate entry requirements                               GEOS219      The Earth in Crisis                              6
                                                                                   GEOS220      Climate and Natural Hazards                      6
from the general BSc. The approval of the Dean or
                                                                                   GEOS231      Environmental Impact of Societies                6
Associate Dean is required for entry to the program.
                                                                                   MARE200      Introduction to Oceanography                     6
There are two strands available within the program:                                Third Year
a)   Biological Sciences/Chemistry/Geosciences Strand.                             ENVI391    Environmental Science                              8
                                                                                   GEOS339    Geographic Infonnation Systems                     8
     Students may elect to specialise in one of these
                                                                                   Options: Plus four of the following subjects, as approved
         disciplines.
                                                                                   BIOL351      Ecological and Evolutionary Physiology           8
     Coordinator: Associate Professor Adrian Hutton                                BIOL356      Marine and Terrestrial Ecology                   8
                                                                                                (Environmental Science)
b)   Physical Sciences Strand.
                                                                                   MARE357      Advances in Molluscan Biology                8
     This strand combines Chemistry and Physics and is                             CHEM314      Instnjmental Analysis                            8
     aimed at the physical sciences end of the broad                               CHEM327      Environmental Chemistry                          8
     environmental spectrum.                                                       GEOS305      Field Geology II                                 8
                                                                                   GEOS302      Basin Resources                                  8
     Coordinator: Associate Professor David Griffith                               GEOS307      Mineral Resources                                8
                                                                                   GEOS321      Fluvial Geomorphology, Sedimentology and         8
a)   Biological S c i e n c e s / C h e m i s t r y / G e o s c i e n c e s
                                                                                                River Management
     Strand.                                                                       GEOS331      Environmental Management and Decision-           8
First Year                                                                                      Making
BIOL103        Molecules, Cells and Organisms                                      GEOS333      Cultural Heritage Management                     8
BIOL104        Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment                             MARE300      Fisheries and Aquaculture                        8
                                                                                   MARE322      Global Environmental Change                      8
Either
                                                                                   MARE323      Coastal Environments; Process and                8
CHEMIOI        Chemistry 1A                                                                     Management
or                                                                                 Honours
CHEM104        Chemistry 1D                                                        Students would be eligible to enrol in Honours in their
Either                                                                             chosen discipline. Biological Sciences, Geosciences or
CHEM102        Chemistry IB                                                        Chemistry.
or
                                                                                   b)   Physical S c i e n c e s Strand
CHEM105        Chemistry IE                                                   6
GEOS142        The Human Environment Problems and                             6    First Year

GE0S112
GE0S111
GEOS102
               Change
               Physical Environments
               Planet Earth
               Earth Environments and Resources
Note: Students entering without a minimum of                           HSC
                                                                              6
                                                                              6
                                                                              6
                                                                                   Either
                                                                                   CHEM101
                                                                                   or
                                                                                   CHEM104
                                                                                   Either
                                                                                                Chemistry 1A


                                                                                                Chemistry 1D
                                                                                                                                                 6


                                                                                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                                                     I
Mathematics       Band      4(or    equivalent)      are     required         to
satisfactorily complete MATH151 General Mathematics.                               CHEM 102     Chemistry IB                                     6
This subject may be taken in the preceding Summer                                  or
Session, the Summer Session between Year 1 and 2 or in                             CHEM105      Chemistry 1E                                     6
Autumn Session of Year 2.                                                          PHYS141      Fundamentals of Physics A                        6
                                                                                   PHYS142      Fundamentals of Physics B                        6
Second Year
                                                                                   MATH187      Mathematics 1A Parti (or MATH 141/161)           6
BIOL251   Principles of Ecology and Evolution                                 6
                                                                                   MATH188      Mathematics 1A Part 2 (or MATH142/162)           6
CHEM214   Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II                           6
                                                                                   GE0S112      Physical Environments                            6
GEOS222   Biogeography                                                        6
                                                                                   CSCI111      Computer Science 1A                              6
GEOS239   Remote Sensing of the Environment                                   6
STAT252   Statistics for the Natural Sciences                                 6    Second Year
                                                                                   CHEM213   Molecular Structure, Reactivity and Change          6
PHYS233        Environmental Physics                                          6
                                                                                   CHEM214   Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II           6
Options: Plus two of the following subjects (one of which
                                                                                   PHYS230   Intemiediate Physics                                6
should be MATH 151 if minimum mathematics require work                             PHYS235   Mechanics and Thermodynamics                        6
not already met), as approved, to total 48 credit points:                          PHYS233   Environmental Physics                               6
MATH151        General Mathematics (if required)                              6    MATH283   Mathematics 2E for Engineers Part 1                 6
BIOL240        Functional Biology of Plants and Animals                       6    BIOL352   Biology for Environmental Engineers                 6
BIOL241        Biodiversity: Classification and Sampling                      6

                                                                                                                                             403
Course Structures

Third Year                                                       GEOS214       Soils, Landscape and Hydrology                    g
                                                                 BIOL251       Principles of Ecology and Evolution               6
Core subjects
                                                                 Plus elective subject s to a total of 12 credit points.
PHYS375      Nuclear and Solid State Physics                8
CHEM314      Instnjmental Analysis                          8   SOO-Level
CHEM327      Environmental Chemistry                        8   GEOS339       Geographic Infomriation Systems                    8
ENVE221      Air and Noise Pollution                        6   GEOS331       Environmental Management and Decision-             8
GEOS239      Remote Sensing of the Environment              6                 Making
Options: plus 2-3 of the following as approved to total a       GEOS333       Cultural Heritage Management                  s
minimum of 48 cp                                                Plus three subjects chosen from the following list
ENVE321      Solid and Hazardous Waste Management           8   GEOS315       Field Studies in Physical Geography                8
ENVI385      Environmental Engineering                      8   GEOS347       Northem Neighbours: Economic and Social            8
ENVI411      Aqueous and Atmospheric Chemistry              8                 Change in the Asia-Pacific Rim
PHYS305      Quantum Mechanics                              8   GEOS349       Population, Health and Environment                8
PHYS335      Classical Mechanics                            8   GEOS381       Directed Studies                                  8
PHYS325      Electromagnetism                               8   MARE322       Global Environmental Change                       8
CHEM364      Molecular Stmcture and Spectroscopy            8   MARE323       Coastal Environments                              8
plus electives as approved by Course Coordinator.

Fourth Year - Honours
Students would be eligible to apply for enrolment in
                                                                Bachelor of Biotechnology
Honours or Joint Honours in the discipline(s) of their          This degree is a four year professional qualification
choice. The Honours year will normally involve both             awarded either with or without Honours. Successful
coursework and research thesis components.                      completion of prescribed subjects (set out in the following
                                                                course structure) with a total of at least 192 credit points is
                                                                necessary for the award of either the pass or honours
Bachelor of Science (Land & Heritage                            degree.

  Management)                                                   Students achieving the required entry HSC UAI ranking
                                                                will be allowed to enrol in the degree program for which
This is a 3-year special degree program structured to
                                                                only 25 places are available. Other students may be
provide a core grounding in both the human and physical
                                                                permitted to enter the program at the end of subsequent
geography strands and to provide the skills to work on
                                                                years of study if they have obtained a suitably high
both cultural and natural heritage issues or in land
                                                                standard in designated subjects at this University or
management. Approval is required for entry to this degree
                                                                similar subjects at other Institutions.
program. Co-ordinator: Dr Gordon Waitt.
                                                                100 Level
100-Level
                                                                BIOL103       Molecules, Cells and Organisms                 6
GEOS102      Earth Environments and Resources               6
GE0S112      Physical Environments                          6   BIOL104       Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment        6
GE0S142      The Human Environment; Problems and            6   Either
             Change                                             CHEMIOI       Chemistry 1A                                   6
MATH 151      General Mathematics (required if entering     6
                                                                or
             the program without at least HSC
                                                                CHEM104       Chemistry ID                                   6
             Mathematics Band 4 or equivalent)
                                                                Either
Recommended as elective subjects
                                                                CHEM102      Chemistry 1B                                    6
GEOS111     Planet Earth                                 6
BIOL103     Molecules, Cells and Organisms               6      or
BIOL104     Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment      6      CHEM105      Chemistry IE                                   6
Students are also encouraged to select from the General         MATH151      General Mathematics A (if required)            6
Schedule offerings in History, Aboriginal Studies, STS and      Plus other elective subjects to give a total credit point
Legal Studies.                                                  value of 48, at least 6 of which should be one of the
200-Level                                                       following:
GEOS242      Living in Cities                               6   PHYS132      Physics for the Environmental and Life         6
GEOS243      The Bush and Beyond; Rural Society in          6                Sciences
             Australia                                          STS100       Science and Technology Studies:                6
GEOS222      Biogeography                                   5                Introduction to Science and Technology
GEOS231      Environmental Impact of Societies              6                Studies in their social context
                                                                BMS101       Systemic Anatomy                               6
Plus at least two subjects chosen from the following list
                                                                BMS112       Human Physiology I; Principles and Systems     6
GEOS246      A Hungry Worid: Food Resources and the         6
                                                                Note: PHYS132 is strongly recommended
             Worid Economy
GEOS239      Remote Sensing of the Environment              6   STS 100 is compulsory for those students taking an
GEOS220      Climate and Natural Hazards                    6   approved course of study which does not include STS250


404
                                                                                                                       Faculty of Science

200 Level
                                                                        Bachelor of Environmental Science
BIOL213      Principles of Biochemistry                             6
BIOL214      The Biochemistry of Energy and Metabolism              6   This course consists of a four-year full-time, or equivalent
BIOL215      Introductory Genetics                                  6   part-time, program leading to a pass or honours degree of
BIOL240      Functional Biology of Plants and Animals               6   Bachelor of Environmental Science. All students complete
STAT252      Statistics for the Natural Sciences                    6   common first and second year programs. In third and
CHEM212      Organic Chemistry II                                   6
                                                                        fourth years students specialise in one of the four strands:
CHEM214      Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II              6
                                                                        Earth Sciences
Plus one of the following subjects
                                                                        Land Resources
STS250           From Molecular Genetics to Biotechnology           6   Life Sciences
BMS202           Human Physiology II: Control Mechanisms            6
                                                                        Pollution Control
300 Level
                                                                        The awarding of an honours degree is based on the
BIOL303          Biotechnology; Applied Cell and Molecular
                                                                        student's perfonnance in selected subjects offered in third
                 Biology
                                                                        and fourth years of the course. Students will be infonned
BIOL320          Molecular Cell Biology
                                                                        of the subjects on which the Honours assessment is
BIOL321          Cellular and Molecular Immunology
CHEM320          Bioinfonnatics: From Genome to Stmcture                based.

Plus one Session 1 subject chosen from the following                    C o m m o n 1st Y e a r P r o g r a m
CHEM350          Principles of Phannacology                         8   Autumn Session
BIOL332          Ecological and Evolutionary Physiology             8
                                                                        BIOL104   Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment              6
MGMT310          Introduction to Management for                     8
                 Professionals B                                        Either
BMS344           Cardiorespiratory Physiology                       8   CHEMIOI       Chemistry 1A                                     6
BIOL392*         Advanced Biology Project                           8   or
Plus one Session 2 subject chosen from the following                    CHEM104       Chemistry ID                                     6
CHEM321          Organic Synthesis and Reactivity               8       GEOS111       Planet Earth                                     6
BIOL392*         Advanced Biology Project                       8       GE0S112       Physical Environments                            6
PHIL380          Bioethics                                      8       Spring Session
'Distinction average is required for entry.                             BIOL103    Molecules, Cells and Organisms                      6

Please note: Students must satisfactorily complete at least 144         Either
credit points before proceeding to enrol in fourth year                 CHEM102       Chemistry IB                                     6
subjects. In addition, satisfactory perfonnance must be                 or
achieved (an average of 65% or greater in 300-level                     CHEM105       Chemistry IE                                     6
Biological Sciences, Chemistry and Biomedical Science                   GEOS102       Earth Environments and Resources                 6
subjects) for entry into the 4*^ year of the Bachelor of                GEOS142       The Human Environment; Problems and              6
Biotechnology degree. Students with an average below                                  Change
                                                                                      Summer Session if required (ie if entering
65% in 300-level Biological Sciences, Chemistry and
                                                                                      the degree without at least HSC
Biomedical Science subjects may only progress into the
                                                                                      Mathematics Band 4 or equivalent)
4 year of the Bachelor of Biotechnology with the approval
                                                                        MATH 151      General Mathematics 1A                           6
of the Head of the Department of Biological Sciences.
Students who do not gain entry into the 4"" year of the
Bachelor of Biotechnology degree will normally be
required to transfer into the Bachelor of Science
(Biotechnology) degree.

400 Level
BIOL420          Cell, Protein and Antibody Technology          12
BIOL421          Nucleic Acid Technology                        12
BIOL422          Biotechnology Project                          24



Bachelor of Biotechnology - Advanced
Students with a UAI of at least 90 who wish to undertake
the Bachelor of Biotechnology are eligible for the Bachelor
of Biotechnology - Advanced. For information on this
degree refer to the Bachelor of Science - Advanced and
consult    the      Biotechnology     Co-ordinator,       Associate
Professor Mark Wilson.




                                                                                                                                    405
  Course Structures

                                                                                               Alternative Program if Life Sciences Strand
 Common 2"" Year Program
                                                                                               is selected in second year

 Autumn Session                                                                                Autumn Session
 BIOL251      Principles of Ecology and Evolution                                       6      BIOL251               Principles of Ecology and Evolution                                   e
 PHYS233      Environmental Physics                                                     6      PHYS233               Environmental Physics                                                 6
 PHIL256      Ethics and the Environment                                                6      PHIL256               Ethics and the Environment                                            6
 GEOS222      Biogeography                                                              6      GEOS222               Biogeography                                                          e
 Spring Session                                                                                Spring Session
 STAT252       Statistics for the Natural Sciences                                      6      STAT252              Statistics for the Natural Sciences                                    6
 CHEM214       Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II                                6      CHEM214              Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II                              6
 GEOS214       Soils, Landscape and Hydrology                                           6      GEOS214              Soils, Landscape and Hydrology                                         6
 GEOS239       Remote Sensing of the Environment                                        6      BIOL241              Biodiversity; Classification and Sampling                              6

  3rd Year Program - Strand Selection

Pollution Control                              Earth Sciences*                                Land Resources                               Life Sciences

Core Subjects                                  Core Subjects                                  Core Subjects                                Core Subjects
CHEM211        Inorganic Chemistry II      6 GEOS217        Field and Spatial               6 GEOS339      Geographic Information      8 BIOL240        Functional Biology of Plants   6
                                                            Techniques                                     Systems                                      and Animals
CHEM212        Organic Chemistry II        6 GE0S219        The Earth in Crisis         6 STS300           The Environmental Context   8 STS300         The Environmental Context      8
CHEM327        Environmental Chemistry     8 STS300         The Environmental Context   8 ENVI491          Environmental Science       8 BIOL351        Conservation Biology           8
                                                                                                           and Systems
STS300         The Environmental Context   8 ENVI491        Environmental Science       8 GEOS231          Environmental Impact        6 ENVI491        Environmental Science          8
                                                            and Systems                                    of Societies                                 and Systems
bN,'l491       Environmental Science       8                                                  MARE323      Coastal Environments        8 BIOL356        Martne and Terrestrial         8
               and Systems                                                                                                                              Ecology
CHEM213        Molecular Structure,        8                                                                                               BIOL241      Biodiversity: Classification   6
               Reactivity and Change                                                                                                                    and Sampling

Elective Subjects                              Elective Subjects                              Elective       Subjects                      Elective       Subjects
Plus one of the following                      Plus one of the follownng                      Plus one of the following                    Plus one of the following
CHEM320        Biological Chemistry        8 GEOS302       Basin Resources              6                  Fluvial Geomorphology.      8 BIOL213        Principles of Biochemistry     6
                                                                                              GEOS321      Sedimentology and River
                                                                                                           Management
CHEM321        Organic Synthesis and       8 GEOS307       Mineral Resources            8 MARE322          Global Environmental        8 GEOS339       Geographic Infonnation          8
               Reactivity                                                                                  Change                                      Systems
Note: students wishing to take CHEM314 Plus one of the following                              Plus one of the following                    BIOL332     Ecological and Evolutionary     8
should contact the program Coordinator                                                                                                                 Physiology
                                               GEOS205     Field Geology 1 (summer          8 GEOS217 Field and Spatial                6
                                                           session between years 2                    Techniques
                                                           and 3)

                                               MARE218     Marine Sediments and         8 GEOS220 Climate and Natural                  6
                                                           fossils                                Hazards
                                               GEOS231     Environmental Impact of      8 GEOS333 Cultural Heritage
                                                           Societies                              Management

                                                                                                                                       8
                                               Summer session between years 3 and 4

                                               GEOS305     Field Geology II             8

  'Subject to confirmation




  406
                                                                                                                  Faculty of Science


Common 4th Y e a r P r o g r a m - for all S t r a n d s         The approval of the Dean or Associate Dean is required
                                                                 for entry to the program.
Annual
ENV1403      Research Report                                24   1 0 0 - Level
                                                                 GEOS102         Earth Environments and Resources                 6
Autumn Session
                                                                 GE0S112         Physical Environments                            6
ENVE385   Environmental Engineering                          8
                                                                 BIOL103         Molecules, Cells and Organisms                   6
MGMT308   Introduction of Management for                     8   BIOL104         Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment          6
          Professionals A
                                                                 Either
Spring Session
                                                                 CHEMIOI         Chemistry 1A
LAW380     Environmental Law                                 8
                                                                 or
                                                                 CHEM104         Chemistry 1D
Honours A s s e s s m e n t                                      Either

The subjects included in the Weighted Average Mark for           CHEM102         Chemistry IB
the calculation of the Honours grade are:                        or
ENVI403      Research Project                                    CHEM105         Chemistry IE                                     6
ENVI491      Environmental Science and Systems                   MATH151      General Mathematics 1A (if required)                6
Plus the two subjects with the highest marks, selected           Options: Plus one or two of the following subjects
from:                                                            CSC1101         Introduction to Infonnation Technology A         6
LAW380       Environmental Law                                   CSCI102         Introduction to Information Technology B         6
ENVE385      Environmental Engineering                           CSCI111         Computer Science 1A                              6
STS300       The Environmental Context                           CSCI121         Computer Science IB                              6
                                                                 GE0S111         Planet Earth                                     6
Plus the two subjects at 300-level with the highest marks,                                                                        6
                                                                 GEOS142         The Human Environment; Problems and
selected from the core of the science strand specialisation:                     Change
Earth Sciences Strand:                                           PHYS233         Introduction to Environmental Physics            6
                                                                 STS112          The Scientific Revolution; History,              6
GEOS305 and GEOS302 or GEOS307
                                                                                 Philosophy and Politics of Science
Land Resources Strand:                                           STS116          Environment in Crisis                            6
GEOS323 and GEOS321 or GEOS322                                   MATH111         Applied Mathematical Modelling                   6
Life Sciences Strand:                                            MGMT110         Introduction to Management                       6
BIOL356 and BIOL351                                              200-Level
                                                                 BIOL241         Biodiversity: Classification and Sampling
Pollution Control Strand:
                                                                 BIOL251         Principles of Ecology and Evolution
CHEM327 and CHEM314 or CHEM320 or CHEM321                        GEOS239         Remote Sensing of the Environment
                                                                 STAT252         Statistics for the Natural Sciences
                                                                 MARE200         Introduction to Oceanography
Bachelor of Environmental Science -                              MARE218         Marine Sediments and Fossils*




                                                                                                                                       I
  Advanced                                                       'Students wishing to pursue cell and molecular biology
                                                                 subjects at 300-level (BIOL303 and BIOL320) should
Students with a UAI of at least 90 who wish to undertake
                                                                 choose BIOL213 in Session 1 and BIOL215 in place of
the Bachelor of Environmental Science are eligible for the
                                                                 MARE218.
Bachelor of Environmental Science - Advanced.              For
infonnation on this degree refer to the Bachelor of Science      Options: Plus four of the following subjects to form a
- Advanced and        consult   the   Environmental    Science   program approved by the Co-ordinator
Coordinator, Professor John Mornson.                             GEOS205         Field Geology I                                  6
                                                                 GEOS220         Climate and Natural Hazards                      6
                                                                 GEOS222         Biogeography                                     6
                                                                 BIOL240         Functional Biology of Plants and Animals         6
Bachelor of Marine Science                                       BIOL213         Principles of Biochemistry                       6
The Bachelor of Manne Science is a 3-year program with           BIOL215         Introductory Genetics                            6
                                                                 PHYS233         Introduction to Environmental Physics            6
a broad emphasis on the marine sciences taught jointly by
the Department of Biological Sciences, the School of             SOO-level
Geosciences and the Environmental Science Unit. The              Marine Biology and Marine Geosciences Strand
program consists of core subjects in each of the three           MARE300     Fisheries and Aquaculture                            8
years plus a flexible range of optional subjects. In third       BIOL351     Conservation Biology: Marine and Terrestrial         8
year there is a choice of three strands: Marine Biology,                     Populations
Marine Geosciences or the joint Manne Biology and                BIOL355     Marine and Terrestrial Ecology
Marine Geosciences. Subjects from across the range of            Plus three of the following subjects
relevant disciplines have been included together with two        GEOS331       Environmental Management and Decision-             8
specially-designed     marine     studies     subjects.    The                 Making
Coordinator is Associate Professor Chns Fergusson.               GEOS339      Geographical Infonnation Systems                    8

                                                                                                                               "407"
Course Structures

MARE322      Global Environmental Change                        Bachelor of Mathematical Sciences
MARE323      Coastal Environments; Process and
             Management                                         The      Bachelor     of   Mathematical     Sciences    is   an
MARE393      Advanced Marine Science Project                    interdisciplinary degree involving subjects offered by the
                                                                Faculties of Infonnatics and Science.        It emphasises the
Marine Biology Strand
MARE300     Fisheries and Aquaculture                      8    relationship between mathematics and science and is
BIOL351     Conservation Biology; Marine and Terrestrial   8    designed to produce a well-informed graduate with a
            Populations                                         broad knowledge base.        Students may choose from four
BIOL355     Marine and Tenrestrial Ecology                 8    strands:                       Mathematics/Statistics/Science,
Plus an approved combination of 24 credit points from the       Mathematics/Geosciences,                  Mathematics/Ecology,
following subjects                                              Statistics/Ecology.    For course details refer to the Faculty
BIOL303      Biotechnology: Applied Cell and Molecular     8    of Informatics.
             Biology
BIOL320      Cell and Molecular Biology                    8
BIOL332      Ecological and Evolutionary Physiology        8    Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry
MARE357      Advances in Molluscan Biology
                                                           8    Medicinal Chemistry is a specialist four-year degree which
MARE393      Advanced Marine Science Project                8   provides students with an excellent training in modern
STAT355      Sample Surveys and Experimental Design         8   techniques of chemical science applied to medicine. This
             (with project)                                     includes specialised courses in drug discovery and design,
or other subjects which include up to 18 credit points          using both rational, computer-aided and bioprospecting
approved by the Coordinator                                     approaches. It also gives students the training physiology,
                                                                pharmacology and other areas needed to understand the
Marine Geosciences Strand
GEOS331    Environmental Management and Decision-          8    effects of disease states on the human body and the role
           Making                                               of drugs and other ways of chemical intervention. Recent
GEOS339    Geographical Information Systems                8    graduates of the degree have readily found excellent
MARE322    Global Environmental Change                     8    employment     opportunities    in the    pharmaceutical and
MARE323    Coastal Environments; Process and               8    biomedical sectors.
           Management
                                                                The BMedChem program is four years full-time with a
Plus an approved combination of at least 16 credit points
                                                                workload of 48 credit points per year, but it is possible to
from the following subjects
                                                                undertake the course part-time. Honours is awarded on
GEOS302      Basin Resources                               8
                                                                performance at the end of fourth year. Advanced entry into
GEOS305      Field Geology II                              8
GEOS315      Field Studies in Physical Geography           8    the degree may also be considered.
GEOS321      Fluvial Geomorphology, Sedimentology and      8    Students not admitted directly into the program may gain
             River Management                                   admission via the BSc program subject to satisfactory
GEOS381      Directed Studies in Geosciences A             8
                                                                performance in first year, prerequisite considerations, and
MARE300      Fisheries and Aquaculture                     8
                                                                approval of the Dean. The Coordinator is Dr Paul Keller.
MARE393      Advanced Marine Science Project               8
or other subjects which may include up to 18 credit points      First Year
approved by the Coordinator.                                    Either

Honours: After the completion of the three-year program.        CHEMIOI       Chemistry 1A                                   6
Marine Studies students may proceed to an Honours year          or
within either the Department of Biological Sciences or the      CHEM104       Chemistry ID                                   6
School of Geosciences or jointly in both disciplines.           Either
                                                                CHEM102       Chemistry IB                                   6
                                                                or
Bachelor of Marine Science - Advanced                           CHEM105       Chemistry 1E                                   6
students with a UAI of at least 90 who wish to undertake        BIOL103       Molecules, Cells and Organisms                 6
the Bachelor of Marine Science are eligible for the             Either
Bachelor of Manne Science - Advanced. For infonnation           BIOL104       Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment        6
on this degree refer to the Bachelor of Science - Advanced      or
and consult the Manne Science Coordinator, Associate
                                                                BMS103        Human Grow/th, Nutrition and Exercise          6
Professor Chris Fergusson.
                                                                BMS101        Systemic Anatomy                               6
                                                                STAT252       Statistics for the Natural Sciences            6
                                                                BMS112        Human Physiology 1; Principles and             6
                                                                              Systems
                                                                Either
                                                                MATH151       General Mathematics 1A (if required)           6
                                                                or
408
                                                                                                          Faculty of Science

PHYS131      Physics for the Environmental and Life         6   Physical Geography
             Sciences A                                         Geology
Second Year                                                     Geosciences
BIOL213      Principles of Biochemistry                     6   Physics (see Faculty of Engineering)
BIOL214      The Biochemistry of Energy and Metabolism      6
                                                                The available Arts majors are:
BIOL215      Introductory Genetics                          6
CHEM211      Inorganic Chemistry II                         6   Abonginal Studies
CHEM212      Organic Chemistry 1 1                          6   Asia Pacific Studies
CHEM213      Molecular Stmcture, Reactivity and Change      6   Australian Studies
CHEM214      Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II      6   Communication Studies
BMS202       Human Physiology II; Control Mechanisms        6   Community and Environment
Third Year                                                      English Language Studies
BIOL320      Molecular Cell Biology                         8   English Studies
CHEM320      Bioinformatics; From genome to stmcture        8   European Studies
CHEM321      Organic Synthesis and Reactivity               8
                                                                French
CHEM330      Medicinal Chemistry                            8
CHEM350      Principles of Pharmacology                     8
                                                                Gender Studies
CHEM364      Molecular Structure and Spectroscopy           8   History
Fourth Year
                                                                Italian
CHEM430     Selected Topics in Medicinal Chemistry        12    Japanese
BIOL321     Cellular and Molecular Immunology              8    Philosophy
CHEM450     Medicinal Chemistry Project                   28    Politics
                                                                Resource and Environmental Studies
                                                                Science, Technology and Society
Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry -                               Sociology
  Advanced
Students with a UAI of at least 90 who wish to undertake        Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of
the Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry are eligible for the
Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry - Advanced. For
                                                                  Commerce
information on this degree refer to the Bachelor of Science     students must consult both the Faculty of Science and the
- Advanced and consult the Medicinal Chemistry                  Faculty of Commerce academic advisers about selecting a
Coordinator, Dr Paul Keller.                                    major study from each Faculty. The double degree
                                                                consists of a minimum of 216 credit points taken over at
                                                                least 4 years and shall include:
Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of Arts                          1.   90 credit points of subjects from the Science Schedule
Students must consult both the Faculty of Science and the            (including a minimum of 60 credit points for a Science
Faculty of Arts academic advisers about selecting a major            major);
from each Faculty.                                              2.   subjects from the Commerce Schedule, including core
The double degree consists of a minimum of 216 credit                subjects to satisfy the requirements of one of the
points taken over at least 4 years and shall include:                Commerce majors. Candidates need to be aware that
                                                                     the number of credit points required by each major
1. 90 credit points of subjects from the Science Schedule
                                                                     varies;
   (including a minimum of 60 credit points for a Science
   major);                                                      3.   subjects from the Science, Commerce or General
                                                                     Schedules to ensure that a minimum of 216 credit
2. at least 72 credit points, including a major, for subjects
                                                                     points have been completed.
   listed in the Arts Course Structures and including at
   least 36 credit points for subjects offered by member        Note; Students may be given exemption from a subject
   units of the Faculty of Arts;                                when similar subjects exist in both majors selected, eg
                                                                Statistics.
3. not more than 96 credit points for 100-level subjects;
                                                                The available Science majors are:
4. majors from two different disciplines are to be chosen
                                                                Biological Sciences
   for the Arts and Science degrees.
                                                                Chemistry
Note: Students may be given exemptions where similar            Human Geography
subjects exist in both majors selected, eg Statistics           Physical Geography
subjects.                                                       Geology
The available Science majors are:                               Geosciences
Biological Sciences                                             Physics (see Faculty of Engineering)
Chemistry                                                       The available Commerce majors are:
Human Geography                                                 Accountancy

                                                                                                                        409
Course Structures

Economics                                                      Bachelor of Engineering (Informatics) -
Business Information Systems
                                                                 Bachelor of Science
Human Resource Management
Industrial Relations                                           Refer to the Faculty of Informatics section for details of
Management                                                     this double degree program.
Marketing
                                                               Science Schedule of Subjects
Finance
Employment Relations                                           The following are subjects offered by the Academic Units
International Business                                         in the Faculty of Science, as well as subjects from outside
                                                               of the Faculty, that can be counted towards the 90 credit
                                                               points of Science subjects required for a Bachelor of
Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of Laws                         Science degree. The required 90 credit points must
                                                               include a major or minor study in a discipline located in the
Refer to the Faculty of Law section for details of this
                                                               Faculty of Science. Only 60 credit points of 100-level
double degree program.
                                                               subjects may be counted towards a degree.
The available Science majors are:
Biological Sciences                                            Biological Sciences
Chemistry                                                      BIOL103      Molecules, Cells and Organisms                   6
Human Geography                                                BIOL104      Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment          6
Physical Geography                                             BI0L213      Principles of Biochemistry                       6
                                                               BIOL214      The Biochemistry of Energy and Metabolism        6
Geology
                                                               BIOL215      Introductory Genetics                            6
Geosciences
                                                               BIOL240      Functional Biology of Plants and Animals         6
Physics (see Faculty of Engineering)                           BIOL241      Biodiversity; Classification and Sampling        6
                                                               BIOL251      Principles of Ecology and Evolution              6
                                                               MARE200      Introduction to Oceanography                     6
Bachelor of Computer Science -                                 BIOL292      Special Biology Studies                          6
                                                               BIOL303      Biotechnology: Applied Cell and Molecular        8
  Bachelor of Science
                                                                            Biology
Refer to the Faculty of Infonnatics section for details of     BIOL320      Molecular Cell Biology                          8
this double degree program.                                    CHEM320      Bioinfonnatics: from genome to structure        8
                                                               BIOL321      Cellular and Molecular Immunology               8
                                                               BIOL332      Ecological and Evolutionary Physiology          8
                                                               BIOL351      Conservation Biology; Marine and Terrestrial    8
Bachelor of Creative Arts - Bachelor of                                     Populations
  Science                                                      BIOL355      Marine and Tenrestrial Ecology                   8
                                                               MARE300      Fisheries and Aquacultures                       8
Refer to the Faculty of Creative Arts section for details of
                                                               MARE300      Advances in Molluscan Biology                    8
this double degree program.                                    BIOL391      Advanced Biology                                16
The available Science majors are:                              BIOL392      Advanced Biology Project                         8
                                                               MARE393      Advanced Marine Science Project                  8
Biological Sciences
Chemistry                                                      Chemistry
Human Geography                                                CHEMIOI     Chemistry 1A; Intro. Physical and General
Physical Geography                                                         Chemistry
Geology                                                        CHEM102     Chemistry IB; Intro. Organic and Physical
Geosciences                                                                Chemistry
                                                               CHEM 104    Chemistry 1D (Introductory Chemistry)
                                                               CHEM105     Chemistry IE (Introductory Chemistry)
                                                               CHEM211     Inorganic Chemistry II
Physics (See Faculty of Engineering)                           CHEM212     Organic Chemistry II
                                                               CHEM213     Molecular Stmcture, Reactivity and Change
                                                               CHEM214     Analytical and Environmental Chemistry II
                                                               CHEM218     Special Chemistry Studies
Bachelor of Engineering (Engineering) -                        CHEM311     Inorganic Chemistry III
                                                               CHEM314     Instmmental Analysis
  Bachelor of Science                                          CHEM320     Bioinfonnatics; From Genome to Stmcture
                                                               CHEM321     Organic Synthesis and Reactivity
Refer to the Faculty of Engineering section for details of
                                                               CHEM327     Environmental Chemistry
this double degree program.
                                                               CHEM330     Medicinal Chemistry
                                                               CHEM340     Chemistry Laboratory Project
                                                               CHEM350     Principles of Phannacology
                                                               CHEM364     Molecular Structure and Spectroscopy


410
                                                                                                      Faculty of Science

Environmental Science                                      Subjects offered by Academic Units external to
ENVI391     Environmental Science                             the Faculty of Science:
Geosciences                                                Biomedical Science
GEOS102     Earth Environments and Resources           6   BMS101      Systemic Anatomy
GE0S111     Planet Earth                               6   BMS112      Human Physiology 1
GE0S112     Physical Environments                      6   BMS202      Human Physiology II; Control Mechanisms
GEOS142     The Human Environment; Problems and        6   BMS311      Nutrients and Metabolism
            Change                                         BMS312      Research in Human Nutrition
GEOS205     Field Geology                              6
GEOS214     Soils, Landscape and Hydrology             6   Information Technology and Computer Science
GEOS217     Field and Spatial Techniques               6   CSCI111     Computer Science 1A                            6
MARE218     Marine Sediments and Fossils               6   CSC1121     Computer Science IB                            6
GEOS219     The Earth in Crisis                        6
GEOS220     Climate and Natural Hazards
                                                           Mathematics and Applied Statistics
                                                       6
GEOS222     Biogeography                               6   MATH141    Mathematics 1C Part 1                           6
MARE200     Introduction to Oceanography               6   MATH 142   Mathematics 1C Part 2                           6
GEOS231     Environmental Impact of Societies          6   MATH161    Mathematics IE Parti                            6
GEOS233     Discovering Downunder: A Geography of      6   MATH 162   Mathematics IE Part 2                           6
            Australia                                      MATH 187   Mathematics 1A Part 1                           6
GEOS239     Remote Sensing of the Environment          6   MATH 188   Mathematics 1A Part 2                           6
GEOS242     Living in Cities                           6   MATH151    General Mathematics lA                          6
GEOS243     The Bush and Beyond; A Geography of        6   MATH201    Multivariate and Vector Calculus                6
            Australia                                      MATH202    Differential Equations 2                        6
GEOS246     A Hungry Worid: Food Resources and the         MATH283    Mathematics 2E for Engineers Part 1             6
            Worid Economy                                  STAT252    Statistics for the Natural Sciences             6
GEOS292     Special Geosciences Studies                6   Engineering Physics
GEOS305     Field Geology II                           8
                                                           PHYS131     Physics for the Environmental and Life         6
GEOS302     Basin Resources                            8
                                                                       Sciences A
GEOS304     Dynamic Earth                              8
                                                           PHYS132     Physics for the Environmental and Life         6
GEOS307     Mineral Resources                          8
                                                                       Sciences B
GEOS315     Field Studies in Physical Geography        8
                                                           PHYS141     Fundamentals of Physics A                      6
GEOS321     Fluvial Geomorphology, Sedimentology and   8
                                                           PHYS 142    Fundamentals of Physics B                      6
            River Management
                                                           PHYS205     Modern Physics                                 6
MARE322     Global Environmental Change                8
                                                           PHYS206     Project in Physics                             6
iyiARE323   Coastal Environments; Process and          8
                                                           PHYS215     Vibrations, Waves and Optics                   6
            Management
                                                           PHYS225     Electromagnetism and Optoelectronics           6
GEOS331     Environmental Management and Decision-
                                                           PHYS233     Introduction to Environmental Physics          6
            making
                                                           PHYS235     Mechanics and Thennodynamics                   6
GEOS333     Cultural Heritage Management
                                                           PHYS255     Radiation Physics                              6
GEOS339     Geographic Infonnation Systems
                                                           PHYS295     Astronomy: Concepts of the Universe            6
GEOS347     Northern Neighbours: Economic and Social
                                                           PHYS305     Quantum Mechanics                              8
            Change in the Asia-Pacific Rim
                                                           PHYS306     Project in Physics                             8
 GEOS349    Population, Health and Environment
                                                           PHYS325     Electromagnetism                               8
 GEOS381    Directed Studies in Geosciences A
                                                           PHYS335     Classical Mechanics                            8
 GEOS382    Directed Studies in Geosciences B
                                                           PHYS365     Detection of Radiation; Neutrons, Electrons    8
 MARE393    Advanced Marine Science Project
                                                                       and X Rays
 General Science                                           PHYS375     Nuclear Physics                                8
                                                           PHYS385     Statistical Mechanics                          8
 SCIE201    Modern Perspectives In Science                 PHYS390      Astrophysics                                  8
                                                           PHYS396     Electronic Materials                           8
 Marine Studies
 MARE200    Introduction to Oceanography               6
 MARE218    Marine Sediments and Fossils               6
 MARE300    Fisheries and Aquaculture                  8
 MARE322    Global Environmental Change                8
 MARE323    Coastal Environments; Process and          8
            Management
 MARE357    Advances in Molluscan Biology              8
 MARE393    Advanced Marine Science Project            8




                                                                                                                     411
SCIENCE SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
Note: Except where shown, all subjects are offered on
the Woliongong Campus.
                                                                   BIOL213      Principles of Biochemistry               Sep
                                                                   Autumn
BIOL10S     Molecules, Cells and Organisms            6ep
                                                                   Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 4 hours tutorial/practical per
Spring                                                             week.
Contact Hours: 2 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial, 3           hour   Pre-requisites: BIOL 103 and (CHEM 101) or (CHEM 104)
practical per week.                                                and (CHEM 102) or (CHEM 105)
Assessment: Continuous Practical assessment; Practical             Assessment: Practical reports; Dry practicals; Formal
quizzes; Assignment; Mid session Quiz; final practical             scientific reports; Theory Quiz; Practical exam; Theory exam.
examination; final theory examination.
                                                                   Subject Description: Structure and biological functions of
Subject Description: Properties and characteristics of living      proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and lipids and their
systems. Cell structure and function. Micro-organisms and          subunits. Protein and nucleic acid synthesis in prokaryotes
viruses. Cell division. Introductory biochemistry. Structure and   and eukaryotes. Membrane structure. Enzymes and their
function of the respiratory, digestive, excretory and muscular     regulation. Intermediary metabolism.
systems. Physiology of nervous and hormonal control
                                                                   Subject Objectives; To describe the major classes of
systems and the immune system. Plant structure and
                                                                   macromolecules and their subunits; to describe the basic
function.
                                                                   principles of enzyme function, energy metabolism, and gene
Subject Objectives; Students should be able to describe the        structure and function; to perform the calculations necessary
processes of science that uncover the mechanisms and               to relate to physical amounts and concentrations of
principles of living systems; define the different levels of       biochemicals; to interpret biochemical data and reach valid
organization of living systems; identify the unity and diversity   scientific conclusions; and to attain satisfactory experimental
that exist at each level of organization; describe some of the     laboratory skills.
basic interactions between, as well as aspects of, the
regulation and integration of living systems; describe the
characteristics of the most important classes of biological        BIOL214      The Biochemistry of Energy               6ep
molecules and the major features of the structure and function                   and Metabolism
of cells and sub-cellular organelles; and to be able to analyse
                                                                   Spring
results and present data cleariy and concisely in a written
report.                                                            Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 3 hours practical, 1 hour
                                                                   tutorial per week.
                                                                   Pre-requisites: BIOL213
BIOL104      Evolution, Biodiversity and              Sep          Assessment: Practical assessment; Scientific report; Quiz;
             Environment                                           Practical exam; Theory exam.
Autumn                                                             Subject Description: The generation and storage of
Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 3 hours practical, 1 hour          metabolic energy. The major catabolic pathways. The
tutorial per week.                                                 biosynthesis of carbohydrates,         lipids, proteins     and
 Assessment: Practical mini-quizzes; Insect collection;            nucleotides. The regulation of enzymes and of metabolic
                                                                   pathways and their role in cellular function. The integration of
Project report - predation; Project report - seeds; Post-lecture
                                                                   metabolism. Metabolic disorders.
mini-quizzes; Practical examination; Theory examination.
Subject Description: Types of organisms, their classification      Subject Objectives: To identify the major biochemical
and life styles. Genetics. Animal behaviour. Ecology of            processes; to compare anabolic and catabolic metabolic
                                                                   pathways; to understand the principles involved in the control
populations and communities. Evolutionary biology and the
                                                                   of metabolism; to relate knowledge of the structure and
origin of species.
                                                                   function of molecules; to perform basic laboratory procedures
Subject Objectives: To have a clear perception of the
                                                                   used in the study of metabolism; to use knowledge of
diversity of organisms present in nature; to recognise the
                                                                   metabolism and of biochemical methods to design
anatomical and life-history characteristics of the major groups
                                                                   experimental approaches to simple problems in metabolic
of organisms; to understand the operation of the evolutionary
                                                                   biochemistry; to appreciate the historical process which led to
processes which have combined to produce the diversity; to
                                                                   this body of knowledge; and to relate metabolic processes to
understand the principles of intrinsic population growth and
                                                                   the functioning of whole organisms.
how it provides the potential for natural selection; to
understand the way in which populations of different
organisms combine to form communities, and be aware of the
                                                                   BIOL215      Introductory Genetics                    Sep
nature of the the interactions which occur among organisms in
a community; to understand the interactions between the            Spring
physical and biotic components of ecosystems, and                  Contact Hours: 3 hours lecture, 3 hours practical per week.
understand the importance of nutrient cycling and energy flow      Pre-requisites: BIOL213
in ecosystem function; to be able to design an experiment,         Assessment: 4 Practical reports; Practical         assessment;
take replicate samples, analyse results and present a concise,
                                                                   Seminar; Theory exam.
accurate report; and to be aware of some of the social and
                                                                   Subject Description: Genetic variation in eukaryotic
ethical implications of research in biology.
                                                                   populations. Source of variation and techniques of
                                                                   measurement. Regulation of gene activity. Microbial genetics
                                                                   including transformation, conjugation and phage replication.
                                                                                                                               4?^
Subject Descriptions

Mechanisms for the rearrangement and exchange of genetic               Assessment: Scientific writing; Competition experiment;
material including plasmids, recombination, transposons and            Project progress; Seminar; Report; Practical examination;
genetic engineering.                                                   Theory examination.
Subject Objectives: To have an understanding of basic skills           Subject Description: Definitions of a population. Sampling
involved in microbial culturing, selection of mutations, plasmid       and estimating density. Population growth and regulation.
transfer and chromosome mapping of bacteria; simple                     Interactions between organisms and community structure and
applications of molecular biology; the role of DNA, RNA and            function. Variation among organisms P genetic and
protein; the molecular basis of genetic variation; the                 environmental. Inheritance. Genetic structure of populations.
mechanisms of genetic regulation; mechanisms of inheritance            Population size, breeding systems and selection, social
in a range of organisms and the design of simple breeding              evolution and evolution of life histories. Implications for human
experiments and selection trials; simple models of the                 populations. Human ecology and ecological surveys.
processes which determine the genetic composition of                   Subject Objectives: To develop an understanding of the
populations; and the basic algebraic and statistical skills            basic principles of general ecology, including evolutionary
needed to analyse genetic data.                                        theory, and to develop specific skills relevant to progression to
                                                                       advanced ecology and evolutionary biology.

BIOL240      Functional Biology of Plants &              6ep
             Animals                                                   BIOL292       Special Biology Studies                  6cp
Autumn                                                                 Spring / Autumn
Contact Hours: 3 hours lecture &/or tutorial, 3 hours practical        Contact Hours: 5 hours lab/field work, 1 hour tutorial per
per week.                                                              week.
Pre-requisites: BIOL103 and B1OL104                                    Pre-requisites: 48 cp; enrolment         in BSc(Hons) - Adv
Assessment: Quiz; 2 Practical             exams;     2      Written    Program
Assignments; Theory exam.                                              Assessment: Literature review presentation (oral or poster)
Subject Description: Functional morphology of plants and               10%; project reports 50%; project seminars 10%; final
animals. Plant/environmental interactions. Physiological and           examination 30%.
behavioural responses of animals to various environments.              Subject Description: Students will undertake research
Reproductive biology and life history patterns of plants and           projects, under the supervision of academic staff members,
animals.                                                               on design and execution of field and/or laboratory
Subject Objectives: The objectives of this course are to               experiments and the analysis and interpretation of these data.
study the form and function of living things with a comparative        Intending students must consult with the Head of Department
approach that recognises their evolutionary origins and how            prior to enrolment.
this affects the way they overcome challenges to their day-to-         Subject Objectives; To design and execute appropriate field
day existence.                                                         and/or laboratory experiments and analyse and interpret
                                                                       these data. Students will also develop skills in the acquisition
                                                                       of information and its presentation in verbal and written
BIOL241      Biodiversity: Classification and            6ep           reports.
             Sampling
Spring
Contact Hours: 3 hours lecture, 3 hours practical per week.            BIOLS20      Molecular Cell Biology                   Sep
Pre-requisites: BIOL103 and BIOL104                                    Autumn
Assessment:      McClade report; Herbarium               collection;   Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 4 hours tutorial/practical per
Biodiversity paper; Theory exam; Practical exam.                       week.
Subject Description: Introduction to biological diversity.             Pre-requisites: BIOL 214 and BIOL 215
Identifying biodiversity. The species concept. Principles of           Assessment: Poster; 2 Practical Reports; Theory exam;
classification (numerical and biochemical tools). Pitfalls in          Practical exam.
classification (coevolution, physical     and    evolutionary          Subject Description: Biochemistry of major macromolecular
constraints). Use of keys.Making and curating a collection of          components in eukaryotic cells including synthesis and
selected      groups      of   organisms.     Environmental            regulation; assembly of molecular components into functional
surveys:quantification and importance of biological diversity.         units in the cell; major cell functions - homeostasis,
Loss of biodiversity.                                                  movement, energetics and recognition. Specific topics
Subject Objectives; To provide students with an                        covered include proteins and nucleic acids, membranes,
understanding of biological diversity, taxonomic principles and        cytoskeleton, extracellular matrix, energetics. Practical wori<
a working knowledge of taxonomic methods. The latter                   covers plant and animal cell culture and separation
include the collection and identification of biological materials      techniques - amino acid analysis, electrophoresis, flow
for study as well as data collection, analysis and                     cytometry, centrifugation and chromatography.
interpretation.
                                                                       Subject Objectives: To achieve a sound knowledge and
                                                                       understanding of the key aspects of cell structure and function
                                                                       and mechanisms used by cells to regulate their activities.
BIOL251       Principles of Ecology and Evolution            6ep
Autumn
Contact Hours: 3 hours lecture, 3 hours practical per week.
Pre-requisites: B1OL103 and BIOL104



414
                                                                                                                  Faculty of Science

BI0LS21     Cellular and Molecular Immunology               Sep     Assessment: Spotlighting arboreal mammals; practical
Spring                                                              workbook     write-ups; teamwork  contribution; theory
                                                                    examination.
Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 4 hours tutorial/practical per
week.                                                               Subject Description: Field camps are an integral part of this
                                                                    subject. Describing populations - demography, life tables,
Pre-requisites: BIOL320
                                                                    genetic structure.
Assessment: Antibody Purification/Conjugation Project;
                                                                    Factors regulating population growth - competition herbivory,
Antibody Production/ELISA Project; Written assignments; Oral
                                                                    predation, environmental disturbance. Natural selection.
presentation of tutorial topic; Practical exam; Theory exam.
                                                                    Frequency-dependence and density-dependence. Phenotypic
Subject Description: The immune system as a model for
                                                                    plasticity. Sex, recombination and breeding systems.
cellular division and differentiation. Role of factors and the
                                                                    Localised adaptation. Sexual selection. Genetic basis of
cellular interactions required to generate antibodies and cell-
                                                                    behaviour. Hybrids and hybrid zones. Mechanisms of
mediated responses. Molecular basis of immunity. Molecular
                                                                    evolution and speciation. Population biology in relation to
biology of        viruses.   Immuno-technology:     Monoclonal
                                                                    conservation - minimum population sizes, inbreeding
antibodies, phage display antibodies,           immuno-affinity
                                                                    depression, genetic tolerance of extreme conditions.
chromatography, immuno-diagnostics, immunotherapies, fiow
                                                                    Subject Objectives; To develop an understanding of the
cytometry.
                                                                    concepts and techniques of population ecology and genetics
Subject Objectives: Students should be able to understand           which underpin the discipline of conservation biology.
and discuss many of the theoretical principles underiying
modern cellular and molecular immunology; perform a variety
of immunological techniques, including immunization of              BIOLS52       Biology For Environmental Engineers Sep
animals and purification and conjugation of antibodies; and
demonstrate a respect for animals, and an understanding of          Autumn
the importance of appropriate controls when designing               Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 3 hours practical, 1 hour
experiments using immunological techniques.                         tutorial per week.
                                                                    Assessment: Same as BIOL 104.
                                                                    Subject Description: See BIOL 104. This subject includes a
BIOL3S2      Ecological and Evolutionary               Sep          set of tutorials specifically designed for Environmental
             Physiology                                             Engineers.
Autumn                                                              Subject Objectives: See BIOL 104.
Pre-requisites: BIOL240
Assessment: Project reports; Quiz; Theory exam.
                                                                    BIOLS55       Marine and Terrestrial Ecology            Sep
Subject Description: Physiology and biochemistry of whole
                                                                    Spring
organisms with emphasis on response to environmental
parameters and the development of physiological systems.            Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 4 hours tutorial/practical per
Effect of body size on physiology. Water and salt regulation in     week.
aquatic, marine and terrestrial environments. Physiological         Pre-requisites: BIOL 241, BIOL 251, STAT 252,
responses of plants and animals to temperature, gas                 Assessment: Project report, field camp report and seminar
composition, light intensity, and pressure. Evolution of            60%; final examination 40%.
endothermy. Effects of hormones on physiology and                   Subject Description: Introduction to ecology - levels of
behaviour.                                                          organisation (individual, population, community, eco-system).
Subject Objectives: To understand the physiological and             Experiments in ecology - their design, analysis and
biochemical responses         of   animals     and plants      to   interpretation. Biotic interactions: competition, herbivory,
environmental variation; to identify how marine, aquatic, and       predation, mutualisms. Disturbance, catastrophe           and
terretrial environments select for different biochemical and        community structure and function. Behavioural ecology:
physiological adaptations in animals and plants; to explain         innate vs leamed behaviours and their effects on individual
aspects of the evolution of biochemical and physiological           fitness, demography and community structure. Applied
processes in organisms; to understand the infiuence of size         ecology: rehabilitation and management.
and phylogeny in animal energetics; to design and complete          Subject Objectives: Students should achieve familiarity with
an experiment to answer a specific physiological question; to       a range of ecosystems, marine and terrestrial; the ability to
analyse physiological data in an appropriate manner and             use a range of techniques to descibe communities;
present these effectively in both written and lecture formats; to   knowledge of the range of biotic and abiotic factors that
appreciate the use of computers as analog to digital interfaces     determine community structure; understanding of the nature
and understand fundamental procedures in writing data-              of biotic interactions occurring within ecological communities;
gathering routines; and to show concern for accuracy,               knowledge of the impacts of biotic interactions and
precision, honesty, and for the organisms under study.              disturbance     on    community       structure    and function;
                                                                    understanding of behavioural ecology, the effects of innate
                                                                    and learned behaviours on the fitness of individuals; expertise
BIOL351     Conservation Biology: Marine              Sep           in the design, analysis interpretation of ecological
            and Terrestrial Populations                             experiments, especially in the field; competence in the
Autumn                                                              preparation of scientific reports, including literature review and
                                                                    presentation of data; and the ability to communicate results
Contact Hours: 2 hs lecture, 4 hours tutorial/practical per
week.                                                               and ideas in verbal presentations.

Pre-requisites: BIOL 241, BIOL 251, STAT 252



                                                                                                                                  415
Subject Descriptions

BIOLS56      Marine and Terrestrial          Sep                     Emphasis may be placed on developing competence in a
             Ecology (Environmental Science)                         range of laboratory and field techniques not already familiar to
                                                                     the student. Selection for Advanced Biology is based on merit,
Spring
                                                                     and intending students should consult the Coordinator before
Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 4 hours tutorial/practical per
                                                                     enrolment.
week.
                                                                     Subject Objectives; The aim of this subject is to provide
Pre-requisites: BIOL 251, STAT 252                                   students with an introduction to scientific research in two
Assessment:      Major   project    report   and         seminar,    disciplines in Biological Sciences.
environmental report 60%; final examination 40%.
Subject Description: Lecture content as for BIOL355.
Tutorial and practical components of this subject provide            BIOLS92       Advanced Biology                         Sep
professional experience for Bachelor of Environmental                Spring / Autumn
Science students. A substantial amount of the practical work
                                                                     Contact Hours: 6 hours practical per week.; seminars
will be environmental science projects conducted in the
lllawarra region.                                                    Pre-requisites: Four 200-level (distinction and above)
Subject Objectives; As for BIOL 355, but including achieving         Co-requisites: Two SOO-level
competence in the preparation of consultancy reports and the         Assessment: Students will conduct 1 research project; write
framing of management recommendations.                               1 project report; give 1 project seminar; write 1 general essay;
                                                                     and sit a written examination.
                                                                     Subject Description: One research project is to be
BIOLS57       Field Methods in Ecology              Sep              undertaken, designed and chosen in consultation with an
Contact Hours: Not on offer in 2003                                  academic staff member. Emphasis may be placed on
Pre-requisites: BIOL251 or equivalent                                developing competence in a range of laboratory and field
Restrictions: Do NOT enrol in this subject without first             techniques not already familiar to the student. Selection for
completing an application (obtainable from Dept. office),            Advanced Biology is based on merit, and intending students
attaching a transcript of studies completed, and returning to        should consult the Coordinator before enrolment.
Dept. office.                                                        Subject Objectives: The aim of this subject is to provide
Assessment: Seminar, Project Report, Final examination               students with an introduction to scientific research in a
Subject Description: Techniques for estimating abundances            discipline in Biological Sciences.
of organisms - census, capture/recapture, indirect estimates.
Shortcomings of various techniques. Radio telemetry of large
vertebrates. Calculation of home range. Techniques for               BIOL401      Biology Honours                           48cp
ecological survey and experiment in the field.                       Annual
Subject      Objectives;     Students    should     achieve    an    Pre-requisites: Passing a major sequence in Biology at SOO-
understanding of the need to sample organisms, and the               level at a standard approved by the Head of the Department
limits to accurate estimation of population parameters from a        Assessment: Essay, literature review, scientific paper,
sample; understand various sampling designs to avoid bias
                                                                     poster, seminar, thesis.
and to maximise representatives of the sample; have the
                                                                     Subject Description: Students wishing to proceed to
ability to apply these principles of sampling to field surveys for
                                                                     honours should consult the Honours Co-ordinator as soon as
several types of organisms; have the ability to apply these
                                                                     possible during their third year.
principles of sampling to field surveys for several types of
organisms; have the ability to estimate population sizes using
capture-recapture techniques; familiarity with the basics of
                                                                     BIOL402      Biology Joint Honours                     24ep
capturing and handling a range of animals; have the ability to
design and carry out ecological survey and/or experiment,            Annual
focussing on a particular organism or group of organisms;            Pre-requisites: Passing a major sequence in Biology at SOO-
have the ability to communicate cleariy and concisely both in        level at a standard approved by the Head of the Department
a written report and in verbal presentations; and have the           Co-requisites: Enrolment in a 24 credit point Honours subject
ability to solve the difficulties of working as part of a small      offered by another Academic Unit.
team in the field and to prepare high-quality, team reports.
                                                                     Subject Description: Students wishing to proceed to joint
                                                                     honours should consult the Honours Co-ordinator as soon as
                                                                     possible during their third year.
BI0LS91       Advanced Biology                          16cp
Spring / Autumn / Annual
Contact Hours: 12 hours practical, seminars per week                 BIOL420      Cell, Protein and Antibody               12ep
Pre-requisites: Four 200-level (distinction and above)                            Technology
Co-requisites: Two SOO-level                                         Autumn
Assessment: Students will conduct 2 research projects; write         Contact Hours: 5 hours lecture. Research Project
2 project reports; give 2 project seminars; write 1 general          Pre-requisites: Completion of the third year of the Bachelor
essay; and sit a written examination.                                of Biotechnology
Subject Description: Two research projects are to be                 Assessment: Mini-project 65%; theory exam 25%; tutorial
undertaken with different supervisors, designed and chosen in        seminar 10%.
consultation with these academic staff members.                      Subject Description: The role of natural and recombinant
                                                                     proteins in biotechnology. Aspects of protein 3-dimensional
                                                                     structure and folding, ligand binding and catalysis important in
                                                                     biotechnology.
416
                                                                                                                  Faculty of Science

Extraction and recovery of proteins in the biotechnology            BIOL42S      Protein, nucleic acid and cell            Sep
industry. Purification and characterisation of proteins. Animal                  biotechnology
cell and tissue culture; advanced culture techniques, tissue        Autumn
engineering and therapeutic cloning, fiow cytometry and
                                                                    Pre-requisites: BIOL 303 Biotechnology,          148 c p . from
genetic     engineering.    Antibody      technology:     radio-
                                                                    BCompBioinf.
immunoassay and enzyme-immunoassay techniques, signal
amplification strategies.                                           Restrictions: Assumed knowledge; Computing science,
                                                                    mathematics and statistics; Genetics, molecular biology
Subject Objectives: Student should be able to understand
                                                                    Assessment: Presentation of one seminar; written
the contribution by the technologies of cell culture, protein and
monoclonal       antibodies    to   present    and     impending    examination.
developments in fundamental research, agriculture, medicine         Subject    Description: The subject will provide a
and industry; to comprehend (at an advanced level) the              comprehensive education in the application of the disciplines
structure-function relationships of proteins and the principles     of cell biology, molecular biology and biochemistry to
for their isolation, purification and characterisation; to          biotechnology. Students will investigate recent and emerging
appreciate antibody structure and function (at an advanced          technologies used in the generation of products by the
 level) and understand the current application of these             biotechnology industry. Topics will include cell culture, protein
 molecules in the field of biotechnology; to foster and promote     properties and purification, antibody technology, nucleic acid
the development of critical scientific and socially responsible     and recombinant DNA technology. They will consider the
 attitudes to ethical issues arising from the implementation of     social and ethical implications of developments which utilise
 biotechnology.                                                     biotechnology.
                                                                    Subject Objectives: 1. Understand the contribution by the
                                                                    following     technologies    to   present    any    impending
BIOL421      Nucleic Acid Technology                   12ep         developments in fundamental research, agriculture, medicine
Autumn                                                              and industry: cell culture, protein and antibodies. 2.
                                                                    Comprehend the structure-function relationships of proteins
Contact Hours: 5 hours lectures. Research Project.
                                                                    and the principles for their isolation purification and
Pre-requisites: Completion of the third year of the Bachelor
                                                                    characterisation. 3. Appreciate antibody structure and function
of Biotechnology                                                    and understand the current application of these molecules in
Assessment: Mini-project 65%; theory exam 25%; tutorial             the field of biotechnology. 4. Possess an understanding of the
seminar 10%.                                                        roles which nucleic acid technology plays as a tool in the
Subject Description: Strategies for cloning of prokaryote and       research, diagnostic, clinical and therapeutic regimes.
eukaryote genes using plasmid, cosmid, bacteriophage and            Appreciate and comprehend the principles and methods
transposon vector systems. Production and purification of           involved in recombinant DNA technology. 5. Foster and
recombinant proteins in bacterial, yeast, plant and animal          promote the development of scientifically critical and socially
systems. Plant genetic engineering. Bio-remediation and gene        responsible attitudes to ethical issues arising from the
technology. Gene therapy. Transgenic animals. Diagnosis of          implemenation of biotechnology.
human genetic disease. Ethical and social implications.
Subject Objectives; Students            should possess        an
                                                                    CHEM101      Chemistry lA: Introductory                6cp
understanding of the roles which nucleic acid technology
                                                                                 Physical & General Chemistry
plays (or will play) in biology, biochemistry and biotechnology
as research, diagnostic, clinical and therapeutic tools;            Autumn
appreciate, comprehend and perform (BIOL 421 only) the              Contact Hours: 26 hours lecture, 13 hours tutorial, 39 hours
principles and methods involved in recombinant DNA                  practical per session.
technology; and have critical scientific and ethical attitudes to   Pre-requisites: NSW HSC Examination 2U Chemistry (at
technological     developments       which     use/have     used    least 50 marks out of 100) 3U Science (at least 75 marks out
biotechnology.                                                      of 150) 4U Science (at least 100 marks out of 200)
                                                                    Assessment:      Practical assignments, test,      computer
                                                                    assignment, plus written examination.
BIOL422      Biotechnology Project                     24ep
                                                                    Subject Description: Atomic theory and structure. Periodic
Spring                                                              Table and Chemical periodicity. Chemical bonding and
Contact Hours: Varied-Research Project.                             shapes of molecules. Stoichiometry. Oxidation-reduction
Pre-requisites: BIOL420 and BIOL421                                 reactions. Acids and bases. Properties of gases and liquids.
                                                                    Thermodynamics and thermochemistry. Chemistry of the
Assessment: Research poster 10%; final thesis 80%; final
                                                                    environment and radioactivity. Completion of at least a 2 Unit
research seminar 10%.
                                                                    Science course at NSW HSC recommended. Not to count
Subject Description: Under the supervision of staff from the        withCHEMIOS, CHEM104.
Department of Biological Sciences, the student will undertake
a research project in the field of biotechnology and present a
written report, poster and seminar on the chosen topic.             CHEM102      Chemistry IB: Introductory                6cp
Subject Objectives: To complete the final components of the                      Organic & Physical Chemistry
Bachelor of Biotechnology (Honours) degree.
                                                                    Spring
                                                                    Contact Hours: 26 hours lectures ,13 hours tutorial ,39 hours
                                                                    practical per session.
                                                                    Pre-requisites: NSW HSC Examination, 2U Chemistry (at
                                                                    least 50 marks out of 100), 3U Science (at least 75 marks out
                                                                    of 150), 4U Science (at least 100 marks out of 200)

                                                                                                                                 417
Subject Descriptions

Exclusions: Not to count for credit with CHEM105                   Assessment:      Practical   assignments,   test, computer
Assessment:      Practical     assignments, test,  computer        assignment, plus written examination.
assignment, plus written examination                               Subject Description: Chemical equilibria and equilibrium
Subject Description: Chemical equilibria and equilibrium           constants. Acid-base equilibria. Electrochemistry P galvanic
constants. Acid-base equilibria. Electrochemistry, galvanic        cells, Nernst equation and Faraday's laws. Kinetics of
cells, Nernst equation and Faraday's laws. Kinetics of             chemical reactions. Introductory organic chemistry P
chemical    reactions.     Introductory   organic chemistry.       nomenclature, preparation and reactions of alkanes, alkenes,
Nomenclature, preparation and reactions of alkanes, alkenes,       alkynes and arenes. Chemistry of alcohols, amines, carbonyl,
alkynes, and arenes.                                               and other compounds. Reaction mechanisms. Synthetic
                                                                   polymers. Not to count with CHEM 102.
Chemistry of alcohols, amines, carbonyl, and other
compounds. Reaction mechanisms. Synthetic polymers. Not
to count for credit with CHEM 105.
                                                                   CHEM211       Inorganic Chemistry II                   Sep
                                                                   Autumn
CHEM10S      Introductory Chemistry For              Sep           Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture & tutorial , 39 hours
              Engineers                                            practical per session.
Autumn / Summer 2003/2004                                          Pre-requisites: CHEM101/104 and CHEM102/105
Contact     Hours:     39    hours     lecture,    18      hours   Assessment: Practical assingments 20% and quizzes 20%,
Tutorial/Demonstration, 21 hour practical per session.             plus written examination 60%.
Exclusions: Not to count for credit with CHEMIOI              or   Subject Description: Introduction to modern coordination
CHEM104                                                            chemistry. The coordinate bond; types of ligands; hard and
Assessment:      Practical  assignments,     test,   computer      soft    acid-base     theory;    inorganic   kinetics; reaction
assignment, plus written examination.                              mechanisms;      coordination      numbers and geometries;
Subject Description: Atomic theory, chemical bonding,              isomerism. Factors controlling the thermodynamic stability of
structure. Simple organic       molecules and reactivity.          transition    metal     complexes.     Crystal   Field  theory;
Thermodynamics and thermochemistry. Gases, liquids and             magnetochemistry and u.v.-visible spectra of transition metal
solutions. Chemical basis of engineering materials such as         complexes. Symmetry and symmetry point groups in
cement,     adhesives,    polymers,    fuels, metals    and        molecules. Molecular orbital theory of bonding. The chemistry
semiconductors. Environmental chemistry-pollution and              of the noble gases and the transition metals iron, cobalt,
pollution control. Kinetics and radiation chemistry. Not to        nickel, copper, silver and gold.
count for credit with CHEMIOI or CHEM104

                                                                   CHEM212      Organic Chemistry II                     Sep
CHEM104      Chemistry 1D                            6ep           Autumn
             (Introductory Chemistry)                              Contact Hours: 26 hours lectures, 13 hours tutorials, 39
Autumn                                                             hours practical per session.
Contact Hours: 39 hours lectures, 13 hour tutorials, 39            Pre-requisites: CHEMIOI and CHEM104 OR CHEM 102
hours practical per session                                        and CHEM 105.
Pre-requisites: Nil. Students who satisfy the HSC pre-             Assessment: Practical assignments 20%, quizzes 10%,
requisites for CHEMIOI and CHEM 102 are not permitted to           assignments 15% and written examination 55%.
enrol.                                                             Subject Description: Modern organic synthetic methods,
Exclusions: Not to count for credit with CHEMIOI              or   theory and practice. This includes; an introduction to organic
CHEM103                                                            chemical stereochemistry; fundamentals of molecular
Assessment:      Practical assignments,      test,   computer      mechanism; synthetic transfonnations of organic molecular
assignment, plus written examination.                              moieties; applications of spectroscopy.
Subject Description: Atomic theory and structure. Periodic
Table and Chemical periodicity. Chemical bonding and
shapes of molecules. Stoichiometry. Oxidation-reduction            CHEM21S      Molecular Structure, Reactivity          6cp
reactions. Acids and bases. Properties of gases and liquids.                    and Change
Thermodynamics and thermochemistry. Chemistry of the               Spring
environment and radioactivity. Not to count for credit with        Contact Hours: 39 hours lectures & tutorials, 39 hours
CHEMIOI orCHEMIOS                                                  practical per session
                                                                   Pre-requisites: CHEMIOI/ CHEM104 and CHEM102/
                                                                   CHEM 105 & Faculty of Science minimum mathematics
CHEM105      Chemistry 1E                            6ep           requirement
             (Introductory Chemistry)
                                                                   Assessment: Practical, mid-session quiz plus written
Spring                                                             examination.
Contact Hours: 39 hours lectures, 13 hours tutorial, 39 hours      Subject Description: When looking at chemical systems,
practical per session.                                             three fundamental questions arise : to what extent will they
Pre-requisites: Nil. Students who satisfy the HSC pre-             react, how quickly will they react and what is their structure?
requisite for CHEMIOI and CHEM102 are not permitted to             This subject explores these topics through the key topics of
enrol                                                              thermodynamics and kinetics and provides an understanding
Exclusions: Not to count with CHEM 102                             of experimental studies and their relationship to theory.


418
                                                                                                                Faculty of Science

These macroscopically observed properties are then                 Subject Description: This subject will involve the study of
discussed in relation to fundamental molecular properties,         specific research areas of chemistry under the guidance of a
including an introduction to simple quantum concepts and the       member of staff. This study may include research assistance,
rotational/vibrational spectroscopy of diatomic molecules. In      directed reading, computer-based studies, and library
addition, colloidal systems, including micellar phases, are        assignments.
used as examples of molecular self-assembly, where
intrinsically unstable phases are maintained by kinetic factors.
Subject Objectives; After completion of this subject students      CHEM311      Inorganic Chemistry III                  Sep
will be able to; demonstrate a good understanding of the laws      Spring
of thermodynamics and thermodynamic functions (DH, DG,
                                                                   Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture 8. tutorial , 39 hours
 DS, m and K) and their application to chemical systems;
                                                                   practical per session.
discuss the importance of activity to chemical systems and do
 simple calculations involving activity coefficients;              Pre-requisites: CHEM211
 describe the rotational and vibrational energy levels of simple   Assessment: Practical 20%, quizzes 20% and written
 molecules; predict the kinetic behaviour of chemical reactions    examination 60%.
 based on a reaction mechanism; discuss the formation of           Subject Description: UV-visible spectra of transition metal
 colloidal systems, including micellar phases, their properties    complexes-Magnetochemistry of transition metal complexes.
 and how there are stabilised.                                     Bioinorganic Chemistry: Interactions of metals, ligands and
                                                                   metal complexes in biological systems. Metalloproteins. Toxic
                                                                   action of metal ions and detoxification. Metallotherapy.
CHEM214      Analytical and Environmental             Sep          Organometallic Chemistry: Metal carbonyls. \
             Chemistry                                             Hydride and hydrocarbon metal complexes. Reactivity of
Spring                                                             coordinated carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon ligands.
                                                                   Oxidative addition. Fluxional behaviour. Industrial processes
Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture & tutonal , 39 hours
                                                                   employing organometallic reactions. Macrocyclic ligands,
practical per session.
                                                                   metal    complexes     and their    biological    significance;
Prerequisites:        CHEM 101/CHEM 104     and                    supramolecular chemistry and molecular recognition.
CHEM102/CHEM105 or CHEM103 & Faculty of Science
minimum mathematics requirement
Assessment:       Practical    assignments    30%,     Tutorial    CHEMS14      Instrumental Analysis                    Sep
assignments 15%, and written examination 55%.                      Autumn
Subject Description: This subject is an introduction to
                                                                   Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture & tutorial , 39 hours
analytical chemistry and its application to environmental and
                                                                   practical.
biological systems. It will provide an understanding of:
variations in sample composition and collection methods,           Pre-requisites: CHEM214
sample      preparation     and    analysis   using    current     Assessment: Coursework (including practical work), quiz and
instrumentation, and data interpretation using statistics and      final written exam.
chemometrics. The material will be presented in lectures,          Subject Description: Modern chemical analysis techniques
laboratory exercises, a workshop discussion and an on-             will be presented. These will include the use of spectroscopy,
campus sampling demonstration.                                     chromatography and electrochemical methods. The subject
                                                                   emphasises the practical aspects of such measurements, and
                                                                   may include off-campus site visits.
CHEM215      Food Chemistry                           6cp
Autumn
                                                                   CHEMS20      Bioinformatics: From Genome to           Sep
Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture 8. tutorial , 18 hours                          Structure
practicals per session.
                                                                   Spring
Pre-requisites:           CHEM101/CHEM104                   and
                                                                   Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture 8e tutorial , 39 hours
CHEM 102/CHEM105
                                                                   practical per session.
Assessment: Practical assignments 20% and quiz 20%, plus
written examination 60%.                                           Pre-requisites: BIOL213

Subject Description: Only listed in the Health & Behavioural       Exclusions: Not to count with B10L318
Sciences Schedule.This subject is designed as a core subject       Assessment: Practical work 30%, quiz 10%, and final written
in the BSc (Nutrition) program. Description: Types of              examination 60%.
nutrients, energy value of food. Fats, carbohydrates, and          Subject Description: The course will be divided into three
proteins in foods. Colloidal systems. Essential trace elements,    strands of approximately equal length; bioinformatics;
vitamins. Cooking, preservation and processing of food.            biological macromolecules (proteins and nucleic acids) -
Chemical additives and toxins in food.                             structure and function; proteomics. In the practical course,
                                                                   bioinformatics will be explored in computer-based tutorials
                                                                   and practicals. Databases for nucleic acid and protein
CHEM218      Special Chemistry Studies                Sep          sequences, structures and other parameters of biological
Spring / Autumn                                                    molecules, plus linkages to the scientific literature, will be
                                                                   used to extract information and to compare and analyse these
Contact Hours: 6 hours Lab session etc per week.
                                                                   data. Proteomics and protein and nucleic acid structure will
Pre-requisites:   Entry    restricted   to   BSc(Hons)      Adv.   also be investigated via computer-based practicals. In the
Candidates.                                                        laboratory, the sequence of a dipeptide will be determined
Assessment: Written report on student's project.                   and structure/function aspects of the protein, lysozyme, will be
                                                                   analysed.
                                                                                                                               419"
Subject Descriptions

Subject Objectives: After successful completion of this          This course also has guest lecturers who are experts in the
subject, students are should be able to; appreciate the          varying fields of medicinal chemistry. This could include
significance and scope of bioinformatics in biology and          speakers from pharmaceutical companies or from research
biotechnology; access and utilise a range of databases with      institutes.
computer-based applications to discover information about
genes, their products and biological effects; contrast how
biological macromolecules interact and regulate chemical         CHEM340       Chemistry Laboratory Project            Sep
reactions in biology; understand the significance and scope of   Summer 2003/2004 / Spring / Autumn
bioinformatics in biotechnology, pharmaceuticals          and
                                                                 Contact Hours: 6 hour per week plus seminars etc.
medicine; be competent in accessing and utilising biological
                                                                 Pre-requisites:   Four  200-level Chemistry    subjects.
databases with a range of computer-based applications;
                                                                 Restricted entry.  Admission by application to Head of
understand the methods used to isolate and identify proteins
(proteomics).                                                    Department of Chemistry
                                                                 Co-requisites: Two SOO-level Chemistry subjects
                                                                 Assessment: Report on project and literature review 80%.
                                                                 Seminar on project 20%.
CHEMS21      Organic Synthesis and Reactivity Sep
                                                                 Subject Description: Research projects are undertaken
Spring                                                           under the direct guidance of an academic supervisor, chosen
Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture 8e tutorial , 39 hours           after consultation with academic staff and the Head of
practical per session.                                           Department. The projects will introduce students to a range of
Pre-requisites: CHEM212                                          advanced experimental techniques, and familiarise them with
Assessment:       Practical     20%,      3    assignments       the scientific approach to research.
(spectroscopy/spectroscopy-stereochemistry/molecular             Students must attend Departmental seminars. Selection for
modelling) 15%, quizzes 15%, and written examination 50%.        this laboratory project is based on merit, and intending
Subject Description: Reactive intermediates: free radicals,      students should consult with the Head before enrolment.
carbenes, arenes: generation, determination, reactions.
Stereochemistry: physical detection of stereochemistry by
n.m.r., C D . etc; enantioselective synthesis and computer       CHEMS50      Principles of Pharmacology              Sep
modelling. Synthesis: carbocyclic synthesis and theory and       Autumn
applications to natural product synthesis. Heterocycles;         Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture 8e tutorial , 39 hours
synthesis,    reactions   and    applications  of  common        practical per session.
heterocycles.
                                                                 Pre-requisites: CHEM212 or BIOL214 and BMS202.
                                                                 CHEM350 is normally restricted to BMedChem candidates.
                                                                 Other students should contact the co-ordinator.
CHEMS27      Environmental Chemistry                 Sep
                                                                 Assessment: Practical 20%, library assignment and seminar
Autumn                                                           20%, written examination and test 60%.
Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture & tutorial , 39 hours            Subject Description: This course is designed to introduce
practical per session.                                           students to the basic concepts of pharmacology. Topics
Pre-requisites: CHEM214                                          covered will include, receptors and molecular basis of drug
Assessment: Literature review/laboratory report 40%, written     action, drug disposition and bioavailability, kinetics of drug
examination 50%, quiz 10%                                        action, factors affecting drug activity, in vitro and in vivo
Subject Description: The environment depends on complex          screening procedures, pharmacology of prototype drugs, and
interactions in chemical, physical and biological processes      drug interactions.
both natural and anthropogenic in origin. This course            Subject Objectives: At the end of this course you should
considers three major strands: atmospheric chemistry, aquatic    have an understanding of the general nature of
chemistry, and soil chemistry. These cover the role of           pharmacology, basic qualitative and quantitative concepts in
chemistry in the atmosphere, in soils and in water, and          molecular pharmacology including receptors, agonists,
includes pollution measurement, pollution control and the        antagonists, dose-response curves, efficacy and affinity, and
effects of major organic and inorganic pollutants.               desensitisation. You should also have an appreciation of the
                                                                 importance of pharmacokinetics in drug action, together with
                                                                 knowledge of drug effects, including clinical aspects, on the
CHEMSSO      Medicinal Chemistry                     Sep         autonomic and sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous
Spring                                                           systems, and on the cardiovascular system, plus drugs and
Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture &tutorial, 39 hours practical.   the kidney, histamine and serotonin, local and general
                                                                 anaesthetics, respiratory drugs, alcohol and drug abuse, and
Pre-requisites: CHEM212 and BIOL214 and BMS202. Entry
                                                                 sex hormones.
restricted to BMedChem candidates.
Assessment: Final examination 55%, practical wori< 20%,
laboratory mini project 5%, literature assignment 5% and         CHEMS64      Molecular Structure and                 Sep
seminar based on assignment 5%, quiz 10%.
                                                                               Spectroscopy
Subject Description: The concepts, principles and
                                                                 Autumn
applications of medicinal chemistry are examined and include;
drug lead discovery, investigation into the key molecular        Contact Hours: 39 hours lecture 8. tutorial , 39 hours
features necessary for medicinal action, drug metabolism,        practical per session.
stereochemistry/chirality and drug action, modem methods in      Pre-requisites: CHEM213
dnjg design including computer-aided molecular modelling.        Assessment: Written final examination 60%, practical &
                                                                 tutorial assignments 30%, mid-session quiz 10%.
420
                                                                                                              Faculty of Science

Subject Description: Spectroscopy in its many forms is one        CHEM405      Chemistry Joint Honours                 24cp
of the most important tools we have for both molecular            Annual
stmcture determinations and in quantitative chemical analysis.
                                                                  Pre-requisites: Normally 24 credit points of SOO-level
This multi-faceted course covers the fundamentals and many
                                                                  Chemistry subjects at an appropriate standard. Entry is
uses of spectroscopy for molecular structure detennination
                                                                  subject to the approval of the Head of Department of
and analysis. It includes optical (infrared, visible and
                                                                  Chemistry. This subject is taken with 24 credit points at 400-
ultraviolet), mass and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
                                                                  level from another Department.
spectroscopy and a formal treatment of molecular symmetry.
Applications to organic, inorganic, biological and gas-phase      Assessment: Coursework (15%); Research project, thesis
systems are covered.                                              and seminars (85%)
                                                                  Subject Description: A list of topics available will be
                                                                  provided by the Department. See Co-ordinator or Head of
                                                                  Department.
CHEM401     Chemistry Honours                        48cp
Autumn / Annual / Spring 2003/Autumn 2004
Pre-requisites: Normally at least 32 credit points of SOO-level
                                                                  CHEM4S0      Selected Topics in Medicinal            12ep
Chemistry subjects at an appropriate standard (credit
                                                                               Chemistry
average). Not to count with CHEM402 or 403, 422.
                                                                  Annual
Assessment: Coursework (15%); Research project, thesis
and seminars (85%)                                                Contact Hours: 84 hours lectures & tutorials per session.
                                                                  Pre-requisites: CHEMSSO. Entry restricted to BMedChem
Subject Description: Coursework: advanced topics and skills
for chemistry research including oral and written                 candidates.
communication, project management, library techniques and         Assessment:       Written   examinations    60%,    literature
OH&S. Research Project: each year, available projects are         assignments 10%, project essay 20%, seminar 10%.
provided by the Department of Chemistry. See Co-ordinator         Subject Description: Specialist courses in aspects of
or Head of Department                                             medicinal chemistry and related areas. Topics will include;
                                                                  structure-based ligand design (including computer-aided drug
                                                                  design); structure-pharmacological property relationships;
CHEM402     Chemistry Honours Part I For             24ep         synthesis and applications of radiopharmaceuticals; drug
            Part-Time Students                                    stability and formulation; toxicology and metabolism;
Annual / Spring 2003/Autumn 2004                                  advanced synthetic chemistry (including asymmetric synthesis
                                                                  and chiral drugs); bioactive natural products and drug
Pre-requisites: Normally 32 credit points of SOO-level
                                                                  development (including medicinal plant studies).
Chemistry subjects at an appropriate standard. Not to count
withCHEM401.
Assessment: Coursework (15%); research project, thesis            CHEM431      Selected Topics in Medicinal            6ep
and seminars (85%).                                                            Chemistry Part 1
Subject Description: Coursework: advanced topics and skills
                                                                  Spring
for chemistry research including oral and written
                                                                  Contact Hours: 42 hours lectures & tutorials per session.
communication, project management, library techniques and
                                                                  Pre-requisites: CHEMSSO. Entry restricted to BMedChem
OH&S. Research Project: each year, available projects are
provided by the Department of Chemistry. See Co-ordinator         candidates who commence BMedChem(Hons) mid-year.
or Head of Department                                             Assessment:       Written   examinations    60%,     literature
                                                                  assignments 10%, project essay 20%, seminar 10%.
                                                                  Subject Description: Specialist courses in aspects of
CHEM40S Chemistry Honours Part 2 for                 24ep         medicinal chemistry and related areas. Topics will include:
        Part-Time Students                                        structure-based ligand design (including computer-aided dnjg
                                                                  design); structure-pharmacological property relationships;
Annual / Spring 2003/Autumn 2004
                                                                  synthesis and applications of radiopharmaceuticals; drug
Pre-requisites: Normally 32 credit points of SOO-level
                                                                  stability and formulation; toxicology and metabolism;
Chemistry subjects at an appropriate standard. Not to count
                                                                  advanced synthetic chemistry (including asymmetric synthesis
with CHEM401
                                                                  and chiral drugs); bioactive natural products and drug
Assessment: Coursework (15%); Research project, thesis
                                                                  development (including medicinal plant studies).
and seminars (85%)
Subject Description: Coursework: advanced topics and skills
for chemistry research including oral and written                 CHEM4S2      Selected Topics in Medicinal            Sep
communication, project management, library techniques and                      Chemistry Part 2
OH&S. Research Project: each year, available projects are
                                                                  Autumn                Woliongong           On Campus
provided by the Department of Chemistry. See Co-ordinator
or Head of Department                                             Contact Hours: 42 hours lectures & tutorials.
                                                                  Pre-requisites: CHEMSSO. Entry restricted to BMedChem
                                                                  candidates.
                                                                  Assessment:     Written   examinations  60%,   literature
                                                                  assignments 10%, project essay 20%




                                                                                                                              421
Subject Descriptions

Subject Description: Specialist courses in aspects of              Subject Objectives: The principal objective of this subject is
medicinal chemistry and related areas. Topics will include:        that students should understand the components of their
structure-based ligand design (including computer-aided drug       physical environment, and how these interact to create the
design); structure-pharmacological property relationships;         complex worid in which we live. By the end of the subject
synthesis and applications of radiopharmaceuticals; drug           they should be able: describe the physical, biological and
stability and formulation; toxicology and metabolism;              chemical features of major ecosystems; evaluate and quantify
advanced synthetic chemistry (including asymmetric synthesis       common environmental impacts on ecosystems; understand
and chiral drugs); bioactive natural products and drug             and evaluate important environmental science concepts such
development (including medicinal plant studies).                   as total catchment management; coastal zone management;
                                                                   analyze, interpret and effectively report field and laboratory
                                                                   data.
CHEM450      Medicinal Chemistry Project               28ep
Annual / Spring 2003/Summer 2004
                                                                   ENVI40S       Research Report                        24ep
Pre-requisites: CHEMSSO and CHEM350. Entry restricted to
BMedChem candidates.                                               Autumn / Annual / Spring 200S/Autumn 2004
Assessment: Based on a research project thesis 90% and             Pre-requisites: Enrolled in final year of BEnvSc.
research seminar 10%                                               Assessment: Major report 100%.
Subject Description: A list of research projects in medicinal      Subject Description: A research project for an organisation
chemistry available for study in any one year will be provided     involved with solving environmental problems will be allocated
by the Department of Chemistry. The development of                 to candidates in consultation with the Professor of
appropriate joint projects within or outside the University is     Environmental Science.
actively encouraged.

                                                                   ENVI491      Environmental Science and Systems Sep
CHEM451      Medicinal Chemistry Project Part 114cp                Spring
Spring                                                             Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 1 hour tutorial 3 hours
Pre-requisites: CHEM330 and CHEM350. Entry restricted to           practical per week.
BMedChem candidates.                                               Pre-requisites: Enrolment in BEnvSc and completion of
Assessment: Based on research project thesis 90% and               BIOL251,CHEM214, GEOS222 and GEOS214
research seminar 10%                                               Exclusions: Not to be counted with ENV1391
Subject Description: Research project in medicinal                 Assessment: Assignments 25%; major project report 35%;
chemistry. For students commencing BMedChem research               final examination 40%.
project in Session 2.
                                                                   Subject      Description: This subject        builds on the
CHEM452      Medicinal Chemistry Project Part 214cp                interdisciplinary knowledge gained through the first and
                                                                   second year BEnvSc program. Focus is on interactions
Autumn
                                                                   between biological, chemical, geological and geographical
Pre-requisites: CHEMSSO, CHEM350 and CHEM451. Entry                factors and processes in major ecosystems including coral
restricted to BMedChem candidates.                                 reefs, coasts, estuaries, rivers, lakes, alpine, forests, and
Assessment: Based on a research project thesis 90% and             grasslands. Existing and potential impacts that influence
research seminar 10%                                               environmental management will also be investigated such as
Subject Description:       Research     project   in   medicinal   water and waste management, climate change, population
chemistry.                                                         growth, and social and political factors.
                                                                   Subject Objectives; The principal objective of this subject is
                                                                   that students should understand the components of their
ENVI391 Environmental Science                          Sep         physical environment, and how these interact to create the
Spring                                                             complex wortd in which we live. By the end of the subject
                                                                   they should be able to: describe the physical, biological and
Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture, 1 hour tutorial, 3 hours           chemical features of major ecosystems; evaluate and quantify
practical per week.
                                                                   common environmental impacts on ecosystems; understand
Pre-requisites: Enrolment in BSc (Environment)               and   and evaluate important environmental science concepts such
completion of BIOL251, CHEM214 and GEOS222                         as total catchment management; coastal zone management;
Exclusions: Not to be counted with ENVI491                         analyze, interpret and effectively report field and laboratory
Assessment: Assignments 25%; major project report 35%;             data.
final examination 40%.
Subject Description: This subject builds on the
interdisciplinary knowledge gained through the first and           GEOS102      Earth Environments and Resources           Sep
second year BSc(Environment) program. Focus is on                  Spring
interactions between biological, chemical, geological and
                                                                   Contact Hours: 5 hours per week, 1 day field work per week.
geographical factors and processes in major ecosystems
including coral reefs, coasts, estuaries, rivers, lakes, alpine,   Pre-requisites:    Prior   completion    of    GE0S111      is
forests, and grasslands. Existing and potential impacts that       recommended
influence environmental management will also be investigated       Exclusions: Not to count with GEOS251 or GEOS252
such as water and waste management, climate change,                Assessment: 40% written examination, 10% multiple choice
population growth, and social and political factors.               tests, 5% field tests, 10% practical tests, 35% practical
                                                                   examination.

422
                                                                                                                Faculty of Science

Subject Description: The frequent conflicts between               GEOS205      Field Geology I                            6ep
resource utilisation and its environmental consequences are       Summer                Woliongong             Flexible
of major concern in modern societies. This subject considers      2003/2004
the implications and environmental and geological aspects of
                                                                  Contact Hours: 12 days field tutorial
resource utilisation on Earth. Topics include economic
geology: gold, metals, water, coal, oil and gas; industrial       Pre-requisites:    GE0S111      or   satisfactory   progress      in
minerals; geophysical exploration; mining and resources;          GEOS102
 sedimentary processes, products and environments of              Exclusions: Not to count with GEOS301
 deposition; fossils and palaeoecology.                           Assessment: Field exercises (55%), field attitude              and
                                                                  competence (10%), field report (35%)
                                                                  Subject Description: The subject is taught and assessed on
GE0S111     Planet Earth                             Sep          the basis of work completed during a 12 day field tutorial to
Autumn                                                            view, describe and interpret well-exposed, coastal, rock
Contact Hours: 5 hours per week, 1 day field work.                sequences on the south coast of New South Wales. A variety
Exclusions: Not to count with GEOS251 or GEOS252                  of techniques will be used for measurement of stratigraphic
                                                                  sections, description and interpretation of geological
Assessment: 40% written examination, 10% multiple choice
                                                                  structures, detailed sedimentary and volcanic fades
tests, 5% field tests, 10% practical tests, 35% practical
                                                                  assessment, and the organisation and production of
examination.                                                      geological maps, field mapping exercises and reports.
Subject Description: How does the solid planet Earth
                                                                  Subject Objectives: On successful completion of this
function and of what does it consist? This subject provides an
                                                                  subject, students will be able to: 1. Measure and describe
introduction to earth sciences by considering topics such as
                                                                  field observations from a variety of geological environments;
geological time, the solar system; the interior of Earth;
                                                                  2. Record via written notes and graphic logs field observations
tectonics and structural geology; crystals; minerals; volcanoes
                                                                  from a variety of geological environments; 3. Discuss and
and volcanic processes; and characteristics of igneous,
                                                                  critically evaluate field-based geological data in both verbal
sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.
                                                                  and written formats; 4. Appreciate the relevance of localised
                                                                  field observations to large scale geological structures; 5.
                                                                  Interpret geological events and environments from field
GE0S112     Physical Environments                    6cp
                                                                  observations; 6. Work as part of a small team to measure
Autumn                                                            field data; and 7. Appreciate the safety aspects relating to
Contact Hours: 5 hours per week, 1 day field work.                field work, including the safety and welfare of others.
Assessment: 1 examination, 2 essays, practical work
Subject Description: This subject examines the physical
geography of our planet including the character of the oceans     GEOS214      Soils, Landscape and Hydrology             6ep
and their interaction with the land masses, the behaviour of
                                                                  Spring
the atmosphere, wortd-wide weather and climatic patterns,
climatic change, major distributions of soil and biota, and the   Contact Hours: 4 hours lecture/ practical per week 2 days
                                                                  field work
Earth's landforms. The latter includes information on
weathering, theories of landform evolution, hillslope             Pre-requisites: 30 credit points of 100-level           subjects,
processes, glaciation, hydrology, river and coastal processes,    normally including both GE0S111 and GE0S112
and deserts. Laboratory classes concentrate on map and air        Assessment:       Essays/field/practical   assignments;        final
photograph interpretation.                                        examination
                                                                  Subject Description: The interdependence of landform,
                                                                  hydrology and soil, together with time and place, are the
GE0S142     The Human Environment:                   Sep          major factors influencing landscape evolution. This subject
            Problems and Change                                   examines denudation of highlands; survival of ancient
Spring               Shoalhaven            On Campus              landscapes; climatic and geomorphic controls on landforms;
                                                                  erosion; weathering processes and the formation of soils,
Spring               Woliongong            On Campus
                                                                  laterites, silcretes and calcretes; soil surveying; environmental
Spring               Bega Education        On Campus              records of lakes; groundwater and surface-water processes
                     Access Centre                                and chemistry; dating of land-surfaces and groundwater; the
Spring               Batemans Bay          On Campus              hydrological cycle.
Spring                 Moss Vale            Flexible
 Assessment: 2 examinations, practical work
Subject Description: This subject introduces students to the      GEOS217       Field and Spatial Techniques              6ep
central themes of human geography. It aims to increase            Autumn
awareness and understanding of the impact of societies upon       Pre-requisites: 12 credit points of 100-level GEOS subjects
the environment. In particular it deals with questions relating   Assessment: practical exercises, field reports, short tests
to urban and political change, economic development and           and seminar/essay 70%; theory examination 30%
patterns of resource distribution. Practical classes introduce
                                                                  Subject Description: This field-based subject introduces the
basic graphical, mapping and statistical skills and apply them
                                                                  basic techniques used to collect and interpret field data.
to the analysis of course-relevant problems.
                                                                  Concepts include determination of location (using maps,
                                                                  global positioning systems, basic surveying), methods of
                                                                  drilling and augering, section measuring, and drill-hole
                                                                  logging.


                                                                                                                                  423
Subject Descriptions

Field interpretations will consider flow regime concepts; styles        Subject Description: Biogeography is the study of the
and mechanisms of sedimentary deposits; sedimentary                     distribution of plants and animals and their interaction with the
structures; analysis of palaeocurrents; and sedimentary                 physical environment. This subject examines the present
environments. Laboratory classes provide skills for                     distribution of vegetation in relation to climate, topography and
construction and interpretation of graphic logs, fence                  soils at global and local scales. Field methods of vegetation
diagrams and cross-sections.                                            sampling and mapping are emphasised, as well as
                                                                        quantitative data analysis. The evidence for the evolution of
                                                                        Gondwanan flora and fauna is examined and related to
GEOS219       The Earth in Crisis                         Sep           climatic and geological changes.

Autumn
Contact Hours: 2 hours lectures, 2 hours practical per week;
                                                                        GE0S2S1      Environmental Impact of Societies Sep
1 day field tutorial
                                                                        Spring
Pre-requisites: 12 credit points of 100-level GEOS subjects
                                                                        Contact Hours: 5 hours lecture practical /tutorial per week, 2
Exclusions:     GEOS201       AND      GEOS303         (SUBJECTS
                                                                        days field work.
DELETED)
                                                                        Pre-requisites: At least 30 cp of 100-level subjects normally
Assessment:     Practical   tests,   field   report,   essay,   final
                                                                        including GE0S112
examination
                                                                        Assessment:       essays/field/practical   assignments;        final
Subject Description: The subject will investigate the effects
                                                                        examination
and the likely causes of the critical events that have shaped
the Earth and its life forms throughout its 4.55 billion year           Subject Description: The rise of environmental lobby groups
history. Topics include: impacts of extraterrestrial objects; the       and the continuing debate over wilderness preservation,
'snowball' Earth; the Cambrian explosion of life forms; major           sustainable development and pollution testify to the present
extinction events, particularty at the end of the Permian and           global and Australian concern about the impacts of human
end of the Cretaceous; the 'Mediterranean desert"; styles and           communities on the environment.        These concerns are
mechanisms of volcanic eruptions; distribution and                      considered in terms of processes causing adverse impacts,
characteristic features of erupted volcanic products; major             means of minimising these impacts, and resolution of conflicts
earthquakes.                                                            between competing land uses. Topics include water
                                                                        management, land degradation, mining, and urban and
Subject Objectives; On successful completion of this
                                                                        industrial pollution.
subject, a student should be able to: 1. discuss and critically
evaluate data on the causes and effects of global events 2.
critically evaluate information sources       3. describe and
interpret catastrophic events 4. measure, describe, record              GEOS23S      Discovering Downunder: a                    6ep
and interpret field observations on volcanic sequences                               Geography of Australia
5. understand critical events in Earth's evolution in terms of          Spring
the deposits formed; and 6. appreciate the relevance of
                                                                        Contact Hours: 2 hours lectures, 2 hr seminar/workshop per
global events to the evolution of Earth and its life forms.             week, 1 -2 days fieldwork
                                                                        Pre-requisites:   Normally    12 credit    points   of   100-level
GEOS220       Climate and Natural Hazards                 6cp           subjects
                                                                        Assessment: Essay 30%, Field report 15%, Seminar 15%,
Autumn
                                                                        Research report 40%
Contact Hours: 4 hours lecture /practical per week, field
                                                                        Subject Description: This is a broad yet coherent overview
tutorial.
                                                                        of the physical and human environments of contemporary
Pre-requisites: Nonnally 12 credit points of 1st year GEOS              Australia. How did Uluru and the Great Bamer Reef form?
subjects                                                                Why is Sydney particularty vulnerable to bushfires? Which is
Assessment:     practical test; research report/essay; final            the most multicultural Australian city? Where is the Back of
examination                                                             Bourke? Within individual topics we emphasise the
Subject Description: Basic processes leading to climatic and            importance of spatial and temporal scale, interactions
geophysical hazards are described. Responses to such                    between people and the environment, and key research
hazards are set within the historical context of past climates          questions. Topics include landforms; climate; vegetation;
and disasters. The human impact on climate, including                   coasts; rivers and deserts; indigenous Australia; population;
enhanced 'greenhouse' warming, sulphate aerosol pollution,              industry and agriculture; cities, suburbs and rural settlement;
expanding cities and increased atmospheric dust, is assessed            and interactions with Australia's near neighbours.
with respect to past climatic change. Practicals complement             Subject Objectives: On successful completion of this
lectures, while providing the basic techniques for collecting,          subject, students will be able to: 1. Outline fundamental
analysing and presenting climate and hazard information.                features of Australia's physical and human environments 2.
                                                                        Explain key interactions of physical and social processes that
                                                                        have shaped contemporary Australia 3. Demonstrate detailed
GEOS222       Biogeography                                Sep           knowledge in a selected area of Australian geography, based
Autumn                                                                  on independent and/or team research 4. Demonstrate skills
Contact Hours: 5 hours lecture / practical per week, 2 days             in oral and written communication.
field work
Pre-requisites: GE0S112 or BIOL104
Assessment: essay, laboratory reports, research report, final
examination


424
                                                                                                                    Faculty of Science

GEOS2S9     Remote Sensing of the Environment                6cp       Assessment: essay, tutorial papers, practical assignments,
Spring                                                                final examination
Contact Hours: 5 hours lecture/ practical per week, field             Subject Description: Inequalities in the distribution of food
tutorial                                                              resources are evident at local to intemational scales. This
                                                                      subject examines the structural causes of hunger on a worid
Pre-requisites: At least 30 cp of 100-level subjects normally
including GE0S112                                                     political-economy scale, and the physical, demographic,
                                                                      social and technological forces involved in the production and
Assessment:    essay,   practical    exercises,   project,    final
                                                                      distribution of food resources. The causes and consequences
examination
                                                                      of global economic restructuring on food production and
Subject Description: This subject introduces the principles           resources are examined for old, new and least industrialised
and techniques for identifying and mapping environmental              countries.
features using images obtained from satellites and aircraft.
Satellite imagery from Landsat, SPOT, NOAA and ERS will be
examined.      Case studies will be used to illustrate the            GEOS251      Geology for Engineers I                  6ep
multidisciplinary scope of remote sensing. Topics include             Spring                Woliongong             On Campus
environmental monitoring, vegetation analysis, geological
                                                                      Spring                Shoalhaven             On Campus
exploration and urban planning. Practical work involves the
development of interpretation skills as well as computer-             Contact Hours: 5 hours lecture/ practical.
based digital analysis.                                               Restrictions: This subject is restricted to students enrolled in
                                                                      a Bachelor of Engineering degree
                                                                      Exclusions: Not to count for credit with;       GE0S111 and
GEOS242     Living in Cities                           6cp            GEOS102
Autumn                                                                Assessment: multiple choice and practical tests in the field
Pre-requisites: Normally GEOS 142                                     and laboratory 30%; 1 practical examination 40%, theory
                                                                      examination 30%
Assessment: tutorial/practical      assignments; field report;
essay; final examination                                              Subject Description: This subject provides an introduction to
                                                                      geology applied to engineering. Topics include rock-forming
Subject Description: This subject examines the experience
                                                                      minerals; petrology and physical properties of igneous,
of living in cities, their social construction and the
                                                                      sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; weathering and erosion;
interpretation of urban landscapes.      Explicit attention is
                                                                      basic geological structures and identification of unstable rock
focused on the mosaic of social worids which exist within the
                                                                      masses; geological mapping and three-point problems;
city, including the sense of community and residential                geological controls on groundwater flow and chemistry;
segregation.     Problems such as inequitable access to               geophysics; site investigations; relationship between geology
resources and locational conflict are also examined. The              and various engineering works such as excavations, tunnels,
subject explicitly considers a variety of perspectives, data          dams and foundations.
sources and basic techniques of urban analysis.


                                                                      GEOS252      Geology for Engineers II                 Sep
GEOS24S The Bush and Beyond: Rural                     6ep            Spring
        Society in Australia
                                                                      Contact Hours: 5 hours per week
Autumn               Woliongong             On Campus                 Restrictions: This subject is restricted to students enrolled in
Autumn               Shoalhaven             Flexible                  a Bachelor of Engineering degree
Autumn               Bega Education         Flexible                  Exclusions: Not to count for credit with;       GE0S111 and
                     Access Centre                                    GEOS102
Autumn               Batemans Bay           Flexible                  Assessment: class assessment including one or more of
Pre-requisites: Normally GEOS142                                      class tests, asignments, field reports, practical examination
Assessment:       essay,    tutorial    paper,    practical/field     50% and theory examination 50%
assignments, final examination                                        Subject Description: GEOS252 builds on the concepts given
Subject Description: Changing global markets and                      in GEOS251 as well as reviewing mining geology. Topics
technologies have created increasing economic difficulties for        include geological problems related to resource calculations;
the Australian rural sector. Adverse economic conditions have         ore minerals; ore deposit genesis and implications for mining
contributed to rural depopulation, declining services and             resulting from the geology of the deposits; geological basis for
widespread land degradation and at the same time reduced              environmental problems; geology and mine site rehabilitation;
the capacity of rural communities to respond to these                 coal formation and coal geology; geology of coal seam gas;
problems. This subject examines the linkages between global           geophysical techniques applied to mining; relevant case
development, trade agreements and agricultural markets, and           studies.
Australian rural restructuring and social and environmental
conditions.
                                                                      GEOS292      Special Geosciences Studies              Sep
                                                                      Spring / Autumn
GEOS246     A Hungry World: Food Resources 6ep                        Contact Hours: 6 hours per week.
            and the World Economy                                     Pre-requisites: 12 credit points of 100-Level Geoscience
Spring                                                                subjects. Enrolment in BSc(Advanced) degree
Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture/2hour practical.                       Assessment: project       report 70%, literature         review
Pre-requisites: Normally GEOS 142                                     presentations/seminars/examinations 30%


                                                                                                                                  425
Subject Descriptions

Subject Description: This subject involves the study of            GEOS305       Field Geology II                          Sep
specific research topics in Geosciences under the guidance of      Spring                 Woliongong            Flexible
a member of staff.         The study may include research
                                                                    Contact Hours: 12 days field tutorial
assistance, directed reading, computer-based studies, library
                                                                    Pre-requisites: GEOS205 or GEOS217
assignments. Emphasis will be placed on the appropriate
                                                                    Exclusions: Not to count with GEOS301
design and execution of field or laboratory experiments and/or
                                                                    Assessment: Field exercises (40%), field attitude and
studies involving the analysis and interpretation of data.
                                                                    competence (10%), field report (50%)
Students will develop skills in the acquisition and presentation
                                                                    Subject Description: The subject is taught as a 12-day field
of data in verbal and written form.
                                                                   tutorial usually conducted in the Lachlan Fold Belt of New
Subject Objectives: At the conclusion of this subject              South Wales. A number of field exercises are undertaken
students should: Develop an understanding of the principles        including mapping and structural analysis of selected areas in
of Geosciences research methodologies.            Be able to
                                                                   small groups of students. Exercises include mapping
understand the designing, implementation and recording of a
                                                                   sedimentary, volcanic and granitic rocks. Field data are
Geosciences field study, and/or laboratory project.          Be
                                                                   collected on each of the exercises, and maps, cross-sections,
competent in the analysis and interpretation of scientific
                                                                   and stratigraphic sections are compiled along with written
results.     Be able to evaluate and synthesise scientific
                                                                   reports. Assessment is based on submission of reports on the
literature. Have developed skills necessary for the acquisition
                                                                   different exercises during and at the end of the field tutorial.
of information, for example computer searches of library data
                                                                   Subject Objectives: On successful completion of this
bases. Be able to effectively present both oral and written
                                                                   subject, students should be able to: 1. Undertake geological
scientific reports.
                                                                   mapping and structural analysis of selected areas; 2. Take
Be able to efficientiy compile a major research report
                                                                   field notes and record information from available outcrops; 3.
modelled on scientific publications. Have increased their
                                                                   Compile collected field data into geological maps and cross-
knowledge of Geosciences relevant to the research topic
                                                                   sections; 4. Critically analyse field data both verbally and in
studied.
                                                                   writing; 5. Interpret depositional environments and modes of
                                                                   formation of rocks from collected field data; 6. Work as part of
                                                                   a team in the collection of field data; and 7. Comprehend
GEOSS02      Basin Resources                          Sep
                                                                   safety aspects relating to field work including the welfare and
Autumn                                                             safety of others.
Contact Hours: 6 hours lecture/practical, up to 5 days field
work
Pre-requisites: GEOS217
                                                                   GEOSS07      Mineral Resources                          Sep
Assessment: practical examinations, exercises and tests,
                                                                   Spring
seminars 60%; theory examination 40%
                                                                   Contact Hours: 4 hours lecture/ practical per week, 4 days
Subject Description: This subject covers major concepts in
                                                                   field work.
fossil fuel resources. Topics include environments of
formation and properties of coal, petroleum and oil shale;         Pre-requisites: Normally 12 cp of 200-level Geosciences;
coalification and petroleum maturation; assessment of coal         prior completion of GEOS201 is recommended
type and rank; petroleum source rocks;                             Assessment: practical assignments, tests, projects and
applications of geophysics to petroleum and coal exploration;      seminar 50%; theory examination 50%
geophysical well logging; seismic stratigraphy; and burial and     Subject Description: This subject covers the major concepts
thermal history of sedimentary basins.                             of metalliferous deposits. Topics include types, occurrences
                                                                   and genesis of ores in igneous, metamorphic and
                                                                   sedimentary rocks; geochemical exploration; applications of
GEOSS04      Dynamic Earth                           Sep           geophysics to mineral exploration, especially gravity and
Autumn                                                             magnetic methods, radiometric surveys, and electrical and
                                                                   electromagnetic techniques; airborne geophysical and image
Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture 12 hours practical per week.
                                                                   analysis techniques; and resource assessment. Professional
Pre-requisites: GEOS217                                            ethics in the mineral industry and the classification of ore
Assessment: theory and practical assignments, seminar,             reserves and resources are discussed.
theory and practical tests, and field reports 60%; theory
examination 40%
Subject Description: The subject provides an overview of           GEOS315 Field Studies in Physical Geography Sep
the dynamic Earth with analysis of lithospheric processes of       Contact Hours: Not on offer in 2003
deformation. Topics covered in the subject include: plate          Pre-requisites: 12 credit points from GEOS214, GEOS220,
tectonics, deformation of the crust and modem techniques in        GEOS222, GEOS231, GEOS234 and GEOS239
stmctural geology and tectonics. The principles of stress,         Co-requisites: 8 cp of 300-level Physical Geography
strain and defonnation are taught and applied to the               Assessment: field reports, major project, seminars
understanding of rock structures. Aspects of the tectonic
                                                                   Subject Description: Fieldwork will be canried out in the
evolution of erogenic belts, including eastern Australian
                                                                   June/July intersession break plus one weekend during
examples, are also dealt with.
                                                                   session. This will include a detailed program of field
                                                                   observation, description, mapping, surveying, sediment
                                                                   sampling,     augering,     stratigraphic interpretation, soil
                                                                   description and mapping, vegetation description and mapping,
                                                                   field sampling techniques, air photograph interpretation and
                                                                   satellite image interpretation.

426
                                                                                                                Faculty of Science

GEOS321     Fluvial Geomorphology,         Sep                    Subject Objectives: On successful completion of this
            Sedimentology and River Management                    subject, students should be able to: 1. Critically evaluate key
Autumn                                                            concepts in cultural heritage management.           2. Explain
Contact Hours: 5 hours per week, 5 days fieldwork                 Australia's contribution to recent international heritage
                                                                  debates. 3. Synthesise relevant inter-disciplinary evidence.
Pre-requisites: 12 credit points from GEOS201, GEQS214,
                                                                  4. Demonstrate an understanding of heritage legislation
GEOS217, GEOS220, GEOS222, GEOS231, GEOS234 and
                                                                  relevant to NSW.      5. Demonstrate an understanding of
GEOS239
                                                                  heritage assessment processes and procedures, including
Assessment: 10% practical exam, 20% 2 essays, 20% field           appropriate community consultation.
reports, 10% test, 40% written exam
Subject Description: Rivers play a dynamic role in shaping
the Earth's landforms        (geomorphology),     constructing    GE0SSS9       Geographic Information Systems           Sep
sedimentary       sequences    of     economic     importance     Autumn
(sedimentology), and presenting flood and erosion hazards,
                                                                  Contact Hours: 5 hours per week
all of which greatly influence human use of the Earth's
surface. This subject examines processes forming and               Pre-requisites: 12 credit points from 200-Level or SOO-Level
modifying contemporary drainage basins, interprets fluvial        Geosciences; prior completion of GE0S239 is recommended.
sedimentary records and relates changes in these records to       Science Faculty Computer Literacy
variations in climate and depositional environment. Particular    Assessment: essay, practical report, final examination
attention is given to human modification and the management       Subject Description: Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
of river systems.                                                 are computerised systems enabling storage, manipulation and
                                                                  display of spatial data. GIS can be used to model past and
                                                                  future scenarios, such as the effects of climate change,
GE0S3S1      Environmental Management and            Sep          population growth or bushfire distribution. This course
             Decision Making                                      examines the principles of GIS, with an emphasis on natural
Spring                                                            resource management. It covers data acquisition, spatial
                                                                  databases, vector and raster systems, georeferencing, digital
Contact Hours: Not on offer in 2003
                                                                  terrain modelling, analysis of errors and accuracy standards,
Pre-requisites: At least    12 credit    points of   200-Level    and applications of GIS.
Geoscience subjects
Assessment: research essay, tutorials, tutorial paper, final
examination                                                       GEOS347      Northern Neighbours: Economic Sep
Subject Description: Political, institutional, economic and                    & Social Change in Asia Pacific Rim
geographic      factors   which   influence     environmental     Autumn
management are analysed in this subject. Particular attention
                                                                  Contact Hours: 5 hours per week
is given to examining current approaches to environmental
decision-making, assessment and evaluation. Emphasis is           Pre-requisites: 12cp of 2nd year geoscience subjects or 6
placed on the influence of political philosophies and social      credit points of 200-Level Economics or Sociology
value systems, including those of indigenous peoples.             Assessment: research project/essay/seminar papers, field
Illustrations are drawn from a wide range of environmental        and practical assignments, final examination
issues, mainly from Australia, and commonly from the              Subject Description: Employers often seek graduates with
interface of human and physical geography.                        demonstrated skills in team work, critical thinking, oral
                                                                  communication and report writing. This subject is designed to
                                                                  enable students to develop these skills. The lecture content is
GEOSSSS Cultural Heritage Management                 Sep          designed to enable students to critically study contemporary
                                                                  social and economic problems in the territory known as
Autumn
                                                                  Pacific Asia employing ideas developed in Human
Contact Hours: 2 hours lectures, 3 hr practical per week, 1-2     Geography. Underpinning the design of practicals is the
days fieldwork
                                                                  objective that students will learn skills to transfer into their
Pre-requisites: Normally 12 credit points of 200-level GEOS       chosen career paths. Proficiency in three areas is
subjects                                                          concentrated upon in this subject: qualitative research, team
Co-requisites: Not to count with GEOS348                          work and presentation skills.
Assessment: essay, practical reports, research report, flnal
examination
Subject Description: Australia's outstanding heritage places      GEOSS49      Population, Health and Environment            Sep
include a range of sites and landscapes that have special         Spring
value for current and future generations. Some, such as           Pre-requisites: 12 credit points from 2nd year geoscience
Kakadu, are wortd famous. Others are buildings important to       subjects or 6 credit points of 200-Level Public Health or
local communities.                                                Sociology
This subject is an introduction to the concepts and practice of   Assessment: research project/essay/seminar papers, field
cultural heritage management. Topics include the distinction      and practical assignments, final examination
between natural and cultural heritage; assessing signiflcance;    Subject Description: Questions relating to population and
cultural landscapes; archaeological heritage; Aboriginal          health are important in all societies. This subject considers the
heritage; and restoration/preservation. The practical program     processes and outcomes of demographic change (fertility,
focuses on legislative and plicy issues at a range of scales,
                                                                  mortality, migration), compositional variation (population size,
from the Worid Heritage process down to local council
                                                                  structure and growth), epidemiological transition (health
development applications. It provides vocationally relevant
                                                                  status) and distribution.
research skills.
                                                                                                                               427"
Subject Descriptions

Examples are drawn from both 'developed' and 'less                 Pre-requisites:  Completion   of  144cp    of   BComp
developed' countries. Attention will also be given to population   Geoinformatic degree, with WAM greater than or equal to
and health regulating policies and programs, particulariy the      67.5.
implications for the provision of health care.                     Assessment: Research Project thesis (100%)
                                                                   Subject Description: The subject consists of a research
                                                                   project supervised by an academic in the School of
GEOS381      Directed Studies in Geosciences AScp                  Geosciences or School of Information Technology and
Spring / Autumn / Annual                                           Computer Science, in the area of Geographic Information
Contact Hours: 2 hours tutorial/seminar/lecture per week,          Systems analysis, spatial information technology or computer
field work.                                                        programming related to spatial analysis. The research project
                                                                   is presented as a thesis that is both internally and externally
Pre-requisites: 8 credit points of 300-Level Geosciences
                                                                   assessed. As much as possible projects will be linked to
Assessment: seminar presentation, essays, research report
                                                                   topics of interest to government, independent agencies or
Subject Description: This subject consists of directed             industry.
reading, field and laboratory work (as required) and writing
                                                                   Subject Objectives; On successful completion of this
leading to the production of a major research essay/project
                                                                   subject, students should be able to: 1. Carry out independent
report or reports in a field selected by the student and
                                                                   research      2. Write proficiently at a level required for
approved by the Supervisor.
                                                                   publication of monographs or peer-reviewed research 3.
                                                                   Understand and be able to convey the interconnection
                                                                   between computer/information technology and spatial data
GEOS382      Directed Studies in Geosciences BScp
                                                                   analysis 4. Have a broad knowledge of computer applications
Spring / Autumn / Annual                                           for spatial analysis 5. Use computers for spatial data analysis
Contact Hours: 2 hours tutorial/seminar/lecture per week,          and presentation. 6. Solve complex problems related to the
field work                                                         analysis of spatial data 7. Interact with end users of spatially
Pre-requisites: 8 credit points of SOO-Level Geosciences           analysed data

Assessment: seminar presentation, essays, research report
Subject Description: This subject consists of directed
                                                                   MARE200      Introduction to Oceanography             6ep
reading, field and laboratory work (as required) and writing
leading to the production of a major research essay/project        Autumn
report or reports in a field selected by the student and           Contact Hours: 5-7 hours per week
approved by the Supervisor.                                        Pre-requisites: GEOS102, GEQS112, BIOL103, B1OL104,
                                                                   CHEM101/104, CHEM102/105
                                                                    Assessment: essay/literature reviews 20%, practical
GEOS401      Geosciences Honours                      4Scp
                                                                   tests/reports 20%, tutorial reports/seminars 10%, written
Spring 2003/Autumn 2004 / Annual                                   examination 50%
Restrictions: Entry restricted to students who have                Subject Description: This subject forms a basic introduction
completed a Geoscience major with a credit average in the          to oceanography. Topics covered include physical attributes
area of specialisation                                             of oceans; circulation and currents; tides and waves; marine
Assessment: based upon thesis examination                          organisms and biodiversity;        environmental controls on
Subject Description: Final-year Honours students are               organisms;     processes of transport and behaviour of
required to write a thesis of approximately 20-25,000 words        organisms in their life cycles; food webs and nutrient cycling;
on an approved topic embodying the results of a piece of           chemistry of seawater; sources and sinks of chemicals;
supervised research and to participate in a seminar program.       carbon and carbonate cycles, chemical reactions in seawater,
                                                                   chemical exchange with sediments, stable isotopes and
                                                                   climate change.
GEOS402       Geosciences Joint Honours               24ep
Annual
                                                                   MARE21S      Marine Sediments and Fossils             Sep
Restrictions: Joint Honours candidates must have satisfied
                                                                   Spring
the requirements for admission to Honours in both disciplines
                                                                   Contact Hours: 4 hours lecture/practical per week, 2 days
Assessment: seminar papers, examinations, thesis
                                                                   field work.
                                                                   Pre-requisites: GEOS102 and GE0S112
Subject Description: Students enrolling in this subject must:
(1) have completed a program meeting the requirements for          Assessment: essay/literature reviews/seminar, practical
admission to Honours in Geosciences and a cognate                  tests/reports, field reports 50%, 1 theory examination 50%
discipline; (2) write a thesis on a topic acceptable to and        Subject Description: This subject provides an introduction to
supervised by each academic unit; (3) complete such course         marine sediments, sedimentary environments and fossils.
work as shall be determined by the Chairperson of each             Topics covered include clastic high- and low-energy shelf
academic unit.                                                     sediments; evaporites; reefs and cool-water carbonates;
                                                                   abyssal turbidite, contourite and pelagic deposits. Physical
                                                                   attributes, transport processes and the contributions and
GEOS403       Geoinformatics Honours                  S6ep         controls provided by marine organisms will be described for
Annual                                                             each environment. Stable isotopes, the deep-sea drilling
                                                                   program and climate and sea-level change will be discussed.
Contact Hours: Supervised research; 3 hours per week
Seminars: averaging 1 hour per week over two sessions.

428
                                                                                                                Faculty of Science

MARESOO Fisheries & Aquaculture                       Sep          Knowledge of the diversity and research needs of local
Spring                                                             fisheries and aquaculture. Knowledge of fish harvesting
                                                                   techniques and selected research methods. Students are
Contact Hours: 6 hours per week.
                                                                   expected to be able to conduct ecological surveys of fisheries
Pre-requisites: MARE200, STAT252           and (BIOL351) or        habitat, identify fish species, maintain cultures of larvae and
(BIOL355)                                                          conduct effective library research.
Assessment: Examination (60%); Literature review (20%);
Project Report & Lab reports (20%)
Subject Description: This subject will provide an overview of      MARES57      Advances in Molluscan Biology            Sep
fisheries biology        and   aquaculture  (vertebrate    and     Summer
invertebrate) including; the diversity of Australian and           2003/2004
intemational fisheries and their key challenges; relevant
                                                                   Contact Hours: 10 hours lecture/tutorial per week for 2
ecological issues (population dynamics, transport processes,
                                                                   weeks; 20 hours practical & field excursions per week for 2
stock     identification);   predictive  modelling,   fisheries
                                                                   weeks
management; secondary impacts of fisheries; the diversity of
aquaculture; case studies in aquaculture; ecological impacts,      Pre-requisites: BIOL241 (or equivalent)
potential for enhancement of fisheries.                            Assessment: Theory examinations; research project reports
                                                                   and presentation; literature review/critique
                                                                   Subject Description: One research project will be
MARES22 Global Environmental Change                   Sep          undertaken after consultation with academic staff. Students
Autumn                                                             will attend and participate in a seminar/tutorial program in
                                                                   either the Department of Biological Sciences or the School of
Contact Hours: 2 hours lecture/ 3 hour practical per week, &
                                                                   Geosciences. Research may be a discrete component of a
field trip
                                                                   larger project in which the emphasis will be on solving a larger
Pre-requisites: 12 credit points from GE0S214, GEOS220,            problem as part of a research team. Projects will focus on
GEOS222, GEQS231, GE0S234 and GEOS239 including                    developing competence in a laboratory and/or field
GEOS222 or GEOS234                                                 techniques. Intending students should consult the Coordinator
Restrictions: not to be counted with GEOS322                       before enrolment.
Assessment: essay, reports, final examination                      Subject Objectives; appreciate diversity of Mollusca in
Subject Description: The present environment of Australia is       Australia and woridwide; understand morphological/biological
the legacy of interactions between geological, biological and      differences between the major groups of Mollusca & charact
hydrological processes and human impacts. Understanding            import for identific; understd basis of the phylogenetic
Quaternary changes is now recognised as crucial to the             relationships, use computers for data analyse and graphically
interpretation of our biotic and geomorphic landscapes.            present; critically evaluate information sources and
Topics include the nature of the Quaternary record; dating         demonstrated ability to synthesise literature
methods; pollen and charcoal analysis; biotic change; the role
of fire; and geomorphic change. A global context to
Quaternary change is provided.                                     MARE393      Advanced Marine Science Project Sep
                                                                   Spring / Summer 2003/2004 / Autumn
                                                                   Pre-requisites: Distinction average in relevant 2nd year
MARE32S Coastal Environments: Process                 Sep          Marine Science subjects
        and Management
                                                                   Restrictions: Students are assumed to be adequately
Spring                                                             prepared to undertake a research project in Marine Science.
Contact Hours: 2 hours lectures/ Shours practical per week,        Evidence of 'fitness' is required if work involves snorkelling,
& field trip                                                       SCUBA, use of boats or inter-tidal work. Available only to
Pre-requisites: 12 credit points from GEOS214, GEOS217,            students enrolled in BSc (marine S
GEOS220, GEOS222, GEOS231, GEOS234 and GEOS239                     Exclusions:
Restrictions: not be be counted with GEOS323                       Assessment: Literature review 25%; project report 55%;
Assessment: essays, practical/field reports, final examination     tutorial report/presentation 10%; seminar 10%.
Subject Description: This subject examines sedimentary             Subject Description: One research project will be
and ecological processes on the coast and explores coastal         undertaken after consultation with academic staff. Students
management issues in the context of these processes.               will attend and participate in a seminar/tutorial program in
                                                                   either the Department of Biological Sciences or the School of
                                                                   Geosciences.
Topics       include   the     morphology,     evolution     and
 morphodynamics of coastal landforms, particulariy beaches,        Research may be a discrete component of a larger project in
 estuaries, deltas, coastal barriers, dunes and coral reefs. The   which the emphasis will be on solving a larger problem as part
 role of different wave regimes, tectonic processes, sea-level     of a research team. Projects will focus on developing
change and extreme events in shaping the coast is examined.        competence in a laboratory and/or field techniques. Intending
Subject Objectives: Knowledge of the diversity of fisheries        students should consult the Coordinator before enrolment.
and aquaculture in Australia and overseas. Have                    Subject Objectives: Students will develop research skills
understanding of the factors (physical and biotic) regulating      (including teamwork, experimental design, data analysis and
fisheries populations and fisheries and aquaculture.               interpretation and presentation of results) in at least one
Knowledge of the basis of fisheries management and ability to      aspect of marine science; they will also increase their breadth
construct simple predictive models. Have understanding of          of knowledge of marine science through their research,
the potential roles of biological research in aquaculture          reading and seminars/tutorials.
(diseases, nutrition, parasitology, etc).

                                                                                                                               429
Subject Descriptions

SCIE201 Modern Perspectives in Science
Summer                 Woliongong          Flexible
2003/2004
Spring                 Loftus              Flexible
Contact Hours: 2 hour tutorial per week, block practical
classes for the session.
Pre-requisites: 12 credit points of 100 - level Science
subjects.
Assessment: Written assignments or reports on practicals
(50%) ; final examination (50%).
Subject Description: This subject aims to address some of
the major topical issues in modern science and their impact
on our society as well as demonstrating the value of a cross
disciplinary approach to problem solving. The content is
presented in four modules from Physics, Chemistry, Biology
and Geosciences. The topics are Planetology; Smart
Chemistry; Genetic Engineering; How Long? How Hot? Each
of the four modules provides examples of areas of science
that are currently of widespread interest or importance. The
way in which science has been used to solve technological
and human problems will be illustrated in each module. The
fourth module also includes a section on global warming. To
demonstrate the need for collaborative approach when
 solving major issues, the same problem will be studied from
the viewpoint of different disciplines.
Subject Objectives: 1. Physics Module: understand how the
laws of physics can be applied to understand extraterrestial
bodies; evaluate the role of palentology in modern society;
use computer simulated models of planetary processes and
interactiions. 2. Chemistry Module; understand modern
techniques in chemistry and how they can be applied to
improve our standard of living and our health. Understand
how chemistry has underpinned advances in technology and
medicine; promote the role of chmistry in problem solving.
3. Biology Module; understand modern methods in
biotechnology and their application to genetic engineering;
understand how biology has contributed to improvements in
agriculture and medecine; promote the role of biology in
problem solving. 4. Geosciences module: understand modern
techniques in geo- and earth sciences and the application to
studies of global issues and problems that impact on the
human environment; understand the importance of geological
methods (especially dating) to other areas such as forensic
science, archaeology and anthropology; promote the role of
earth sciences in problem solving. 5. Understand the need for
a collaborative, interdisciplinary approach to problem solving
in science.




430
                                         General Schedule
Aborigina I Studies
100-Level
ABST100        Introduction to Aboriginal Cultures                                              6
ABST150        Introduction to Aboriginal Australia                                             6
200-Level
ABST200        Aboriginal History Since Invasion
300-Level
ABST300        Indigenous Theories of Decolonisation                                           8
ABST301        Research Methods and Issues in Aboriginal Studies                               8
ABST350        Special Topic in Aboriginal Studies                                             8
ABST361        Issues in Aboriginal Education                                                  8
ABST362        Aboriginal Pedagogy                                                             8


Accounting
100-Level
ACCY100       Accounting lA                                                                    6
ACCY102       Accounting IB                                                                    6
200-Level
ACCY201       Financial Accounting MB                                                          6
ACCY202       Financial Accounting IIA                                                         6
ACCY211       Management Accounting II                                                         6
ACCY212       Accounting for Marketing Decisions                                               6
ACCY228       Tax Planning                                                                     6
ACCY231       Information Systems in Accounting                                                6
ACCY281       Government Accounting & Financial Management                                     6
300-Level
ACCY302                             1
              Financial Accounting 11                                                         12
ACCY303
              Selected Issues in Accounting A*                                                 6
ACCY312
              Management Accounting III                                                        6
ACCY313
              Selected Issues in Accounting B*                                                 6
ACCY332
              Advanced Information Systems in Accounting                                       6
ACCY335
              Advanced Information Systems in Accounting II                                    6
ACCY336                                                                                        6
              Decision Support Systems*
ACCY342                                                                                        6
              Advanced Auditing
ACCY368                                                                                        6
              Insolvencies
ACCY372                                                                                        6
              Topics in Accounting History
ACCY380                                                                                        6
              Accounting for Information Technology
* not on offer in 2003
400-Level
Compulsory Subjects for Honours Degree (Accountancy)
ACCY403   Theoretical Foundations of Research                                                 6
ACCY404   Financial Accounting                                                                6
ACCY413   Management Accounting                                                               6
ACCY493   Research Essay                                                                     12
Combined Honours Degree in Accountancy and Management
Subjects aggregating not less than 24 credit points are to be selected from the 400-level subjects offered by the Schools of
Accounting and Finance, and of Management, Marketing and Employment Relations with subjects aggregating not less than
12 credit points being in respect of Accountancy subjects and not less than 12 credit points being in respect of Management
subjects; the overall program to be approved by the two School Heads.
Entry to the combined Honours course requires approval of the Academic Senate on the recommendation of the Heads of the
Schools of Accounting and Finance, and of Management, Marketing and Employment Relations.


                                                                                                                        431
General Schedule

Optional Subjects for Honours Degree in Accountancy or Finance
ACCY405     International Accounting                                                         6
ACCY406     Issues in Financial Accounting*                                                  6
ACCY407     Empirical Research Methods                                                       6
ACCY408     Applied Financial Accounting                                                     6
ACCY409     Comparative Accounting Systems*                                                  6
ACCY414     Management Planning and Control Systems                                          6
ACCY416     Studies in Controllership*                                                       6
ACCY418     Applied Management Accounting                                                    6
ACCY433     Studies in Information Systems in Accounting*                                    6
ACCY436     Management and Infonnation Systems                                               6
ACCY443     Auditing and Accounting Infonnation Systems*                                     6
ACCY444     Issues in Auditing                                                               6
ACCY461     Professional Practice - Accounting*                                              6
ACCY462     Professional Practice - Auditing, Risk Assurance & IS*                           6
ACCY463     Professional Practice -Taxation*                                                 6
ACCY468      Insolvencies                                                                    6
ACCY473     History of Accounting Thought*                                                   6
ACCY474     Accounting Regulation                                                            6
ACCY483     Studies in Government Accounting*                                                6
ACCY485     Special Topic in Accounting - A                                                  6
ACCY486     Special Topic in Accounting - B                                                  6
ACCY493      Research Essay                                                                 12
ACCY495      Research Essay                                                                  6

* not on offer in 2003


Applied Statistics - Refer to Mathematics & Applied Statistics

Australian Studies
100-Level
AUST101       Australian Studies: Cultures and Identities                                   6
AUST102       Australian Studies: Narrating the Nation                                      6
200-Level
AUST246       A Sociology of Australia's Indigenous People: Contemporary Issues & Debates
SOO-Level
AUSTSOO       Twentieth Century Australian Literary Culture


Biological Sciences
100-Level
BIOL103        Molecules, Cells and Organisms                                               6
BIOL104        Evolution, Biodiversity and Environment                                      6
200-Level
B10L213       Principles of Biochemistry                                                    6
BIOL214       The Biochemistry of Energy and Metabolism                                     6
BIOL215       Introductory Genetics                                                         6
BIOL240       Organisms and their Life Cycles                                               6
BIOL241       Biodiversity: Classification and Sampling                                     6
BIOL251       Principles of Ecology and Evolution                                           6
MARE200       Introduction to Oceanography                                                  6
SOO-Level
BIOL303        Biotechnology: Applied Cell and Molecular Biology                            8
BIOL320        Molecular Cell Biology                                                       8
BIOL321        Cellular and Molecular Immunology                                            8
BIOL332        Comparative Physiology: Adaptation and Environment                           8
B10L351        Consen/ation Biology: Marine and Terrestrial Populations                     8
432
                                                                                                               General Schedule

BIOL355      Marine and Terrestrial Ecology                                                       8
BIOL391      Advanced Biology                                                                    16
BIOL392      Advanced Biology Project                                                             8
BIOL393      Advanced Marine Science Project                                                      8


Biomedical Science
Priority to enrol in subjects offered by Biomedical Science will be given to students enrolled in approved schedules in the
Faculty of Health and Behavioural Sciences or in specialisations which require Biomedical Science subjects.
100-Level
BMS101         Systemic Anatomy                                                                 6
BMS103         Human Growth, Nutrition and Exercise                                             6
BMS112         Human Physiology 1: Principles and Systems                                       6
200-Level
BMS200       Histology                                                                            6
BMS202       Human Physiology II: Control Mechanisms                                              6
BMS203       Musculoskeletal Functional Anatomy                                                   6
BMS204       Introduction to Pathophysiology                                                      6
BMS211       Foundations of Biomechanics                                                          6
BMS242       Exercise Physiology                                                                  6
SOO-Level
BMS300       Regional Anatomy                                                                     8
BMS302*      Research Topics                                                                      8
* Pre-requisite also includes a minimum overall credit average and permission from the subject co-ordinator.
BMS303**     Research Topics in Exercise Science                                                  8
BMS304       Research Topics in Nutrition and Dietetics                                           8
BMS310       Community and Public Health Nutrition                                                8
BMS311       Nutrients and Metabolism                                                             8
BMS312       Research in Human Nutrition                                                          8
BMS341       Clinical Biomechanics                                                                8
BMS342       Advanced Exercise Physiology                                                         8
BMS344       Cardiorespiratory Physiology                                                         8
BMS345       Advanced Topics in Pathophysiology                                                   8
BMS346       Motor Control and Dysfunction                                                        8
BMS352       Fundamentals of Neuroscience                                                         8
** Pre-requisite 30 credit points of 200-level BMS subjects and permission of the subject co-ordinator.
400-Level
BND433       Communication in Health Care Practice                                               8
BMS401       Honours                                                                            48
BMS402       Joint Honours in Biomedical Science and another Discipline                         48


Chemistry
100-Level
CHEMIOI      Chemistry   1A: Introduction to Physical and General Chemistry                       6
CHEM102      Chemistry   IB: Introduction to Organic and Physical Chemistry                       6
CHEM104      Chemistry   ID (Introductory Chemistry)                                              6
CHEM105      Chemistry   1E (Introductory Chemistry)                                              6
200-Level
CHEM211      Inorganic Chemistry II                                                               6
CHEM212      Organic Chemistry II                                                                 6
CHEM213      Molecular Structure, Reactivity and Change                                           6
CHEM214      Analytical and Environmental Chemistry                                               6
SOO-Level
CHEM311      Inorganic Chemistry III                                                              8
CHEM314      Instrumental Analysis                                                                8
CHEM320      Bioinformatics: From Genome to Structure                                             8

                                                                                                                            433
General Schedule

CHEM321      Organic Synthesis and Reactivity                                          8
CHEM327      Environmental Chemistry                                                   8
CHEM330      Medicinal Chemistry                                                       8
CHEM340      Chemistry Laboratory Project                                              8
CHEM350      Principles of Phannacology                                                8
CHEM364      Molecular Structure and Spectroscopy                                      8



Commu nication Studies
100-Level
CCS 105      Introduction to Communication and Cultural Studies
200-Level
CCS207       Signs of Power: Culture and Representation                                8
CCS215       Race, Gender, Colonialism: Studies in Australian Culture                  8
CCS217       Film Fonn and Style                                                       8
CCS219       Australian Screen                                                         8
CCS221                                                                                 8
             Critical Cultural Practice
CCS223       Introduction to Publishing Studies: Print                                 8
CCS225       Introduction to Electronic Publishing                                     8
SOO-Level
CCS330       The Practices of Everyday Life                                            8
CCS333       Popular Genres                                                            8
CCS334       Technologies of the Body                                                  8
CCS335       Electronic Cultures                                                       8
CCS337       Hollywood and American Culture                                            8
CCS339       Hollywood and the Globalisation of Culture                                8
CCS341       Screen Studies Advanced Seminar                                           8
CCS348       Television, Globalisation and Cultural Identity                           8
CCS351       Semiotics and Communication                                               8
CCS352       Flashpoints: Contestations in Contemporary Australian Culture             8
CCS357       Television Cultures                                                       8


Community and Environment
The following two subjects are only available to students enrolled at the Shoalhaven and Moss Vale Campuses, Bega
and Batemans Bay Education Access Centres
100-Level
ARTS112      People and Place                                                          6
ARTS113      Society and Representation                                                6


Computer Science
100-Level
CSCI101      Introduction to Information Technology A                                  6
CSC1102      Introduction to Information Technology B                                  6
CSC1111      Computer Science 1A                                                       6
CSC1112      Fundamentals of Computer Science                                          6
CSCI121      Computer Science 1B                                                       6
CSCI131      Introduction to Computer Systems                                          6
200-Level
CSCI203      Data Structures, Algorithms, Systems                                      6
CSCI204      Programming: The C Family and Unix                                        6
CSCI205      Development Methods & Tools                                               6
CSCI212      Operating Systems                                                         6
CSCI213      Java Programming and the Internet                                         6
CSCI214      Distributed Systems                                                       6
CSCI235      Databases                                                                 6
CSCI236      3D Modelling & Animation                                                  6

434
                                                                                                              General Schedule

SOO-Level
CSCI311      Software Process Management                                                           6
CSCI313      Professional Programming Practices                                                    6
CSCI315      Database Design and Implementation                                                    6
CSCI321      Project                                                                              12
CSCI322      Systems Administration                                                                6
CSCI323      Artificial Intelligence                                                               6
CSC1324      Human Computer Interface                                                              6
CSCI325      Software Engineering Formal Methods                                                   6
CSCI333      Compilers                                                                             6
CSCI334      Interfacing and Real Time Programming                                                 6
CSCI336      Computer Graphics                                                                     6
CSCI337      Organisation of Programming Languages                                                 6
CSCI361      Computer Security                                                                     6
CSCI399      Server Technology                                                                     6


Creative Arts
Some subjects listed in the Creative Arts Schedule are available under the General Schedule to students enrolled in degrees
other than the BCA degree. However, quotas apply to all Creative Arts subjects and students enrolled in the BCA will be
given first preference. Places for students enrolled in other degree programs will therefore be extremely limited. Enrolment is
also subject to audition and other pre-requisite criteria as stated in the Creative Arts Schedule, and requires the specific
approval of the Sub-Dean of the Faculty of Creative Arts.


Economics
Check subject availability at time of enrolment
100-Level
ECON101      Macroeconomic Essentials for Business                                                6
EC0N111      Introductory Microeconomics                                                          6
EC0N121      Quantitative Methods I                                                               6
ECON 122     Quantitative Methods II                                                              6
200-Level
ECON205      Macroeconomic Theory and Policy                                                      8
ECON207      Economic Policy                                                                      8
ECON208      Gender, Work and the Family                                                          8
ECON215      Microeconomic Theory and Policy                                                      8
EC0N216      International Trade Theory and Policy                                                8
EC0N221      Econometrics                                                                         8
EC0N227      The Creative Economy: Technology Innovation and Policy A                             6
ECON228      Quantitative Analysis for Decision Making                                            8
EC0N229      The Creative Economy: Technology Innovation and Policy B                             8
ECON230      Quantitative Analysis for Decision Making                                            6
ECON231      Business Statistics and Forecasting                                                  8
ECON251      Industry and Trade in East Asia                                                      8
SOO-Level
ECON301       Monetary Economics                                                                   8
ECON302       Transition Economics                                                                 8
ECON303       Economic Development Issues                                                          8
ECON307       International Monetary Economics                                                     8
ECON308       Labour Economics                                                                     8
ECON309       Environmental Economics*                                                             8
ECON310       Cost-Benefit Analysis                                                                8
EC0N311       Natural Resource Economics                                                           8
ECON312       Industrial Economics*                                                                8
ECON315       Applied Microeconomics*                                                              8
ECON316       History of Economic Thought*                                                         8
ECON317       Economics of Health Care                                                             8

                                                                                                                              435
General Schedule

EC0N318       Economics of Health Care - A                                                        6
ECON319       Electronic Commerce and The Economics of Infonnation                                6
ECON320       Economics of Small and Medium Enterprises                                           8
ECON322       Mathematical Economics*                                                             8
ECON327       Advanced Econometrics*                                                              8
ECON331       Financial Economics                                                                 8
ECON332       Managerial Economics and Operations Research                                        8
ECON333       Conflict and Co-operation*                                                          8
ECON334       Global Economics                                                                    8
* not on offer in 2003
400-Level
ECON421       Honours Economics                                                                  48
ECON423       Honours Econometrics                                                               48
ECON451       Joint Honours Economics                                                            24


Education
Faculty of Education subjects are affected by quota restrictions. Students enrolled in Faculty of Education courses, or those
Bachelor of Arts students majoring in Education, will be given enrolment priority. Other students wishing to enrol in Faculty of
Education subjects MUST seek advice from the relevant subject co-ordinator to avoid potential withdrawal in the event of
quotas being exceeded.
Core Education Subjects
EDUF111     Education I                                                                           6
EDUF212     Education II                                                                          6
Language in Education Stream
EDUC291     Culture, Immigration & Education                                                      8
EDUE303     Teaching Language and Literacy Through Literature in Eariy Childhood                  6
            Years
EDUE304     Teaching Language Through Literature in the Primary and Middle Years                  6
EDUL314     Language and Ideology                                                                 8
EDUL331     English Language: Examining Learners Problems                                         8
EDUL340     Materials and Technology in Second Language Teaching                                  8
EDUL350     Programming and Methodology in Second Language Teaching                               8
EDUL360     Practicum or Project in Second Language Teaching                                      8
EDUT301        Research Methods                                                                   6
Equity & Sociocultural Diversity Stream
EDUC323     Curriculum and Program Evaluation                                                     8
EDUC291     Culture, Immigration & Education                                                      8
EDUC292     Gender and Social Justice                                                             8
EDUL314      Language and Ideology                                                                8
EDUE301      Issues in Aboriginal Education                                                       6
EDUE302     Aboriginal Pedagogy                                                                   6
EDUT301        Research Methods                                                                   6
Educational Psychology & Special Education Stream
EDUC213     Educational Psychology of Typical Children                                            6
EDUC217     Educational Psychology of Atypical Children and Introductory Educational              6
             Measurement
EDUF204     Learners with Exceptional Needs                                                       6
EDUF232      Eariy Intervention and Children with Special Needs                                   6
EDUF311     Education 11  1                                                                       6
EDUE320      Behaviour Management (Not to count with EDUE311)                                     6
EDUE321      Reading Difficulties (Not to count with EDUE312)                                     6
EDUE411      Disability issues across the Life Span                                               6
EDUE412      Programming for Individuals with Moderate to Severe Disabilities                     6
EDUT301      Research Methods                                                                     6




436
                                                                          General Schedule

Electrical , Computer & Telecommunications Engineering
100-Level
ECTE101     Electrical Engineering 1                                  6
ECTE191     WWW Engineering                                           6
ECTE195     Design and Management                                     6
ECTE196     Internet Technology 1                                     6
200-Level
ECTE202     Circuits and Systems                                      6
ECTE212     Electronics and Communications                            6
ECTE222     Power Engineering 1                                       6
ECTE233     Digital Hardware 1                                        6
ECTE281     Embedded Internet Systems                                 6
ECTE290     Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering                    6
ECTE291     Internet Systems                                          6
ECTE292     Internet Technology 2                                     6
SOO-Level
ECTE301     Digital Signal Processing 1                               6
ECTE313     Electronics                                               6
ECTE323     Power Engineering 2                                       6
ECTESSS     Digital Hardware 2                                        6
ECTE344     Control Theory                                            6
ECTE363     Communication Theory                                      6
ECTE364     Telecommunication Networks 1                              6
ECTE381     Internet Engineering 1                                    6
400-Levet
ECTE491     Computer Architectures                                    6
ECTE492     Intelligent and Optimal Control                           6
ECTE494     Robotics                                                  6


Employment Relations - Refer to Management

Engineering
100-Level
CIVL196     Engineering Computing 1                                   6
ENGG153     Engineering Materials                                     6
ENGG154     Introduction to Design and Innovation                     6
200-Level
CIVL272     Surveying                                                 6
ENGG261     Professional Engineers and the Management of Technology   6
400-Level
CIVL487     Traffic Engineering                                       6
ENGG461     Project Management and Human Factors in Engineering       6
MINE431     Minewater                                                 6
M1NE438     Environmental Impact of Minerals Operations               6


English Language Studies - Refer to Modern Languages

English Studies
100-Level
ENGL113     Contemporary Writing in Australia                         6
ENGL117     Forms of the Imagination                                  6
ENGL120     An Introduction to Literature and Screen Studies          6
ENGL121     Text and Gender                                           6
ENGL199     Understanding Literary Techniques                         6

                                                                                        437
General Schedule

200-Level
ENGL228      English Renaissance Literature and Culture                           8
ENGL229      Romantics & Victorians: English Literature From 1790-1900            8
ENGL230      Page to Stage: Modes of Perfonnance                                  8
ENGL231      Australian Drama and Theatre                                         8
ENGL243      Fantasy and Children's Literature                                    8
ENGL244      Children's Literature in Australia                                   8
ENGL248      Chaucer                                                              8
ENGL253      Major Twentieth Century Writers                                      8
ENGL255      Eighteenth Century Literature and Culture                            8
ENGL259      An Introduction to Canadian Writing                                  8
ENGL260      Nineteenth Century Australian Literary Culture                       8
ENGL264      Modernism                                                            8
ENGL265      English and the Empire                                               8
ENGL299      The Vikings: Old Norse Culture, Language and Literature              8
GENE216      Women in Society: Images and Representation                          8
SOO-Level
ENGL312      Shakespeare, Jonson and Their Contemporaries                         8
ENGL330      Theatre in English Since 1968                                        8
ENGL331      Modern Drama                                                         8
ENGL334      Critical Theory: Development and Debates                             8
ENGL337      Sex, Power & Chivalry: Medieval to Modern Literature                 8
ENGL345      Twentieth Century Women Writers                                      8
ENGL346      Comparative Australian/Canadian Writing                              8
ENGL350      Fantasy and Popular Fiction                                          8
ENGL355      Fourteenth Century Literature                                        8
ENGL359      Contemporary Australian Drama                                        8
ENGL365      Nineteenth-Century Women Writers                                     8
ENGL366      Literatures from Colonised Cultures                                  8
ENGL371      Twentieth Century Australian Literary Culture                        8
ENGL373      Studies in Decolonising Literatures                                  8
ENGL374      Novel into Film                                                      8
ENGL376      Representing India                                                   8
ENGL398      The Vikings - Old Norse Culture, Language and Literature Advanced    8


Finance - Also see Accounting
200-Level
FIN221        Business Finance 1                                                 6
FIN223        Investments 1                                                      6
FIN226        Financial Institutions                                             6
FIN227        Finance in Small Business                                          6
F1N241        International Financial Management                                 6
F1N251        Introduction to Financial Planning                                 6
SOO-Level
FIN322        Business Finance 1  1                                              6
FIN323        Investments II                                                     6
FIN324        Financial Statement Analysis                                       6
FIN325        Banking Practice                                                   6
FIN327        Risk and Insurance                                                 6
FIN328        Retirement and Estate Planning                                     6
F1N329        Real Estate Planning                                               6
F1N351        International Business Finance                                     6
F1N352        Critical Perspectives in Finance                                   6
F1N353        Global Electronic Finance                                          6
FIN359        Selected Issues in Finance                                         6
Compulsory Subjects for Honours Degree (Finance)
FIN491      Honours Finance                                                      48

438
                                                                                          General Schedule

Optional Subjects for Honours Degree in Accountancy or Finance
FIN422       Investment Analysis                                                      6
FIN423       Investment Management                                                    6
FIN424      Corporate Financial Information Analysis                                  6
FIN425      Banking Theory and Practice                                               6
FIN426      Studies in Business Finance                                               6
FIN427      Small Business Finance                                                    6
FIN428      Multinational Financial Management                                        6
FIN487      Special Topic in Finance                                                  6


Financial Planning - Refer to Finance

French - Refer to Modern Languages

Geosciences
100-Level
GEOS 102    Earth Environments and Resources                                          6
GE0S111     Planet Earth                                                              6
GE0S112     Physical Environments                                                     6
GE0S142     The Human Environment: Problems and Change                                6
200-Level
GEOS205     Field Geology I                                                           6
GE0S214     Soils, Landscape and Hydrology                                            6
GE0S217     Field and Spatial Techniques                                              6
GE0S219     The Earth in Crisis                                                       6
GEOS220     Climate and Natural Hazards                                               6
GE0S222     Biogeography                                                              6
GE0S231     Environmental Impact of Societies                                         6
GE0S233     Discovering Downunder: A Geography of Australia                           6
GE0S239     Remote Sensing of the Environment                                         6
GE0S242     Living in Cities                                                          6
GE0S243     The Bush and Beyond: Rural Society in Australia                           6
GE0S246     A Hungry World: Food Resources and the Worid Economy                      6
MARE200     Introduction to Oceanography                                              6
MARE218     Marine Sediments and Fossils                                              6
SOO-Level
GEOS302
            Basin Resources                                                           8
GEOS304
            Dynamic Earth                                                             8
GEOS305
            Field Geology II                                                          8
GEOS307
            Mineral Resources                                                         8
GE0S315
            Field Studies in Physical Geography                                       8
GE0S321
            Fluvial Geomorphology, Sedimentology and River Management                 8
GE0S331
            Environmental Management and Decision-Making                              8
GE0S333
            Cultural Heritage Management                                              8
GEOS339
            Geographic Infonnation Systems                                            8
GE0S347
            Northern Neighbours: Economic and Social Change in the Asia-Pacific Rim   8
GE0S349
            Population, Health and Environment                                        8
GE0S381
            Directed Studies in Geosciences A                                         8
GE0S382
            Directed Studies in Geosciences B                                         8
MARE322
            Global Environmental Change                                               8
MARE323
            Coastal Environments: Process and Management                              8




                                                                                                       439
General Schedule

History
100-Level
HIST107      Colonies and the Clash of Civilisations                           6
HIST108      War, Dictatorship and Propaganda in Europe 1918-1945              6
HIST121      Dispossessed, Diggers and Democrats: Australia 1788 to 1888       6
HIST124      The Cold War and After                                            6
200-Level
ARTS211      Social Science Perspectives on Health and Illness                 6
HIST210      The European Union: Postwar Integration, 1945 to 1995             8
HIST216      Ancient History: Greece                                           8
HIST217      Ancient History: Rome                                             8
HIST218      Consensus, Conflict and Culture: Australia 1888-1988              8
HIST232      Russia in War and Revolution                                      8
HIST275      The Growth of the United States, 1865-1898                        8
HIST276      America's Rise to Globalism Since 1919                            8
HIST286      From Ancient Kingdoms to Colonies: Southeast Asia, 1500-1900      8
HIST288      Religion and Military Rule in Southeast Asia                      8
HIST291      Film and History                                                  8
SOO-Level
H1ST300      Reporting War: A History                                          8
HIST315      Comparative Settler Capitalism                                    8
H1ST318      The Making of the Modern Australian Woman                         8
HIST325      Theory and Method of History                                      8
HIST334      Regional History                                                  8
HIST336       Australians and War, The Homefront                               8
HIST338      Advanced Topics in the History of Science: 1500-1800              8
HIST360      War, Death and Society: Europe 1350-1650                          8
H1ST361      Fascism and the Authoritarian Right in Twentieth Century Europe   8
HIST363      Revolutions in Wortd History                                      8
H1ST379      Culture and Identity in Indonesian History, 1870-2002             8
HIST380      Twentieth Century Australian Literary Culture                     8
H1ST388      Vietnam in War and Revolution: Indo-Chinese Societies 1860-1980   8
H1ST394      Commodification History                                           8


Human Resource Management - Refer to Management

Indigenous Health
200-Level
NURS240      Current Services in Aboriginal Health                             6
NURS242      Functional Community Structures                                   6
NURS243      Special Topic (Wori<place Analysis)                               6
SOO-Level
NURS341       Special Topic                                                    8
NURS343       Community Health Development: Theory &Practice                   8
NURS344       Community Health; Theory, Research & Practice                    8
These subjects are offered on weekends in block format.


Industrial Relations - Refer to Management

Information Systems
100-Level
BUSS102       Computer Systems                                                 6
BUSS110       Introduction to Business Infonmation Systems                     6
BUSS111       Business Programming I                                           6

440
                                                                        General Schedule

200-Level
BUSS201     User-Centred Business Programming                       6
BUSS211     Requirements Determination and Systems Analysis         6
BUSS212     Database Management Systems                             6
BUSS213     Multimedia in Organisations                             6
BUSS214     Business Programming II                                 6
BUSS215     Business Programming III                                6
BUSS218     Systems Design & Architecture                           6
SOO-Level
BUSS308     Computer Systems Management                             6
BUSS311     Advanced Database Management Systems                    6
BUSS312     Distributed Information Systems                         6
BUSS315     Knowledge-Based Information Systems                     6
BUSS316     Information Systems Development Methodologies           6
BUSS317     Business Programming IV                                 6
BUSS318     Information Systems Project                             6
BUSS391     Special Topics in Infonnation Systems                   6
400-Level
BUSS410     Business Information Systems Honours                   48
BUSS450     Joint Honours in Business Information Systems          48
BUSS408     Business Information Systems Honours Part 1            36
BUSS409     Business Information Systems Honours Part 2            12


Information & Communication Technology
200-Level
IACT201     Information Technology and Citizens' Rights             6
1ACT202     The Structure and Organisation of Telecommunications    6
SOO-Level
IACT301     Information and Communication Security Issues           6
1ACT302     Corporate Network Planning                              6
IACT303     Worid Wide Networking                                   6
IACT304     eBusiness Fundamentals (not to count with IACT305)      6
1ACT305     eBusiness Technologies (not to count with IACT304)      6


International Business - Refer to Management

Italian - Refer to Modern Languages

Japanese - Refer to Modern Languages

Legal Studies
100-Level
LAW 100     Law in Society
200-Level
LAW210      Contract Law
SOO-Level
LAW302      Law of Business Organisations                           6
LAW303      Children, Families and the Law                          6
LAW304      Criminal Law and the Process of Justice                 6
LAW308      Administrative Law                                      6
LAW315      Taxation Law                                            6
LAWS 16     Occupational Health & Safety Law                        6
LAWS 17     E-Commerce Law                                          6
LAW330      Law of Employment                                       6

                                                                                      441
General Schedule

LAW331        Intellectual Property Law                                                             6
LAW332        Labour Relations Law                                                                  6
LAW334        Environmental Law                                                                     6
LAW335        Anti-Discrimination Law                                                               6
LAW343        International Law                                                                     6
LAW344        Indigenous Peoples and Legal Systems*                                                 6
LAW348        Media Law*                                                                            6
LAW352        Advanced Taxation Law*                                                                6
LAW360        Foreign Investment Law in the People's Republic of China*                             6
LAW364        Consumer Protection and Business Regulation*                                          6
400-Level
The offering of the Honours subjects is dependent on availability of staff and sufficient student enrolments. The session a
particular subject will be offered depends on the full time and part time composition of the enrolments and availability of staff.
LAW453        Studies in Taxation*                                                                 6
LAW463        Jurisprudence*                                                                       6
LAW464        Studies in Business Law*                                                             6
LAW465        Studies in Administrative Law*                                                       6
LAW466        Studies in Industrial Law*                                                           6
LAW467        Studies in Trade Practices and Consumer Law*                                         6
LAW487        Special Topic in Law-A                                                               6
LAW488        Special Topic in Law-B                                                               6
LAW493        Research Essay*                                                                     12
* not available in 2003


Linguistics - Refer to Modern Languages

Management          - includes Employment Relations, Industrial Relations, Human Resource Management
                          and International Business
Check subject availability at time of enrolment
100-Level
COMM100        Introduction to Employment Relations                                                6
MGMT102        Business Communications                                                             6
MGMT110        Introduction to Management                                                          6
MGMT140        Industrial Relations B: Wage Determination in Australia                             6
MGMT142        Industrial Relations A                                                              6
200-Level
MGMT200        Management and Electronic Business                                                  6
MGMT201        Organisational Behaviour                                                            6
MGMT202        Management of Change                                                                6
MGMT204        Government Regulation and International Business                                    6
MGMT205        Recruitment and Selection                                                           6
MGMT206        Managing Human Resources                                                            6
MGMT215        Small Business Management                                                           6
MGMT216        Operations Management                                                               6
MGMT218        Competitive Analysis                                                                6
MGMT220        Organisational Studies                                                              6
MGMT240        Industrial Relations B: Wage Determination in Australia                             8
MGMT242        Industrial Relations A                                                              8
MGMT243        Wori< and Employment Relations                                                      8
MGMT255        Inventory Management                                                                6
SOO-Level
MGMT300        Innovation and Electronic Commerce                                                  6
MGMT301        Managing Across Cultures                                                            6
MGMT302        Business in Europe                                                                  6
MGMT303        Development of Modern Business                                                      6
MGMT305        Business in Asia                                                                    6
442
                                                                                  General Schedule

MGMT306      Business in Australia                                            6
MGMT308      Introduction to Management for Professionals A                   6
MGMT309      Supply Chain Management                                          6
MGMT310      Introduction to Management for Professionals B                   8
MGMT314      Strategic Management                                             6
MGMT321      Occupational Health and Safety Management                        6
MGMT322      Training and Development                                         6
MGMT328      Transport Logistics                                              6
MGMT332      Enterprise and Innovation                                        6
MGMT340      Comparative Studies in Industrial Relations                      8
MGMT341      International and Comparative Employment Relations               8
MGMT342      Research Topics in Industrial Relations                          8
MGMT348      Employers and Industrial Relations                               8
MGMT350      Total Quality Management                                         6
MGMT352      Negotiation, Advocacy and Bargaining                             8
MGMT389       International Business Management                               6
MGMT392      Case Study                                                      12
MGMT393      Special Topic A                                                  6
MGMT398       Human Resource Management                                       6
400-Level
MGMT404      Honours International Business                                  48
MGMT405      Joint Honours in Management                                     48
MGMT406      Honours Human Resource Management                               48
MGMT407      Joint Honours Human Resource Management                         48
MGMT422      Honours Industrial Relations                                    48
MGMT428      Honours Research Project                                        24
MGMT429      Advanced Topics in Management (Honours)                         24
MGMT450      Honours Employment Relations                                    48
MGMT452      Joint Honours in Industrial Relations                           24


Marketing
Check subject availability at time of enrolment
100-Level
MARK101       Introduction to Marketing
200-Level
MARK213       Introduction to Marketing                                       6
MARK217       Consumer Behaviour                                              6
MARK239       Information for Marketing Decisions                             6
MARK240       Marketing and Consumer Behaviour in East and South-East Asia    6
MARK270       Services Marketing                                              6
SOO-Level
MARK301       Marketing on the Internet                                       6
MARK317       Business to Business Marketing                                  6
MARK319       Applied Marketing Research                                      6
MARK333       Advertising and Promotions Strategy                             6
MARK343       International Marketing                                         6
MARK344       Marketing Strategy                                              6
MARK356       New Product Marketing                                           6
MARK359       Sales Management                                                6
MARK393       Special Topic in Marketing                                      6


MARK394       Special Topic in Marketing B                                    6
MARK395       Tourism Marketing                                               6
MARK397       Retail Marketing Management                                     6




                                                                                                 443
General Schedule

400-Level
MARK428       Honours Research Project                                                              24
MARK430       Advanced Topics in Marketing (Honours)                                                24
MARK450       Joint Honours in Marketing                                                            48



Mathematics & Applied Statistics
To satisfy the requirements for a major study in Mathematics, a student shall satisfactorily complete (at a grade of Pass or
better) any MATH or STAT subjects listed below, to a total of at least 48 credit points; of which at least 18 credit points must
be at 200 level and at least 24 credit points must be at 300 level.
To satisfy the requirements for a major study in Applied Statistics, a student shall satisfactorily complete (at a grade of Pass or
better) any MATH or STAT subjects listed below, to a total of at least 48 credit points; of which at least 18 credit points must
be at 200 level and must include STAT231 and STAT232; and at least 24 credit points must be for 300 level STAT subjects.
Students are welcome, and encouraged, to consult an academic adviser from the School of Mathematics and Applied
Statistics about their choice of subjects. For full details about pre-requisites etc, please refer to the Subject Database. All
subjects may not be offered every year.
100-Level
MATH111       Applied Mathematical Modelling 1                                                      6
MATH 121      Discrete Mathematics                                                                  6
MATH187       Mathematics 1A Part 1                                                                 6
MATH 188      Mathematics 1A Part 2                                                                 6
STAT131       Understanding Variation and Uncertainty                                               6
200-Level
MATH201       Multivariate and Vector Calculus                                                      6
MATH202       Differential Equations 2                                                              6
MATH203       Linear Algebra                                                                        6
MATH204       Complex Variables and Group Theory                                                    6
MATH212       Applied Mathematical Modelling 2                                                      6
MATH222       Continuous and Finite Mathematics                                                     6
STAT231       Probability and Random Variables                                                      6
STAT232       Estimation and Hypothesis Testing                                                     6
SOO-Level
MATH302       Differential Equations 3                                                              6
MATH305       Partial Differential Equations                                                        6
MATHS 12      Applied Mathematical Modelling 3                                                      6
MATH313       Industrial Mathematical Modelling                                                     6
MATH316       Applied Dynamics                                                                      6
MATHS17       Financial Calculus and Logistics                                                      6
MATH321       Numerical Analysis                                                                    6
MATH322       Algebra                                                                               6
MATH323       Topology and Chaos                                                                    6
MATH324       Analysis                                                                              6
MATH 371      Special Topics in Industrial and Applied Mathematics 3                                6
MATH372       Special Topics in Mathematical Analysis 3                                             6
STAT304       Operations Research and Applied Probability                                           6
STAT332       Multiple Regression and Time Series                                                   6
STATSSS       Statistical Inference and Multivariate Analysis                                       6
STATSSS       Sample Surveys and Experimental Design                                                6
STAT373       Special Topics in Probability and Statistics 3                                        6
400-Level
MATH401       Mathematics 4 (Honours)                                                             48
STAT401       Statistics 4 (Honours)                                                              48
INF0411       Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery                                                  6
INF0412       Maths for Cryptography                                                               6
INF0413       Information Theory                                                                   6




444
                                                                                                General Schedule

Other subjects available
Other MATH/STAT subjects available are listed below, but note that these subjects cannot be counted in a Major in
Mathematics or Applied Statistics.
MATH122      Probability and Logic                                                    6
MATH 141     Mathematics 1C Part 1                                                    6
MATH142      Mathematics 1C Part 2                                                    6
MATH151      General Mathematics 1A                                                   6
MATH161      Mathematics 1E Part 1                                                    6
MATH162      Mathematics IE Part 2                                                    6
MATH283      Mathematics 2E for Engineers Part 1                                      6
STATI 51     Introduction to the Concepts and Practice of Statistics                  6
STAT252      Statistics for the Natural Sciences                                      6
PSYC354      Design and Analysis                                                      8


Modern Languages
100-Level
ELS 151      English For Academic Purposes: A Second Language Perspective             6
ELS 152      English Language Studies 1                                               6
ELS 161      English For Academic Purposes : A First Language Perspective             6
ELS 171      An Introduction to Linguistics                                           6
FREN110      France and the French                                                    6
FREN151      French lA Language                                                       6
FREN152      French IB Language                                                       6
1TAL110      Italy and the Italians                                                   6
ITAL151      Italian lA Language                                                      6
1TAL152      Italian IB Language                                                      6
JAPA101      An Introduction to Japanese                                              6
JAPA102      Japanese Studies for Educational Purposes                                6
JAPA103      Japanese Studies for Business Purposes                                   6
JAPA110      Japan and the Japanese                                                   6
JAPA141      Beginners' Japanese I                                                    6
JAPA142      Beginners' Japanese II                                                   6
JAPA143      Beginners' Japanese III                                                  8
JAPA161      Post-HSC Japanese I                                                      6
JAPA162      Post-HSC Japanese II                                                     6
SPAN151      Spanish for Beginners I                                                  6
SPAN152      Spanish for Beginners II                                                 6
200-Level
ELS 271      English Language Studies 2                                               8
FREN210      France in the Twentieth Century                                          8
FREN251      French IIA Language                                                      8
FREN252      French IIB Language                                                      8
ITAL251      Italian IIA Language and Literature                                      8
ITAL252      Italian IIB Language and Literature                                      8
JAPA261      Intermediate Japanese I                                                  8
JAPA262      Intermediate Japanese II                                                 8
JAPA264      Intermediate Japanese III (Woliongong)                                   8
L1NG210      Communicating in a Foreign Language                                      8
             Spanish Intermediate I                                                   8
SPAN251
             Spanish Intermediate II                                                  8
SPAN252
SOO-Level
ELS 371      English Language Studies 3
EURO320      Nations Without States in the European Union                             8
FREN351      French IMA Language                                                      8
FREN352      French IIIB Language                                                     8
FREN361      French IMC                                                               8
FREN362      French HID                                                               8

                                                                                                             445
General Schedule

ITAL351      Italian IMA Language and Literature                    8
ITAL352      Italian IIIB Language and Literature                   8
ITAL361      Interpreting I (pre-req. must be ITAL352)              8
ITAL362      Interpreting II (pre-req. must be ITAL361)             8
JAPA310      Japanese Economics and Media                           8
JAPA361      Advanced Japanese I                                    8
JAPA362      Advanced Japanese II                                   8
LANG305      Literature and Society in Renaissance Europe           8
LANG310      Language and Change in Society                         8
LINGS 10     Language and Communication in a Global Context         8


Philosophy
100-Level
PHIL101      Knowledge, Wortd and Values A                      6
PHIL102      Body, Mind and Persons A                           6
PHIL106      Media, Ethics and Law                              6
PHIL112      Logic A                                            6
PHIL151      Practical Reasoning A                              6
200-Level
PHIL201      Knowledge, Worid and Values B                      6
PHIL202      Body, Mind and Persons B                           6
PHIL206      Practical Ethics                                   8
PHIL211      Greek Philosophy                                   8
PHIL214      Practical Reasoning B                              8
PHIL215      Philosophy of the Arts                             8
PHIL216      Logic B                                            8
PH1L231      Formal Logic A                                     8
PH1L232      Political Philosophy A                             8
PH1L255      Interpretation and Communication                   8
PHIL256      Ethics and the Environment A                       6
PHIL258      Ethics and the Environment B                       8
PHIL260      Philosophy of Feminism A                           8
PHIL262      Theories of Knowledge and Metaphysics A            8
PH1L270      Philosophy of Law                                  8
PH1L284      Ethics A                                           8
PH1L286      Philosophy of Social Science                       8
PH1L288      Philosophy of Mind and Action A                    8
SOO-Level
PHILS01     Ethics B                                            8
PHIL322     Theories of Knowledge and Metaphysics B             8
PHIL351     Philosophy of Mind and Action B                     8
PHIL361     Formal Logic B                                      8
PHIL363     Philosophy of Feminism B                            8
PHIL370     Topics in Philosophy of Law                         8
PHILS80     Bioethics                                           8
PH1L38S     Political Philosophy B                              8
PH1L390     Contemporary Political Philosophy                   8


Physics
100-Level
PHYS131     Physics for the Environmental and Life Sciences A   6
PHYS132     Physics for the Environmental and Life Sciences B   6
PHYS141     Fundamentals of Physics A                           6
PHYS142     Fundamentals of Physics B                           6




446
                                                                                     General Schedule
200-Level
PHYS205      Advanced Modern Physics                                             6
PHYS206      Project in Physics                                                  6
PHYS215      Vibrations, Waves and Optics                                        6
PHYS225      Electromagnetism and Optoelectronics                                6
PHYS230      Intermediate Physics                                               12
PHYS233      Introduction to Environmental Physics                               6
PHYS235      Mechanics and Thermodynamics                                        6
PHYS255      Radiation Physics                                                   6
PHYS295      Astronomy - Concepts of the Universe                                6
SOO-Level
PHYS305      Quantum Mechanics                                                   6
PHYS306      Project in Physics                                                  6
PHYS325      Electromagnetism                                                    6
PHYS335      Classical Mechanics                                                 6
PHYS365      Detection of Radiation: Neutrons, Electrons and X Rays              6
PHYS366      Physics of Radiotherapy                                             6
PHYS375      Nuclear Physics                                                     6
PHYS385      Statistical Mechanics                                               6
PHYS390      Astrophysics                                                        6
PHYS396      Electronic Materials                                                6
400-Level
PHYS401      Theoretical Mechanics and Electromagnetism                          8
PHYS405      Honours in Physics                                                  8
PHYS441      Astro- and Nuclear Physics                                          8
PHYS444      Quantum Mechanics                                                   8
PHYS446      Solid State Physics                                                 8
PHYS451      Nuclear Medicine                                                    8
PHYS452      Medical Imaging                                                     8
PHYS453      Radiobiology and Radiation Protection                               8
PHYS456      Imaging Physics                                                     8
PHYS457      Research Project                                                   24


Politics
100 Level
P0L111       Australian Politics                                                6
P0L121       Politics in a Globalising World                                    6
P0L141       Change and Debate in Contemporary Australian Politics              6
200 Level
P0L211       Democracy in Theory and Practice                                   8
P0L216       Politics in the USA                                                8
P0L222       Australian Public Policy                                           8
P0L224       Politics and the Media                                             8
P0L225       International Relations: An Introduction                           8
P0L226       Australian Political Thought                                       8
POL230       Latin America: The Politics of Conquest and Colonisation           8
POL290       Women in Society: Productive and Reproductive Labour               8
300- Level
POLS 14      Power and the Modern State                                          8
P0L315       The Politics of Post Communist Countries                            8
POLS 17      Politics in the South Pacific                                       8
POLS 18      The Asian Tigers - Newly Industrialising Countries in Transition    8
POL319       Political Economy in the New Millennium                             8
POL323       North and South: Approaches to Relations Between Advanced,          8
             Industrialising and Less Developed Countries
POL324       Culture and Politics                                                8
POL368       Protest and Power in America: The Sixties                           8
                                                                                                  447
General Schedule

Population Health
100 level
POP101         Population health - current health issues and their detenninants                 6
POP102         Sex, drugs and rock'n'roll: public health perspectives                           6

200 level
POP201        Contemporary population health problems                                          6
POP210        Epidemiology                                                                     6
POP202        Promoting healthy lifestyles                                                     6
POP203        Health policy and service structure                                              6
POP220        Mass media and population health                                                 6
P0P221        Behaviour change for population health                                           6
P0P222        Current Issues in Food and Nutrition                                             6
300 level
POP320         Project and program design, management and evaluation                           8
P0P321         Analysis and interpretation of evidence                                         8
P0P33r         Population health project A                                                    24



Psychology
100-Level
Refer to Schedule HS3 under the Faculty of Health and Behavioural Sciences for Pre-requisites, Co-requisites and Remarks
PSYC101        Introduction to Behavioural Science                                             6
PSYC121        Foundations of Psychology A                                                     6
PSYC122        Foundations of Psychology B                                                     6
PSYC123        Theory, Design and Statistics in Psychology                                     6
200-Level
PSYC216        Psychology of Physical Activity                                                 6
PSYC231        Personality                                                                     6
PSYC232        Research Methods and Statistics                                                 6
PSYC234        Biological Psychology and Learning                                              6
PSYC235        Introduction to Psychological Assessment                                        6
PSYC236        Cognition and Perception                                                        6
PSYC241        Developmental and Social Psychology                                             6
1     Students intending to complete a major in Psychology only, must complete PSYC232, plus 3 Psychology electives. An
      elective must be a 200-level subject excluding PSYC216 and must include at least one of each of the following groups:
      Group A - PSYC231, PSYC241, Group B - PSYC234, PSYC236.
2.    Students wishing to proceed to honours Psychology must complete PSYC232 and PSYC235 together with 3 electives
      selected from the following PSYC231, PSYC241, PSYC234. PSYC236. General Pre-Req - 24 credit points of Psychology
      at 200-level (excluding PSYC216).
SOO-Level
PSYC315        Psychology of Abnonnality                                                       8
PSYC317        Advanced Leaming                                                                8
PSYC318        Change Throughout the Lifespan                                                  8
PSYC345        Advanced Cognition                                                              8
PSYC347        Assessment and Intervention                                                     8
PSYC34         History and Metatheory of Psychology                                            8
PSYC349        Visual Perception                                                               8
PSYC350        Social Behaviour & Individual Differences                                       8
PSYC352        Psychophysiology                                                                8
PSYC354#       Design and Analysis                                                             8
Students intending to complete three years of Psychology or intending to proceed to Honours refer to Schedule HS3.




448
                                                                                                           General Schedule

400-Level
Note: Entry to the Honours year or to honours subjects shall be detennined by the Academic Senate on the advice of the
Departmental Head. For specific course requirements refer to Description of Subjects section. In the event a student wishes to
take a double major; i.e. major in another subject as well as psychology, and still proceed to take Honours in Psychology, the
minimum number of credit points accumulated over 200- and 300-levels of Psychology will be 60: provided that at least 10
credit points of 200- and 300-level non-psychology subjects being taken are recognised as appropriate and closely related to
psychology, in which case the credit points for these subjects may be added to the 60 of psychology to make the necessary
70.


Science, Technology & Society
100-Level
STS100        Social Aspects of Science and Technology                                          6
STS103        Social Aspects of Science and Technology                                          6
STS112        The Scientific Revolution: History, Philosophy & Politics of Science              6
STS116        Environment in Crisis: Technology and Society                                     6
STS117        The Scientific Revolution: History, Philosophy and Politics of Science            6
STS120        Technology in Society: East and West                                              6
STS128        Computers in Society                                                              6
200-Level
STS200        Social Aspects of Science and Technology                                          8
STS203        Social Aspects of Science and Technology                                          8
STS212        The Scientific Revolution: History, Philosophy & Politics of Science              8
STS215         Globalisation: Technology, Culture and Media                                     8
STS216        Environment in Crisis: Technology & Society                                       6
STS217        The Scientific Revolution: History, Philosophy and Politics of Science            8
STS218        Environment in Crisis: Technology and Society                                     8
STS220        Technology in Society: East and West                                              8
STS221        Technology in Society: East and West                                              6
STS223        The Politics of Medicine and Health                                               8
STS228        Computers in Society                                                              8
STS229        Scientific and Technological Controversy                                          8
STS235        The Politics of Risk                                                              8
STS238        Changing Images of Nature and the Environment                                     8
STS240        Technological Change, Popular Culture and New Media                               8
STS241        Technological Change, Popular Culture and New Media                               6
STS250        From Molecular Genetics to Biotechnology                                          8
              Technology and Body Politics                                                      8
STS260
              Science and the Media                                                             8
STS288
 SOO-Level
 STS300       The Environmental Context                                                          8
 STS306       Special Topics in the Social and Policy Aspects of Engineering                     6
 STS315       Globalisation: Technology, Culture and Media                                       8
 STS323       The Politics of Medicine and Health                                                8
 STS329       Scientific and Technological Controversy                                           8
 STS335       The Politics of Risk                                                               8
                                                                                                 8
 STS336       Advanced Topics in the History of Science 1500 - 1800
                                                                                                 8
 STS338       Changing Images of Nature and the Environment
                                                                                                 8
 STS340       Technological Change, Popular Culture and New Media
                                                                                                 8
 STS350       From Molecular Genetics to Biotechnology
                                                                                                 8
 STS360       Technology and Body Politics
                                                                                                 6
 STS376       The Politics of Risk
                                                                                                 8
 STS388       Science and the Media
                                                                                                 8
 STS390       Media, War and Peace
                                                                                                 8
 STS399       Research Topics in Science, Technology and Society Studies




                                                                                                                           449
General Schedule

Sociology
100-Level
SOC103       Aspects of Australian Society                                        6
SOC104       Communication, Media and Society                                     6
SOC110       Understanding Audiences                                              6
200-Level
AUST246      A Sociology of Australia's Indigenous Peoples: Contemporary Issues   8
SOC203       Explaining Society                                                   8
SOC205       Sociology of the Family                                              8
SOC206       Youth and Popular Culture                                            8
SOC222       Sociology of Crime and Justice                                       8
SOC224       Violence, Fear and Civilisation: the Evolution of States             8
SOC231       Social Analysis                                                      8
S0C241       Culture and Communication                                            8
SOC242       Contemporary Issues in Society                                       8
SOC243       Contesting Asia: Culture, Diversity, Difference                      8
S0C244       Punishment: Purpose, Practice, Policy                                8
SOO-Level
SOCS02       Contemporary Social and Political Thought                            8
SOC303       The Individual in Society                                            8
SOC305       Race and Ethnic Studies                                              8
SOC306       Researching Everyday Life                                            8
SOC308       Social & Public Policy                                               8
SOC309       Social Movement and Community Activism                               8
SOC318       Modernity, Development and Social Change                             8
SOC310       Community Organisations, the Third Sector and Civil Society          8
SOC330       The Sociology of Gender Relations                                    8
SOC334       Bread & Circuses                                                     8
SOC349       Social Regulation: Policies and Issues                               8




450
                 University of Woliongong




University Rules, Policies & Codes




                                            451
General Information
                                                                      in the year of admission; however the STAT cannot be
Admission                                                             used for admission to Law or Engineering degrees.
1.    General Provisions                                         9)   other acceptable means as decided by the University.
To be considered for admission to the University for an          Eligibility based on the NSW Higher School Certificate
undergraduate course leading to a degree, you must:              a)   achievement in the HSC shall be measured by the
a)    be eligible for admission to the University (see 2.             Universities Admission Index (UAI);
      below); and                                                b)   only Board Developed courses are used in the
b)    have lodged an application for admission to the                 calculation of the UAI;
      University (see 4. Application for Admission); and         c)   the UAI will be based on an aggregate of scaled marks
c)    have satisfied any additional selection criteria for the        in ten units of Board Developed courses comprising:
      course; and                                                     your best 2 units of English;
d) have been selected for the course.                                 your best 8 units chosen from your remaining units;
A candidate admitted to a course must abide by the               d)   for the purpose of calculation of the UAI, no more than
University Course Rules, which are printed below.                     2 units will be included from Category B subjects.
2.    Am I Eligible for Admission?                               3.   Limitations
Admission requirements are the minimum qualifications that       Council may limit:
you must have before you can enter a course.
                                                                 a)   the number of applicants to be granted admission via
You may meet the admission requirements for the                       any of the provisions in Rule 2; and
University of Woliongong if you satisfy one of the following:
                                                                 b)   the number of places available in any undergraduate
1)    completion of an Australian Year 12 examination                 course or subject.
      attaining the required UAI (NSW & ACT) or TER (SA,
      NT, Tas & WA) or OP (Q'ld) or ENTER (Vic) as               4.   Application for Admission
      determined by the University Council and meeting any       1) a)     All current HSC candidates (or interstate
      additional selection criteria;                                       equivalent) must lodge their applications for
2)    completion of a limited UAI. Applicants who are at least             admission with the Universities Admissions Centre
      21 years of age on 1 March in the year of admission,                 (UAC) by 26 September 2003*.
      attempting at one sitting 5 to 9 units of Group A                    On-time applications attract no fee but late
      subjects in the NSW HSC may be considered for                        applications (up to 19 January*) incur a fee.
      admission on the basis of an awarded limited
                                                                           UAC will NOT accept             applications    after
      Universities Admission Index;
                                                                           19 January 2004*.
3)    have obtained an acceptable level of achievement in an
                                                                           *Subject to change by UAC.
      approved secondary qualification (at least 12 years
      schooling) from an overseas institution;                        b)   Any current HSC candidate (or interstate
                                                                           equivalent) who has NOT lodged a UAC
4)    have obtained an acceptable level of achievement in
                                                                           application by 19 January 2003* may apply directly
      the University of Woliongong Aboriginal & Torres Strait
      Islander Entry Program;                                              to the University of Woliongong via UniAdvice 1300
                                                                           367 869 or uniadvice@uow.edu.au
5)    have obtained an acceptable level of achievement in
      the Woliongong University College Advanced Diploma,             *subject to change by UAC
      or Foundation Studies program (AQF Certificate IV), or     2)   Australian students NOT currently taking Year 12
      University Access Program;                                      examinations may apply directly to the University of
6)    have obtained an acceptable level of achievement in             Woliongong via UniAdvice 1300 367 869 or
      the Tertiary Preparation Certificate at TAPE;                   uniadvice@uow.edu.au

7)    completion, at an acceptable level of achievement, of a    3)   Intemational students sitting an Australian Year 12
      TAPE Advanced Certificate, or an AQF Level IV                   examination in Australia or the International
      Certificate, or Associate Diploma, or Diploma or                Baccalaureate in Australia in 2002 must apply through
      Advanced Diploma, or                                            UAC.

8)    completion of the Special Tertiary Admissions Test,        4)   All other International students may apply directly to the
      Multiple Choice version, at an acceptable level of              University of Woliongong via UniAdvice 1300 367 869
      achievement. The test is conducted by UAC for                   or uniadvice@uow.edu.au
      applicants who are at least 21 years of age on 1 March

452
                                                                                                           General Information

5)   Applications submitted by overseas applicants for          to a certain standard, students are guaranteed a place in
     postgraduate coursework programs (ie. Graduate             one of the bachelor degrees at the University of Woliongong
     Certificate, Graduate Diploma or Masters by                and may be eligible to apply for bachelor degrees offered at
     coursework) must be accompanied by an application          33 Australian universities and 10 intemational universities.
     fee of $A75, $US40 or £UK30 pound (non reftjndable)        Further infonmation is available from:
     inclusive of GST.                                          UniAdvice
     The fee applies to all applications either direct to the   University of Woliongong
     University or through an overseas representative.
                                                                NSW 2521 AUSTRALIA
     Credit card details, or a bank cheque made payable to
     UOW - ITC Ltd must be included with the application        Tel: +61 +2 4221 3218
     form. This fee covers application to two courses, either   Fax: +61 +2 4221 3233
     as Preference 1 and 2 on the original application or as
                                                                Or email uniadvise@uow.edu.au
     two separate applications. An additional application fee
     will be payable upon submission of an application for a    7.   Assumed Knowledge / Recommended Studies
     third course. This fee is not applicable to Woliongong
                                                                Universities often assume students have taken certain NSW
     University Programs, Bachelor degrees. Study Abroad
                                                                HSC subjects (or equivalent). For example, if Mathematics
     programs or Research Degrees.
                                                                Extension 1 is Assumed Knowledge for a particular degree
5. Special Tertiary Admissions Test (STAT)                      and HSC Mathematics has been studied, then some
                                                                subjects in the degree may be quite difficult.
You may apply for admission to the University on the basis
of the STAT if you are at least 21 years of age by 1 March in   Students who have successfully completed Recommended
the year of admission, for all courses except Law (see          NSW HSC subjects (or equivalent) will find subjects in their
below) and Engineering.                                         degree easier to follow.

The Special Tertiary Admissions Test (STAT) is conducted
annually and is coordinated by the Universities Admissions
                                                                Financial Information
Centre (UAC). The current fee is $82.50*. Contact UAC for
further details on (02) 9752 0200.                              Student Charges
*Subject to change by UAC.                                      According to Govemment regulations, students, both
The STAT is designed to assess a range of competencies          undergraduate and postgraduate, are required to meet the
commonly considered important for success in tertiary           following charges where applicable:
study. It is a two-hour multiple-choice test designed to test   1.   Penalty charges such as late charges, parking fines,
the applicant's ability to comprehend, interpret, analyse and        etc.
make inferences from a variety of material provided. The
                                                                2.   Administrative charges such as copy of academic
test questions are grouped in units based on stimulus
                                                                     transcript and replacement testamur charges,
material presented in a variety of forms, for example:
                                                                     application fee to amend an academic record, or
passages of writing; graphical displays of information;
                                                                     charges     for   examinations requiring special
diagrams. Any specific information required to answer the
                                                                     arrangements.
questions is contained in the stimulus material.
                                                                3.   Cost of travel incurred by students attending practical
Applying for the 4 year Law degree through the STAT
                                                                     work for courses in social work, teacher training, etc.
You must be at least 25 years of age by 31 January in the
                                                                4.   Cost of travel incurred by external students attending
year of admission and, in addition to obtaining a certain
                                                                     residential schools.
standard in the STAT, will be required to attempt the
Australian Law Schools Entrance Test (ALSET).                   5.   Accommodation charges and cost of subsistence on
                                                                     excursions, field work, etc.
6. Woliongong University College
                                                                6.   Charges for special clothing or laundry costs.
Woliongong University College, the private college of the
                                                                7.   Purchase of instruments or equipment.
University of Woliongong, located on campus, provides
advanced diploma courses and university entrance                8.   Cost of handbooks and notes.
programs. These programs have been developed in                 9.   Charges associated with the development and
consultation with the University of Woliongong and are               operation of unions, student associations, students'
available to both permanent Australian residents and                 representative councils and other student activities.
international students who meet entry requirements.
                                                                10. Deposits and refundable charges.
Students who successfully complete a diploma course and
meet specific University entrance requirements will be
eligible for entry into bachelor degrees at the University of
Woliongong. By completing a university entrance program

                                                                                                                         453
General Information
                                                                •     Students enrolled at other Universities undertaking
Compulsory Service Charges
                                                                      cross institutional study at University of Woliongong
In 2003, all students virtll be required to pay the charges           that are covered by exemption arrangements.
listed below.
                                                                Charges for Off-Campus Students
Entrance Charges at First Enrolment (exclusive of GST)
                                                                Students studying for specified University of Woliongong
Woliongong UniCentre                       37.10
                                                                courses offered in an off-campus mode will be required to
Recreation & Aquatic Centre                28.00                pay the Student Association entrance and annual fees, but
Student Representative Council             6.20                 will be exempt from both the Woliongong UniCentre and
                                                                Recreation and Aquatic Centre fees. The courses specified
WUPA                                       6.00
                                                                for this purpose will be determined by the Vice-Principal
Annual Subscriptions          Woliongong          Shoalhaven    (Administration) or his/her nominee.
                              Campus ($)          Campus ($)
                                                                Other Charges
Woliongong UniCentre               193.30           96.65
                                                                Late payment of Compulsory Service                    $60.00
Recreation & Aquatic               99.00            49.50
                                                                Charges
Centre
                                                                Reinstatement charge (following termination          $100.00
Students' Representative           45.40            27.70
                                                                of enrolment)
Council OR
                                                                Failure to re-enrol by the prescribed date           $100.00
Woliongong University              54.00            N/A
Postgraduate Association                                        Charges paid after start of session                  $60.00

Total Annual Charges (excluding entrance charges)               Application fee to amend academic record             $80.00

Undergraduate                     337.70            168.85      (where a student error)

Postgraduate                      346.30             N/A        Replacement Testamur                                 $50.00

Students studying at University Access Centres at               Transcripts (2 copies)                               $20.00
Batemans Bay, Bega. Loftus and Sydney are required to           Parking Charges
pay an annual charge of $45.40 plus an entrance charge, in
                                                                Per Annum
their first year of $6.20.
                                                                     Reserved Parking (Guaranteed Places)            $531.30
Conscientious Objection
                                                                     Category 1 Places (red zone)                    $177.10
While the University Council endorses the principle of
                                                                     Category 2 Places (blue zone)                   $103.40
universal membership of student organisations, the
University has established a procedure for students seeking          Motorcycle parking                              $28.60
exemption from membership on the basis of genuine                    Disabled parking                              No charge
conscientious objection. It is important to note that
                                                                Daily
conscientious objectors will still be required to pay the
relevant fee, which will be directed towards the Dean of             Daily Permits                                   $4.40
Students' equity awards, established to help students
experiencing genuine financial difficulty which impacts on
their studies. Please contact the Dean of Students' Office      New Students
for further information (4221 4355).
                                                                All new students are required to attend the enrolment centre
Exemptions                                                      and pay all charges by the date shown in their enrolment
                                                                information.
Exemption from payment of fees will be granted in certain
circumstances:                                                  Withdrawal/Refund Policy
•     Exemption from payment of fees for the Woliongong         1    Students withdrawing from a course are required to
      UniCentre will be granted to life members of the               process their withdrawal via Student Online Services
      UniCentre and to permanent full - time and limited tenn        (SOLS).
      staff of the University.
                                                                2.   Where withdrawal from a course is processed before
•     Exemption from payment of fees for the Recreation and          the first day of their first session, a refund of all charges
      Aquatic Centre will be granted to life members of the          paid will be made.
      Recreation and Aquatic Centre and to permanent fijll-     3.   On notice of withdrawal, on or after the first day of
      time and limited temn staff of the University.                 session and prior to the end of the fourth week of
•     Students who have paid fees for six or more years are          session, a full refund of compulsory service charges,
      eligible to apply for life membership of the UniCentre         other than entrance charges, will be made.
      and/or the Recreation and Aquatic Centre.                 4.   Late charges are not refundable.

454
                                                                                                              General Information

     Payments towards the Higher Education Contribution             Students who elect to pay their HECS liability through the
     Scheme (HECS) vAW only be refunded where a student             taxation system are able to make an up-firont payment prior
     withdraws prior to the appropriate census date.                to the HECS census date of at least $500 (for which they
6.   Tuition fee paying students are bound by the terms of          receive a 25% discount). Payments may be made using
     the Tuition Fee Policy (see t>elow).                           EFTPOS, credit card or cheque.
                                                                    For further HECS information please refer to the 'HECS-
Extension of Time
                                                                    Your Questions Answered 2003 booklet available ft-om the
Extensions of time to pay compulsory service charges are            Academic Registrar's Division on (02) 4221 3927.
not pennitted
                                                                    Postgraduate Education Loans Scheme (PELS)
Failure to Pay Charges
                                                                    PELS is an interest free loans facility for eligible students
1.   Any student who is indebted to the University and fails        who are enrolled in fee-paying, postgraduate non-research
     to make a satisfactory settlement of this indebtedness         courses. It is similar to the deferred payment arrangements
     upon receipt of due notice ceases to be entitled to            available under the Higher Education Contribution Scheme
     membership and privileges of the University. Such a            (HECS). PELS enables eligible students to obtain a loan
     student is not permitted to register for a further session,    from the Commonwealth Government to pay all or part of
     to attend classes or examinations, or to be granted any        their tuition fees incurred from 2002 onwards. The
     official credentials. Enrolment will be cancelled when         Commonwealth pays the amount of the loan directly to the
     fees have not been paid in full by the due date. Access        student's institution. Students then repay the loan through
     to University facilities (email, library) will be withdrawn,   the taxation system once their income reaches the minimum
     examination results will not be provided, and graduation       threshold for compulsory repayment.
     will not be permitted for students who are indebted. Re-
                                                                    For further PELS information please refer to the 'PELS -
     enrolment in the next session will not be permitted for
                                                                    Your questions answered 2003' booklet available fi-om the
     students who have fees outstanding. Indebtedness to
                                                                    Academic Registrar's Division or call (02) 42213927
     the University includes the non-payment of charges,
      late charges, library fines, any arrears in rent or other
     financial obligations resulting from an accommodation
     agreement entered into with the University, and any            Prizes & Scholarships
      indebtedness incurred as a result of any other financial      The University offers over 200 undergraduate and
     obligation to the University.                                  postgraduate scholarships and a range of prizes to students
2.   When compulsory service charges are not paid in full by        and prospective students. Further information is available at
     the due date, a late fee of $60 will be charged.               the following web addresses:
3.   In order for an enrolment to be reinstated a student           http://www.uow.edu.au/student/scholarship/scholarship.html
     must pay all outstanding amounts, including late fees,         and http://www.uow.edu.au/student/prizes/
     plus a Reinstatement Fee of $100.                              http://www.uow.edu.au/student/prizes/
Transcript and Reinstatement Charges
Payments such as transcripts and re-instatement charges
can be paid at Student Administration.

Tuition Fee Policy
(Refer Part 5, page 505 - Policies & Codes of Practice)

Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS)
Students enrolling at the University will be liable under the
Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) unless
specifically exempted. Summer session enrolment also
incurs a HECS liability. HECS is payable each session and
the amount of liability is determined by the load (as a
proportion of the standard student load for a full year) in
which a student enrols.
Method of Payment
At enrolment, students nominate whether they wish to pay
the HECS liability through the Taxation System when
earnings reach the threshold prescribed yeariy by the
Government or whether they wish to pay the HECS liability
to the University up-front and receive a discount of 25%.

                                                                                                                             455
General Information


Rules
A.         General University Rules
Campus Access and Order                                  456             lllawarra Technology Corporation and its tenants and
                                                                         other      groups/bodies/organisations/companies    as
Rules for Student Discipline                             461
                                                                         specified from time to time by the Vice-Chancellor and
Use of Computing Facilities                              466
                                                                         Principal for the purposes of these Rules;
Code of Conduct Library                                 467
                                                                   vi) "Students" includes full-time and part-time students of
                                                                       the University of Woliongong;
Campus Access & Order Rules                                        vii) "Disabled Person" means a person who possesses an
                                                                        obvious visible disability or a disability supported by
Part I - Preliminary                                                    certification from a qualified medical practitioner or who
1.     Preamble                                                         is in possession of a valid "Disabled Persons Parking
The grounds of the University of Woliongong are private                 Authority" issued by an Australian or State Government
property and the University Council has the right to regulate           Authority;
access to the grounds and to control the entry of vehicles         viii) 'Temporarily Disabled Person" means a person under a
and their operations within those grounds.                               temporary disability supported by certification from a
2.     Commencement                                                      qualified medical practitioner.
These Rules came into operation in this form on 11 August          Part II - Access t o & Order On Campus
1989. The Rules incorporate the "Rules for the Control of
                                                                   1.    Persons Eligible for Entry
Motor Vehicles Entering the Grounds of the University of
Woliongong", previously approved by Council in 1985.               Persons in the following categories may have access to the
                                                                   campus:
S.     Parts
                                                                   i)    a member of the University Council or of Convocation
The Rules are divided into three parts, as follows:
                                                                         or a Fellow of the University;
Part I Preliminary
                                                                   ii)   a member of staff entering or remaining on campus in
Part II Access to and Order on Campus                                    consequence of being an employee;
      1
Part 11 Traffic and Parking Control                                iii) a student entering or remaining on campus in
4.     Interpretation                                                   consequence of undertaking studies or research;
In these Rules, unless the contrary intention appears:             iv) a person who holds a permit authorising entry to the
i)     "Campus" includes any land which, for the time being,           campus and who has observed all conditions, if any, to
       is the property of the University of Woliongong or in its       which the authority contained in the permit is subject;
       possession or under its control, together with any          v)    a member of the Commonwealth or State Police Forces
       building or other erection or construction of any kind            requested by an authorised person to enter and remain
       whatsoever, whether permanent or temporary, standing              on the campus for the purposes of protecting persons
       on or affixed to such land or any part thereof;                   or property; and
ii)    "Vehicles" means all motor vehicles and includes motor      vi) a person who otherwise has valid reason to be on the
       cycles, but excludes motorised wheelchairs;                     campus, provided entry has not been prohibited by an
iii)   "Permits" means annual and half yeariy Category 1,              authorised person.
       Category 2, Disabled, Motor Cycles, Additional and          2.    Traffic Access
       Daily Permits issued in accordance with these Rules;        i)    Pedestrians, bicycles, vehicles which display a permit
iv) "Authorised Persons" means the Vice-Chancellor and                   issued in accordance with these Rules, vehicles making
    Principal, the Vice-Principal (Administration), the                  delivery of goods ordered by the University, vehicles
    University Librarian, members of the Security Staff and              operated by contractors to the University, vehicles
       senior members of the University staff so designated by           picking up or setting down passengers or any other
       the Vice-Chancellor and Principal for the purposes of             vehicle permitted to enter from time to time by an
       these Rules;                                                      authorised person may have access to the campus.

V)  "Members of Staff" includes, for the purposes of these         ii)   All persons having access to the campus whether or not
    Rules, fijll-time. part-time and casual employees of the             in charge of a vehicle shall conduct themselves and/or
    University of Woliongong and its associated companies,               use their vehicles in a safe and proper manner at all
    centres, residential complexes and employees of the                  times in accordance with the Occupational Health and
    UniCentre and its tenants. University Recreation and                 Safety Act.
    Aquatic Centre, Students' Representative Council,
456                                                         '-
                                                                                                               General Information

iii) All vehicles and bicycles which have access to the           lead to action being taken by authorised persons in the
     campus shall be driven and parked in accordance with         interests of maintaining good order and orderiy conduct on
     these Rules and the directions of authorised persons.        campus:
iv) The University shall not be liable for any damage or          i)    failure to comply with by-laws, rules, orders, Council
    loss, including consequential loss, suffered or caused to           resolutions or other lawful directions of the University in
    any person or vehicle (or its accessories or contents) or           relation to campus access and order;
    bicycle while travelling, standing or parked on the           ii)   any conduct which impairs the reasonable freedom of
    campus.                                                             other persons to pursue their studies, researches,
3.    Identification Cards                                              duties or lawful activities in the University or to
All members of staff of the University and students are                 participate in the life of the University;
issued with Identification Cards which must be carried            iii) wilful failure to otiey any reasonable direction of an
during attendance at the University and shown in response              authorised person in relation to campus access and
to any reasonable request from an authorised person or                 order;
from any other member of staff who might require such
                                                                  iv) failure to furnish or provide appropriate identification on
identification in the course of their duties.
                                                                      request by an authorised person;
4. Authority Cards
                                                                  v)    wilfully entering any place on campus which the person
Persons designated as authorised persons for the purpose                is forbidden by an authorised person, by-law, rule, order
of these rules are issued with Authority Cards.                         or Council resolution to enter;
5. Authorised Persons                                             vi) wilfully littering the campus or damaging, defacing, or
An authorised person is empowered, under these Rules, to              wrongfully dealing wflth any University property or any
give such directions and to make such requests in the name            other property on campus;
of the University as may be required to maintain order within
                                                                  vii) any other unreasonable conduct disrupting the normal
the University and to maintain orderty conduct by members
                                                                       activities of the University.
of staff, students and visitors, and in particular, but without
limiting the generality of the foregoing:                         Where any disorderiy conduct under section 8(vi) above,
                                                                  occurs and the person or organisation responsible can be
i)    to request persons involved in disorderiy conduct to
                                                                  identified, the University may take steps to recover the cost
      leave the campus and to remove trespassers thereon;
                                                                  of any repairs to property or the cost of removal of offending
ii)   to request persons to leave inclosed lands owned or         material in addition to any disciplinary action that may be
      occupied by the University and to apprehend and             taken under the University's Discipline Rules.
      deliver to the custody of the nearest police constable
                                                                  9.    Complaints of Alleged Disorderly Conduct
      any person found committing an offence against the
                                                                  Any complaints alleging disorderiy conduct against any
      Inclosed Lands Act, 1901, as amended, or committing a
                                                                  person may be brought, in writing, by an authorised person
      criminal offence;
                                                                  or by a student or staff member to the Vice-Principal
iii) to administer and control, in accordance with Part III of    (Administration) who shall fonward the complaint to the Vice-
     these Rules, access to the campus and the traffic and        Chancellor and Principal; if the Vice-Chancellor and
     parking provisions therein.                                  Principal deems that the matter requires any action to be
6. Members of the Police Forces                                   taken, the matter may be dealt with as misconduct in
Members of the Commonwealth or State Police Forces may            accordance with the appropriate University Rules and
                                                                  authorities.
be requested by any authorised person to enter any part of
the campus when, in the opinion of such authorised person,        Part III - Traffic & Parking Control
the protection of persons and/or property require it.
                                                                  1.    Preamble
Members of the Police Forces may in instances of likely or
actual injury to persons or damage to property take action        These Rules provide for the orderiy movement and parking
consistent with the authorities and powers that they possess      of vehicles and bicycles on campus. Failure to comply with
as officers of the Commonwealth or State Police Forces, as        the Rules may result in fines, wheel clamping, loss of
appropriate.                                                      parking privileges and/or disciplinary procedures.

7. Animals on Campus                                              2.    Definitions
Animals are not permitted on campus unless authorised by          In these Rules:
the Vice-Principal (Administration); authorised persons may       a)    "Authorised Persons" means the Vice-Principal
take action to remove unauthorised animals from the                     (Administration), Security Staff, Gatekeepers and any
campus by whatever means are necessary.                                 other person designated as an authorised person in
8. Disorderly Conduct                                                   accordance with the Campus Access and Order Rules;

In the interpretation of these Rules, the following forms of      b)    "Disabled Person" means a person who possesses an
conduct will be construed as "disorderiy conduct" and may               obvious visible disability or a disability supported by

                                                                                                                               457
General Information

      certification from a qualified medical practitioner or who        identification purposes the authorised person may
      is in possession of a valid "Disabled Persons Parking             demand the licence or other suitable identification of the
      Authority" issued by an Australian or State Government            driver or rider.
      Authority;                                                   5.   Parking Rules
c)    "Staff Members" includes full-time, part-time and casual     a)   No vehicle or bicycle shall park on the campus
      employees of the University of Woliongong and                     otherwise than in accordance with these Rules.
      employees of the UniCentre and the lllawan-a
                                                                   b)   Vehicles issued with a Category 1 Permit in accordance
      Technology Corporation and their tenants, and other
                                                                        with these Rules may park in the areas designated for
      groups as specified from time to time by the Vice-
                                                                        Category 1 (red) and/or Category 2 (blue) parking.
      Chancellor;
                                                                   c)   Vehicles issued with a Category 2 (blue) Permit may
d)    "Students" includes full-time and part-time students of
                                                                        park in areas designated Category 2 (blue) parking
      the University of Woliongong;
                                                                        between 8.00 am and 4.30 pm Mondays to Fridays and
e)    "Temporarily Disabled Person" means a person with a               may park in Category 1 areas outside these times.
      temporary disability supported by certification from a
                                                                   d)   Vehicles issued with a Regular Visitor Permit may park
      qualified medical practitioner;
                                                                        in Category 1 or Category 2 areas.
f)    "The University Campus" means the real property
                                                                   e)   Only vehicles displaying an authorised Disabled
      owned and/or operated by the University of Woliongong
                                                                        Parking Permit may park in the areas designated for
      in the State of New South Wales;
                                                                        Disabled Parking.
g)    "Vehicles" includes motor cycles and motor vehicles
                                                                   f)   All vehicles shall be parked within the lines designating
3.    Access to University Grounds                                      parking spaces and shall at all times be parked in such
a)    Pedestrians, bicycles, vehicles which display a permit            a way that no obstnjction is caused to the University
      issued in accordance with these Rules, vehicles making            roadways, or car park access lanes.
      delivery of goods ordered by the University, vehicles        g)   Bicycles may only be parked in areas where
      operated by contractors to the University, vehicles               appropriate stands have been provided by the
      picking up or setting down passengers or any other                University; in addition to any penalty that may be
      vehicles permitted to enter from time to time by an               imposed, bicycles not parked in these areas may be
      authorised person, may have access to the University              impounded by authorised persons.
      campus.
                                                                   h)   No vehicle shall park on any footpath, reserve or
b) The University shall not be liable for any damage or
                                                                        grassed area.
   loss, including consequential loss, suffered or caused to
   any person or vehicle (or its accessories or contents)          i)   No vehicle or bicycle shall impede or prevent the safe
   while travelling, standing or parked on the University               movement of people from any building at any time by
   campus.                                                              standing or parking across, or near, or adjacent to any
                                                                        entrance, exit, fire exit, etc.
4.    Driving Rules
                                                                   j)   The driver of a vehicle shall not cause a vehicle to
a) All vehicles shall observe a speed limit of 25 kph on
                                                                        stand, wait or be parked for period exceeding the time
   University roads and 15 kph in single level carparks.
                                                                        shown or indicated on any sign eg. Visitor Parking.
   Vehicles within the Mutli-storey carpark will obey a
   speed limit of 5 kph.                                           k)   The holder of a category 1 (red), category 2 (blue) or
                                                                        day permit shall not cause their vehicle to stand, wait or
b)    No vehicle shall park or stop on any road or place not
                                                                        park within a partying space signposted as Visitor
      specifically road marked or sign posted for parking or
                                                                        Parking.
      stopping (except for a period sufficient to set down
      and/or pick up passengers).                                  6.   Permits
c)    Vehicles and bicycles shall at all times give way to         a)   Transferable permits for Category 1 (red) and Category
      pedestrians at marked pedestrian crossings and other              2 (blue) parking permits allow for the interchange of
      places.                                                           vehicles using a permit. These transferable permits are
                                                                        issued to a person and this person will be responsible
d) Vehicles and bicycles shall at all times comply with all
                                                                        for any vehicle using this permit. Infringement notices
   road markings, signs and the directions of authorised
                                                                        will therefore be issued to this person and will be the
   persons.
                                                                        responsibility of this person. Additional permits for other
e)    Except where these Rules provide to the contrary, the             owner registered vehicles will not be available at
      normal rules of the road applicable in New South Wales            reduced prices.
      shall apply to vehicles and bicycles on the campus.
                                                                   b) Any disabled or temporarily disabled person may apply
f)    Where a vehicle or bicycle is stopped by an authorised          for a Disabled Parking Permit.
      person in relation to a breach of the driving rules or due
                                                                   c)   Any student or staff member may apply for a Motor
      to the manner in which the vehicle is driven, for
                                                                        Cycle Parking Penmit, Reserved Parking Permit,
458
                                                                                                            General Information

     Category 1 (red) Pennit or Category 2 (blue) Penmit in        ii) Parking Offences
     writing to the Vice Principal (Administration).                Infringement
     Replacement permits will be issued only upon written           No.            Offence                           Penalty
     request to Personnel and Financial Services and                1.   Stand Contrary to Notice:                   $60.00
     subsequent approval of that request. Replacement
                                                                         "No Standing"
     Permits will incur a fee of $11.00.
                                                                          No Stopping"
d) On payment of fees prescribed separately and the due
                                                                         "Category Parking Signs"
   compliance by the applicant with these Rules, a Parking
   Permit shall be issued by the Vice Principal                          "Bus Stop Notices"
   (Administration) or an authorised person.                             "Kids Uni Entry Only"

e) Annual Parking Permits shall expire on the first day of               "Visitors Parking"
   Session One in the year following issue. Half yeariy                  "Exceed Time Limit"
   parking permits for session one will expire on the first         2.   Disobey Notice                              $60.00
   day of session two.
                                                                         "No Entry"
f)   Daily permits may be issued by authorised persons on                "University & Service
     payment of the fee prescribed separately.                           Vehicles only beyond this Point"
g) Regular Visitor Permits may be issued by authorised                   "Authorised Vehicles Only"
   persons on application from sponsoring units, subject to              "Authorised Delivery Vehicles
   approval by the Vice-Principal (Administration).                      Only" by authorised person.
h) Holders of all Parking Permits, shall agree on                   3.   Not stand wholly in designated              $60.00
   acceptance of the permit, to be bound by these Rules.                 parking space
i)   All Parking Permits issued in accordance with these           4.    Enter Grounds and park without              $60.00
     Rules (excepting Daily Parking Permits and Regular                  proper authority
     Visitor Permits) shall be affixed to the motor vehicle
                                                                    5.   Stand vehicle on footpath,                  $60.00
     windscreen so as not to obstruct the driver's vision.
                                                                         reserve or grassed area
j)   All fees paid under these Rules are non-refundable.
                                                                   6.    Not Stand Bicycle in Designated             $60.00
7. Offences & Prescribed Penalties for Driving &                         Stands or Area. (Infringement
   Parking Infringements                                                 Notice should only be issued
The following is a list of offences derived from the Driving             where    bicycle    has    been
and Parking Rules for which infringement notices may be                  impounded.)
issued and the prescribed penalty that applies to each
                                                                    7.   Cause Obstruction to Vehicle or             $60.00
offence. Infringement notices may be issued by authorised                Pedestrian
persons for breaches of the Driving or Parking Rules.
                                                                    8.   Stand Contrary to Notice                    $134.00
     i) Driving Offences
                                                                          Disabled Parking Space"
      Infringement
      No.            Offence                         Penalty        9.   Stand Contrary to                           $134.00

      1.   Not Give Way to Pedestrian                $60.00               No Stopping" or
                                                                         "No Standing" Notices erected at
     2.    Disobey reasonable direction by           $60.00
                                                                         fire hydrants, near fire safety
           authorised person.
                                                                         equipment,    hazardous    liquid
All other driving matters may be reported by way of a                    stores, hazardous areas
Breach Report by an authorised person to the Vice Principal
                                                                    10. Stand Contrary to Notice                     $134.00
(Administration). The breach report will be adjudicated and
appropriate action instigated either by way of a fine not                "No Stopping" on Ring Road
greater than $134.00 or, in the case of staff the matter            11. Stand vehicle or bicycle across or           $134.00
refen-ed to Head of Unit/Department for counselling or other            near    building      egress.      eg.
disciplinary action or by having the matter dealt with under            entrances, exits, fire exits, etc.
the Occupational Health & Safety Act. In the case of
                                                               The penalty applied to offences one to seven is $60.00 on
students, the matter may be treated as a misconduct as
                                                               each occasion, the amount being reduced to $30.00 if paid
described in 7(g). Where the offending driver is not a
                                                               within three working days. The penalties applied to offences
member of the Campus community, other appropriate action
                                                               eight to eleven apply to vehicles being parked within or near
may be instigated as deemed appropriate by the University
                                                               disabled parking spaces, hazardous areas, hazardous liquid
according to the circumstances surrounding the offence.
                                                               stores, fire hydrants or fire fighting equipment or entrances
                                                               of buildings where safe egress may be impeded.


                                                                                                                          459
General Information

No discounts will apply for payment of these offences              g) A staff member or student may appeal against any
numbered eight to eleven.                                             action taken. Such appeal shall be made in writing to the
                                                                      Vice Principal (Administration) whose decision shall be
iii) Wheel Clamping or Impounding of Bicycles
                                                                      final. Appeals must include the original or copy of the
Blatant or persistent infringements may result in the                 Infringement Notice.
offending vehicle being wheel clamped. Offending bicycles
may also be impounded.                                             Part IV - Categories of Parking & Fees

iv) Impounded Vehicles and Bicycles - Release                      1.   Transferable Permits
To obtain release of an impounded vehicle a charge of              Parking Permits are transferable between vehicles and the
$134.00 applies.                                                   electrostatic label must be displayed on the vehicle for entry
                                                                   to and while present on the University Campus.
To obtain release of an impounded bicycle a charge of
$15.00 applies.                                                    2.   Category "Reserved Spaces"
                                                                   Single payment of $531.30 for period 1 January to 31
Impounding fees may be invoiced where the authorised
                                                                   December in any year. Salary deduction of $20.46 per
person is satisfied that adequate proof of identity has been
                                                                   fortnight (staff only). Applications for reserved parking are
established either through the production of a staff or
                                                                   available from Financial Services. Reserved parking is
student identity card or through the production of a New
                                                                   available in the Multi-Storey carpark and under Building
South Wales or other recognised Australian State driving
                                                                   No. 3.
licence bearing the address of the driver or person in charge
of the vehicle at the time, and the wheel clamps will then be      S.   Category 1 - Red Permit
released.                                                          Single payment of $177.10. Salary deduction $6.82 per
a)    Notice of an infringement shall be given by:                 fortnight (staff only). Single session permits are available at
                                                                   $88.55. Permits do not guarantee parking. This permit also
      i)    leaving a notice in a prominent position on the
                                                                   allows parking in the Multi-storey carpark but not in spaces
            infringing vehicle or bicycle; or
                                                                   reserved for Departments, individuals, disabled etc.
      ii)   the delivery of a notice to the infringing person or
                                                                   4.   Category 2 - Blue Permit
            the owner of the infringing vehicle or bicycle; or
                                                                   Single payment of $103.40. Salary deduction $4.02 per
      iii) posting a notice to the infringing person or the        fortnight (staff only). Single session permits are available at
           owner of the infnnging vehicle or bicycle at that
                                                                   $51.70. Permits do not guarantee parking. "Blue" carparks
           person's last known address. Such a notice shall
                                                                   are generally located in the Western part of campus during
           be deemed to have reached the infringing person
                                                                   the hours 8.00am to 4.30pm Monday to Friday and in any
           or the owner of the infringing vehicle or bicycle in
                                                                   carpark outside these hours but not in spaces reserved for
           the normal course of the post.
                                                                   Departments, individuals, disabled etc.
b) An infringement notice given in accordance with these           5.   Daily Permits
   Rules shall contain details of the infringement, the fine
                                                                   $4.40 per day. Permits do not guarantee parking. These
   imposed and a statement of the rights of the recipient of
                                                                   permits provide access to spaces in Category 2 "Blue"
   the infringement notice.
                                                                   carparks during the hours 8.00am to 4.30pm Monday to
c)    Persistent or blatant infringement of these Rules may        Friday and in any carpark outside these hours but not in
      result in a Parking Permit being revoked, a vehicle          spaces reserved for Departments, individuals, disabled etc.
      being denied access to the campus and/or wheel
                                                                   6.   Regular Visitor Permits
      clamping of the offending vehicle.
                                                                   Single payment of $28.60. Permits do not guarantee
d)    If fines on staff members who are paid by the University
                                                                   parking. These permits must be authorised by the Vice
      remain unpaid after two (2) requests the amount of the
                                                                   Principal (Administration). Requests should be forwarded
      fines may be deducted from the salary of the staff
                                                                   through the Manager of Security. Permit provides access to
      member. The authonty for that deduction shall be
                                                                   all carparks but not in spaces reserved for Departments,
      deemed to be made upon signing the application for a
                                                                   individuals, disabled etc.
      Parking Permit.
                                                                   7.   Disabled Permits
e)    If fines on students, or staff members not paid by the
      University, remain unpaid after two (2) requests, the        NO CHARGE. Permanentiy Disabled persons will be issued
      fines shall be treated as a debt due to the University. In   with a special Permit authorising the use of Disabled
      the case of students examinations results may be             Parking Spaces. Contact the Disability Services on 4221
      withheld.                                                    4242. Certificate from a medical practitioner or a valid
                                                                   "Disabled Person Parking Authority" issued by an Australian
f)    Non-payment of fines, or breaches of the driving rules       or State Govemment must be produced.
      of these Rules by students, may be treated as a
      misconduct under Part XII of tiie University By-Laws.



460
                                                                                                              General Information
8.   Motor Cycles                                                          properiy ancillary to those set out in Section 6 of
Single payment of $28.60. Access all motor cycle pari<ing                  the Act or which relate to the participation by any
areas. Permits do not guarantee parking. Motorcycle                        person in the activities of the University; or
permits are available free of charge where a Category 1 or 2
                                                                      c)   is otherwise detrimental to the proper conduct of
permit is purchased - motor cycle registration papers                      the University;
detailing owner detail for same permit holder must be
produced.                                                            "senior officer" means a person holding the position of
                                                                     Pro Vice-Chancellor, Vice-Principal, Dean, Head of a
9.   Bicycles
                                                                     Department or School, Manager or Director of an
No charge. Bicycle racks are located throughout campus.              Administrative Branch, University Librarian or such
Parking outside the racks will be actively discouraged and is        other positions as Council may from time to time by
covered by the University's parking rules.                           resolution determine;
10. Replacement Permits                                              "student" means a person enrolled at the University or
Permits will only be replaced on written application to              in any course or program offered in conjunction with the
Financial Services. A $11.00 fee applies.                            University.
11. Salary deductions                                            Introduction
Salary deductions apply for a twelve month period and any
                                                                 4) The Vice-Chancellor shall have power in accordance
request for cessation of deductions should be addressed to
                                                                    with these Rules to take disciplinary action against any
Financial Services along with the return of the relevant
                                                                    student for misconduct.
parking permit.
                                                                 5) The Vice-Chancellor may, for reasons of convenience
12. Refunds
                                                                    or of natural justice, appoint a Pro Vice-Chancellor of
No refunds will be issued for any reason.                           the University to exercise any or all of the duties,
                                                                    powers or responsibilities under these Rules; the Vice-
                                                                    Chancellor shall report any such delegation to Council.
Rules for Student Discipline                                     Urgency Provisions
Preamble                                                         6) The University Librarian, or in his/her absence the
                                                                    Manager, Client Services, or in both their absences the
1) These Rules provide discipline procedures in cases of
                                                                    officer-in-charge, in cases where the misconduct or
   misconduct by students of the University. The Rules are
                                                                    breach is so serious to warrant it, may exclude any
   made in accordance with Section 29 of the University of
                                                                    student from, or restrict the use by the student of, any
   Woliongong Act, 1989, and Section 34 of the University
                                                                    Library facilities for such period as he/she thinks fit, if in
   By-law.
                                                                    the opinion of the University Librarian, Manager, Client
Commencement                                                        Services or the officer-in-charge the student is guilty of
                                                                    misconduct in or about the Library precincts or facilities
2) These Rules came into operation on 8 October, 1993.
                                                                    or is in breach of any rules for the use of Library
Definitions                                                         facilities as may be in force from time to time.
3) In these Rules, unless the context or subject matter          7) The Vice-Principal (Administration), or in his/her
   othen/vise indicates or requires:                                absence, the Academic Registrar, in cases where the
                                                                    misconduct or breach is so serious to warrant it, may
     "Act" refers to the University of Woliongong Act, 1989;
                                                                    exclude any student from attendance at a particular
     "Committee of Appeal" means the Committee of Appeal            examination conducted by the University if in the
     constituted under Rule 41;                                     opinion of the Vice-Principal (Administration) or the
     "Council" means the Council of the University of               Academic Registrar the student is guilty of misconduct
     Woliongong;                                                    or is in breach of any rules applicable to the
                                                                    examination.
     "Investigation Committee" means the         Investigation
     Committee constituted under Rule 24;                        8) The Pro Vice-Chancellor (Information Technology), or in
                                                                    his/her absence, in cases where the misconduct or
     "misconduct" means conduct on the part of a student
     which:                                                         breach is so serious to warrant it, may exclude any
                                                                    student from using, or restrict the use by the student of,
     a) breaches the University By-law or the Rules made            any computing facilities owned or under the control of
        in accordance with that By-law or any Resolutions           the University for such period as he/she thinks fit if in
        of Council or is deemed or stated to be misconduct          the opinion of the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Information
        under the By-law, Rules or Resolutions; or                  Technology) or the Manager, the student is guilty of
     b) constitutes a serious impediment to the carrying out        misconduct or is in breach of any rules applicable to the
        of the University's functions, including those              use of computing facilities.
        academic and administrative functions which are
                                                                                                                              461
General Information
9) Any action taken under Rules (6), (7) or (8) shall be             Immediate Action by Vice-Chancellor
   reported in writing forthwith to the Vice-Chancellor who          17) Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules, if,
   may confirm, vary, quash or postpone the exclusion or                 in the opinion of the Vice-Chancellor, the circumstances
   restriction, as appropriate, if he/she thinks fit; a copy of          referred to in Rules (6), (7) or (8) or the subject of the
   the report shall be forwarded to the student by the                   complaint brought under Rules (14) or (16) are such
   person taking the action under Rules (6), (7) or (8).                 that immediate or further action is required, the Vice-
10) Where conduct on campus or University-managed                        Chancellor may:
    premises occasions the intervention of outside legal                     suspend a student from the University; or
    agencies, resulting in charges being laid or other action
    taken, that intervention of itself is sufficient for the Vice-           exclude the student from, or restrict the use by the
    Chancellor to take appropriate action including                          student of, any Library facilities, or
    suspension of any student from the University.                           exclude the student from attendance at any
11) Where the Vice-Chancellor takes action pursuant to                       examinations and/or withhold the examination
    (10), notice of this action shall be given to the student                result(s) for relevant subject(s) or;
    affected who may then request the Vice-Chancellor to                     exclude the student from using, or restrict the use
    refer the case to the Investigation Committee under the                  by the student of, any computing facilities;
    provisions of clauses (20), (21) and (22).
                                                                        and shall in such circumstances refer the matter to the
12) Any student excluded or restricted from using the                   Investigation Committee; the action taken by the Vice-
    Library or from attendance at examinations or from                  Chancellor shall remain in force until the Investigation
    using the computing facilities pursuant to Rules (6), (7)           Committee has dealt with the matter.
    or (8) respectively may make an immediate oral appeal
                                                                     18) Any action taken by the Vice-Chancellor in accordance
    to the Vice-Chancellor who, without prejudice to any
                                                                         with Rule (17) shall be conveyed in writing to the
    action subsequently taken under Rule (9), may confirm,
                                                                         student by the Vice-Principal (Administration).
    vary, quash or postpone that exclusion or restriction, as
    appropriate, if he/she thinks fit.                               19) Upon     being    informed     by the      Vice-Principal
                                                                         (Administration) of any action taken under Rule (17) the
13) Any student excluded or restricted from using the
                                                                         student shall cease to attend the University or to enter
    Library or from attendance at examinations or from
                                                                         the Library or to attend examinations or to use the
    using the computing facilities pursuant to Rules (6), (7)
                                                                         computing facilities as the case may be and, if so
    or (8) respectively may, within 14 days of that action
                                                                         directed by the Vice-Chancellor, shall refrain from
    being taken, make a written appeal to the Vice-
                                                                         entering on any premises of the University.
    Chancellor who, notwithstanding any action he/she may
    have taken under Rule (9), may confirm, vary quash or            Referral to Investigation Committee
    postpone the action or refer the matter for investigation
                                                                     20) If the Vice-Chancellor decides pursuant to Rule (15)
    to the Investigation Committee.
                                                                         that the matter warrants referral to the Investigation
Bringing of a Complaint                                                  Committee or if action is taken pursuant to Rule (14), or
                                                                         to a request under Rule (11), the Vice-Principal
14) Complaints may be brought by a senior officer against                (Administration) shall forthwith send the student
    any student for alleged misconduct. The complaint shall              concerned a copy of the reference of the complaint to
    be in writing addressed to the Vice-Chancellor and shall             the Investigation Committee, a copy of the
    give full details of the alleged misconduct.                         documentation to be considered by the Investigation
15) The Vice-Chancellor, on receiving the complaint, shall               Committee and a copy of these Rules.
    within 14 days of receipt of the complaint or such further
                                                                     21) In addition, a copy of the reference referred to in Rule
    period not exceeding 28 days as he/she thinks fit, bring
                                                                         (20) shall be forwarded to the senior officer who brought
    an allegation of misconduct against that student by
                                                                         the complaint, and, if appropriate to the particular
    referring the complaint in writing to the Investigation
                                                                         complaint, copies of the reference shall be forwarded, in
    Committee for investigation unless the Vice-Chancellor
                                                                         confidence, to the Dean of the Faculty responsible for
    forms the opinion that the complaint is unfounded or
                                                                         the course in which the student is enrolled and to the
    that the matters complained of do not constitute
                                                                         Head(s) of the Unit(s) offering the subject(s) in which
    misconduct.
                                                                         the student is enrolled and for which the complaint is
16) The Vice-Chancellor may, of his/her own motion, bring                concerned.
    an allegation of misconduct against a student by
                                                                     22) The Vice-Chancellor's reference to the Investigation
    referring a complaint in writing to the Investigation
                                                                         Committee shall set out a full statement of the alleged
    Committee for investigation.
                                                                         misconduct but the Vice-Chancellor shall not be obliged
                                                                         to include a copy of the original complaint.



462
                                                                                                              General Infonmation

23) If the matter referred to the Investigation Committee by      29) No person having acted on t)ehalf of the University in
    the Vice-Chancellor relates to a breach of the                    any one of the matters referred to in a particular
    Examination Rules, the Vice-Chancellor may withhold               complaint shall be qualified to sit on the Investigation
    the examination result(s) for the relevant subject(s)             Committee investigating the complaint.
    pending the outcome of the investigation by the
                                                                  30) The Vice-Principal (Administration) or his/her nominee
    Investigation Committee.
                                                                      shall be Secretary to the Investigation Committee and
Investigation Committee                                               shall assist the Committee in whatever way the
                                                                      Committee, through its Chairperson, may from time to
24) The Investigation Committee shall on receipt of a
                                                                      time direct.
    complaint and as promptiy as possible investigate the
    complaint and report its finding to the Vice-Chancellor.      31) The Investigation Committee shall have the power to
                                                                      require any member of staff of the University or any
25) The Investigation Committee shall consist of:
                                                                      student to appear before it with a view to assisting the
    for non-academic eases:                                           investigation.
        a Pro Vice-Chancellor, as chairperson;                    32) The Investigation Committee may, in accordance with
        a senior member of academic staff appointed by                its findings under Rule 24, recommend to the Vice-
        the Vice-Chancellor for a one year term of office,            Chancellor:
        or, if the appointee is not available for any                 a) that the allegations be dismissed;
        investigation, a senior academic staff member
        nominated by the Vice-Chancellor to act for a                 b) that no further action be taken against the student
        particular meeting or meetings;                                  concerned;
                                                                      c)   that the student be reprimanded by the Vice-
        the President of the Students' Representative
                                                                           Chancellor;
        Council in the University or, if not available, another
        member of the Students' Representative Council                d) i)      that the student be fined and, in the event of
        nominated by the President.                                              multiple instances of misconduct, multiple fines
    for academic cases:                                                          may be applied; the fine for each instance shall
                                                                                 not exceed $250. (NB - refer to (h) below)
        the Chair of the Academic Senate or, if not
        available, the Deputy Chair of the Academic Senate                 ii)   in addition, where the misconduct is related to
        as Chairperson;                                                          a breach of Examination Rules, that the
                                                                                 student be awarded a Fail grade for the
        a senior member of academic staff appointed by
                                                                                 relevant subject(s);
        the Vice-Chancellor for a one-year term of office,
        or, if the appointee is not available for any                 e) that the student be suspended from the University
        investigation, a senior academic staff member                    for a limited period and in addition, where the
        nominated by the Vice-Chancellor to act for a                    misconduct is related to a breach of Examination
        particular meeting or meetings;                                  Rules, the Committee may recommend that the
                                                                         student be awarded a Fail grade for the subject(s);
        the President of the Students' Representative                    or
        Council in the University or, if not available, another
        member of the Students' Representative Council               f)    that the student be expelled from the University and
        nominated by the President; and                                    in addition, where the misconduct is related to a
                                                                           breach of Examination Rules, the Committee may
        where both genders are not represented on the
                                                                           recommend that the student be awarded a Fail
        Committee, the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint a                     grade for the subject(s); or
        member of the appropriate group to redress this
        situation.                                                   g)    such other penalty as the Committee may deem
                                                                           appropriate in the particular instance of misconduct;
26) The Committee shall conduct its proceedings in
    accordance with the Committee Procedures set out in              h) and, in cases of damage to University property or
    the Appendix.                                                       any other action incurring a cost to the University,
                                                                        that, in addition to any penalty recommended
27) The Chairperson of the Investigation Committee shall
                                                                        above, the student may be charged for the costs
    have a deliberative vote but not a casting vote, except
                                                                        incurred in replacing or repairing the property or in
    in cases where the Committee comprises an equal
                                                                        redressing any other results of the misconduct.
    number of members.
                                                                     In recommending a penalty under clauses (c) to (h)
28) If any member of the Investigation Committee is unable
                                                                     above, the Committee may further recommend that the
    or unwilling to act, the Vice-Chancellor may appoint a
                                                                     imposition of the penalty be suspended under whatever
    senior officer or a member of the Senate or a student as
                                                                     conditions and for whatever period of time the
    the circumstances may require to serve on the
                                                                     Committee deems appropriate to the particular
    Committee.
                                                                     circumstance of the complaint.

                                                                                                                             463
General Infonnation

Result of Investigation                                          42) The Committee of Appeal shall consist of:

33) On receipt of the recommendation of the Investigation               the Deputy Chancellor, as Chairperson;
    Committee, the Vice-Chancellor may refer the                        the student member of Council or, if not available,
    recommendation back to the Committee for further                    another student appointed by Council;
    consideration     or,   in    accordance     with   the
                                                                        one other member of Council appointed by Council;
    recommendations dismiss the allegations, take no
                                                                        and
    further action, reprimand, fine, suspend or expel the
    student; in addition to fining, suspending or expelling             where both genders are not represented on the
    the student, the Vice-Chancellor may (a) award a Fail               Committee, the Chancellor shall appoint a member
    grade for the relevant subject(s) where the misconduct              to redress this situation.
    is related to a breach of Examination Rules; and/or (b)      43) The Chairperson of the Committee of Appeal shall have
    charge the costs of replacing or repairing any damaged           a deliberative vote but not a casting vote, except in
    property.                                                        cases where the Committee comprises an equal
34) The decision of the Vice-Chancellor, including any               number of members.
    decision to refer the matter back to the Investigation       44) No person who is a member of the Investigation
    Committee, shall be conveyed in writing to the student           Committee for a particular matter shall be a member of
    by the Vice-Principal (Administration), except in the            the Committee of Appeal for the same matter.
    case where a student is to receive a reprimand in which
                                                                 45) The Vice-Principal (Administration) or his/her nominee
    case the reprimand shall be conveyed in writing by the
                                                                     shall be Secretary to the Committee of Appeal and shall
    Vice-Chancellor.
                                                                     assist the Committee in whatever way the Committee,
35) A copy of the letter forwarded to the student in                 through its Chairperson, may from time to time direct.
    accordance with Rule (34) shall be forwarded, in
                                                                 46) If any member of the Committee of Appeal is unable or
    confidence, to the senior officer who brought the
                                                                     unwilling to act or if the matter of the appeal is of such
    complaint and to any person to whom a copy of the
                                                                     urgency that the establishment of the Committee of
    reference of complaint was forwarded in accordance
                                                                     Appeal would be unnecessarily delayed by waiting until
    with Rule (19) and, in cases where University Security
                                                                     the next scheduled meeting of Council, the Chancellor
    staff have been called, the Head of Security,
                                                                     may appoint a member of Council or, in the case of the
Appeal                                                               student member being unable to serve, another student
                                                                     to serve on the committee as the circumstances may
36) Any student against whom action is taken pursuant to
                                                                     require.
    Rule (33) may appeal to Council on the grounds of lack
    of due process in the investigation of the complaint.        Result of Appeal
37) The appeal must be lodged in writing to the Vice-            47) In those cases where the Committee of Appeal
    Pnncipal (Administration) within 14 days, or within such         determines that due process was followed by the
    further period as Council shall allow, or the notification       Investigation Committee, it will confirm the action taken
    of the Vice-Chancellor's action.                                 by the Vice-Chancellor on the advice of the
38) An appeal lodged by a student pursuant to Rule (36)              Investigation Committee and the Vice-Principal
    shall be referred by the Vice-Principal (Administration)         (Administration) shall inform the student accordingly in
    to the Committee of Appeal if the Vice-Principal                 writing.
    (Administration) is satisfied that the appeal is based on    48) In those cases where the Committee of Appeal
    grounds of lack of due process.                                  determines that there has been a lack of due process in
39) If the Vice-Principal (Administration) determines that an        the consideration of the case by the Investigation
    appeal lodged by a student is not based on the grounds           Committee, it will refer the matter back to the
    of lack of due process, he/she shall notify the student          Investigation Committee with full details of the lack of
    accordingly in writing.                                          due process found by the Committee and direct the
                                                                     Committee to reconsider the matter; the Vice-Principal
40) If the Vice-Principal (Administration) determines that the
                                                                     (Administration) shall inform the student accordingly in
    appellant has presented new or additional information in
                                                                     writing.
    the appeal that was not available to the Investigation
    Committee, he/she shall refer the matter to the              Ceases to hold office
    Investigation Committee for reconsideration.
                                                                 49) A member of the Investigation Committee or the
Committee of Appeal                                                  Committee of Appeal who, during the currency of an
                                                                     investigation by the Committee of which he/she is a
41) The Committee of Appeal shall investigate the appeal
                                                                     member, ceases to hold the office by virtue of which
    and shall decide whether due process in terms of the
                                                                     he/she is a member of that Committee shall remain a
    Committee Procedures set out in the Appendix has
                                                                     member of the Committee until its investigation has
    been followed by the Investigation Committee.
                                                                     been completed.
464
                                                                                                            General Information

Inability to act                                                General
50) If during the currency of an investigation by the           61) Nothing in these Rules affects the power of any person
    Investigation Committee or the Committee of Appeal, a           or body in the University duly authorised to administer
    member of the Committee becomes unable, for a period            any University rule not inconsistent with these Rules
    as would unduly delay the completion of the                     and, in particular, nothing in these Rules affects any
    investigation, to act through illness or any other cause,       power of a committee or person or other authority within
    the Committee may complete its investigation in his/her         the University to withdraw a student from a course, or to
    absence if at least 2 members are able to act.                  cancel the enrolment of a student, or to refuse a person
                                                                    further enrolment for any course or subject, or to deal
Serving of Notices
                                                                    otherwise with his/her case, by reason of his/her failure
51) A document or notice required to be served on or given          to satisfy academic requirements or to pay any fee, fine,
    to a student under these Rules may be served on the             charge or other money payable to the University.
    student personally within the University or be sent by
                                                                62) Nothing in these Rules affects the power of Council to
    certified post addressed to the student's last known
                                                                    make rules given by any provision of the By-law.
    place or residence. If posted, service shall be deemed
    to have been effected on the student on the date on         63) Nothing in these Rules shall be interpreted as limiting in
    which it would have been delivered in the ordinary              any way any power vested in Council by the Act or any
    course of the post.                                             other rule of the University or as limiting the right of the
                                                                    University to enforce by any other means any right
Effect of Penalties                                                 vested in it or to take any other action which it may be
52) A student who is expelled from the University shall not         entitied or empowered to take in the circumstances
    be re-enrolled except by permission of Council.             Appendix: Committee Procedures
53) A fine imposed on a student pursuant to Rule (32) shall
                                                                A Committee shall conduct its investigation in accordance
    be paid into the general fijnds of the University.          with the principles of natural justice, shall not be bound to
54) A fine imposed on a student pursuant to Rule (32) shall     conduct its proceedings in accordance with any rules of
    be payable within 14 days of the date of notification of    evidence or procedure, may disallow, inter alia, questions
    the fine, but an extension of time for payment may be       which it considers to be unseemly or irrelevant for the
    granted by the Vice-Principal (Administration).             nature of its investigation, and in particular, but without
                                                                prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall:
55) The payment of a fine shall be suspended while an
    appeal from the decision imposing it is pending.            a)   give the student concemed due notice of the nature of
56) If a fine imposed under Rule (32) is not paid within the         the investigation against him/her;
    time limited for its payment, the student shall be          b) give the student concemed an opportunity to be heard;
    suspended and shall remain suspended so long as the         c)   give the senior officer bringing the complaint and/or any
    fine remains unpaid.                                             other staff member or student involved in the event(s)
57) When a fine, suspension or expulsion pursuant to Rule            leading up to the complaint an opportunity to be heard
    (32) is imposed on a student the student shall be                and advise them of Committee procedures and time
    notified in writing that he/she has a right to appeal in         requirements;
    accordance with these Rules.                                d) with 7 days prior notice by the student, permit the
58) Suspension or expulsion imposed on a student                   student to be assisted or represented by such agent as
    pursuant to Rule (32) shall be deemed to be inoperative        he/she desires, whether a legal practitioner or
    while an appeal from the decision imposing it is               otherwise;
    pending.                                                    e) at the discretion of the chairperson, permit any person
Suspension/Termination of Proceedings                              appearing before the committee, in accordance with
                                                                   section (c) above, to be assisted or represented by
59) The Vice-Chancellor may at any time suspend any
                                                                   such agent as he/she desires, whether a legal
    disciplinary   proceedings,   including the appeal
                                                                   practitioner or othenwise;
    proceedings, against a student if, in the opinion of the
    Vice-Chancellor, the continuation of such proceedings       f)   warn all persons appearing before the Committee that
    may be in conflict with other proceedings or action              they are expected to conduct themselves in a
    being taken by the student, whether within the                   reasonable and responsible manner during the
    University or outside.                                           proceedings and that any form of behaviour which is an
                                                                     impediment to the proceedings shall of itself be
60) The Vice-Chancellor may terminate any disciplinary               regarded as a breach of the Rules;
    proceedings, including the appeal proceedings, if, at
    any stage, the student withdraws his/her enrolment with     g) where the conduct of any person interferes with any
    immediate effect.                                              other person's right to be heard, be entitied to remove


                                                                                                                            465
General Infonnation

      that person from the meeting and to hear their evidence                  formal account and/or password            then the
      separately;                                                              provisions of these rules still apply.
h)    permit the student to nominate witnesses to appear in        4.    University computing policy requires that users:
      support of his/her defence against the complaint;                  a)   do not use any other person's computer account
i)    permit any person appearing before the Committee in                     (even with the owner's permission);
      accordance with (c) above to nominate witnesses to                 b)   do not disclose their own or attempt to discover any
      appear in support of his/her evidence;                                  other computer user's password;
j)    in cases where the Committee finds that the complaint              c)   do not copy, disclose or transfer any of the
      is proven, give the student the opportunity to be heard                 computer software provided by the University
      on the issue of penalty and to nominate character                       without the written penmission of Information
      references to appear before the Committee;                              Technology Services or appropriate department or
k)    hold all its proceedings in camera and keep an                          branch;
      adequate record of the evidence and its decision;
                                                                         d)   do not use any University computer facilities to
I)    with the consent of the student concemed, allow any                     violate the terms of any software license
      member of the University to have access to that record.                 agreement, or copyright provisions;

The Use of University Computing                                         e)    do not copy, rename, change, examine or delete
                                                                              files or information belonging to some other user or
F a c i l i t i e s (Note; These rules are under revision)                    to the University (students and staff who use
The computing facilities at Woliongong are provided for the                   computing facilities have the right to privacy and
use of Woliongong students, faculty and staff in support of                   security of their computer programs and data);
the programs of the University. All students, faculty and staff         f)    do not deliberately use computing facilities to
are responsible for ensuring that these computing facilities                  harass others, or to interfere with their work (for
are used in an effective, efficient, ethical and lawful manner.               example to send obscene, abusive, fraudulent,
The following mles relate to their use.                                       threatening or repetitive messages to a user or
1.    In these njles:                                                         users, is a breach of this policy);
      a)   "University" means the University of Woliongong;             g) do not attempt to modify system facilities, illegally
                                                                           obtain extra resources, degrade the performance of
      b)   "computer facilities" refers to:
                                                                           any system, or attempt to subvert the restrictions
           i)    all networking services, computer equipment               associated with any computer system, computer
                 and software, owned, leased or used under                 account, network service or microcomputer
                 licence by the University including the                   software protection;
                 University's administrative computer system;
                                                                        h) do not tamper with terminals, microcomputers or
           ii)   computer facilities maintained by other bodies            any other associated equipment (faults should be
                 but available for use through an agreement or             reported to the department or to Infonmation
                 agreements with the University; and                       Technology Services);
           iii) all other computing facilities wherever situated        i)    do not collect or discard any output without the
                where access is by means of University                        owner's permission;
                provided services;
                                                                        j)    do not smoke, eat or drink around terminals,
      c)   "computer user" means any person using the                         microcomputers or other computer equipment.
           computer facilities
                                                                   5.   A computer user may not use computer facilities for or
2.    By use of any University computer facilities a computer           on behalf of any party for the purpose of profit-making
      user agrees to abide by these mles.
                                                                        or commercial activity, unless written permission has
      3.   Each computer account is assigned to one                     been obtained from the Director of Information
           computer user only and is to be used solely for              Technology Services or a nominee.
           those purposes authorised by that user's head of
                                                                   6.   Where the University decides to levy charges for use of
           department/school/branch. The individual is
                                                                        particular computer facilities, each computer user
           responsible for the proper use of the computer
                                                                        agrees to pay such charges according to the schedules
           account.    including      following   recommended
                                                                        issued by the University. Implementation of, or changes
           procedure for password protection. Access to
                                                                                                  »
                                                                        to, these schedules will b e announced at least 90 days
           infonmation is provided on a confidential basis and
                                                                        before the beginning of the session in which they are to
           that confidentiality is to be respected. Where
                                                                        take effect.
           access to facilities (including the Library catalogue
           and many microcomputers) is provided without a          7.   Computing hardware may be connected to the
                                                                        University's networking facilities only after approval by


466
                                                                                                            General Information

   the Director of Information Technology Services or a         Librarian, Client Services are "authorised/senior officers" of
   nominee.                                                     the University under the Discipline Rules and, as such, are
8. The University reserves the right to upgrade any of its      authorised to initiate procedures that may lead to fine,
   computer facilities, as required, in the manner              suspension or exclusion from the University.
   determined by its officers. Upgrades requiring               Conditions of the Code of Conduct for the Use of
   substantial changes to user procedures will be               the Library
   announced at least 30 days before they are to take
   effect.                                                      1.   All users have a right to use the facilities of the
                                                                     University Library without undue distraction or
9. The University reserves the right to withdraw the
                                                                     disturbance.
   availability of any computer facilities without notice and
   without penalty under the terms of any agreement             2.   Within the precincts of the University Library, no person
   conceming use of the computer facilities.                         shall act in a manner which interferes with the comfort
                                                                     or convenience of other users.
10. The use of computer facilities is provided without any
    express or implied guarantees as to the accuracy of         3.   Under the University's Rules for Campus Access and
    computational results and output. The University                 Order, University Identification cards must be carried
    accepts no responsibility for any consequences arising           during attendance at the University and shown in
    from the inaccuracy of any information generated                 response to any reasonable request from any member
    through use of the computer facilities.                          of staff who might require such identification in the
                                                                     course of their duties. Any Library user, whether or not
11. The University shall not be responsible for the loss of          a member of the University, shall produce identification
    any information or software stored in the computer               on request from a member of Library staff.
    facilities. Although standard back-up procedures will be
    in operation on central computer facilities, the computer   4.   It is a condition of entry into the University Library that
    user assumes full responsibility for the maintenance of          all bags, folders or other receptacles capable of
    duplicates of any information or software belonging to           containing Library materials and their contents may be
    the computer user.                                               inspected by Library staff.

11. The University reserves the right for authorised staff      5.   In accordance with University policy, smoking is not
    members responsible for computer systems security to             permitted in the Library.
    monitor all computer usage, to ensure conformance           6.   No substance which is liable to cause damage to
    with these rules and to maintain a secure, efficient and         Library materials may be taken into the University
    effective computing environment.                                 Library; this includes food and drink items and
                                                                     flammable items.
                                                                7.   Animals, with the exception of guide dogs for the
Code of Conduct - Library                                            visually and hearing impaired, are not permitted within
                                                                     the University Library.
Preamble
                                                                8.   Talking is not permitted in reading areas: quiet
The Code of Conduct - Library applies to the behaviour
                                                                     conversation is allowed for the purpose of seeking
required of users of the University Library facilities and
                                                                     assistance in the use of the catalogues or the
services. Users are required to respect and comply with the
                                                                     collection. Quiet discussion is permitted in Group
conditions necessary to provide an appropriate atmosphere
                                                                     Study Rooms.
for study and research.
                                                                9.   The use of mobile phones is not permitted within the
The Code was approved, as University policy, by the
                                                                     Library.
University Council on 8 April 1994.
                                                                10. The reservation of seats in public reading areas is not
Disciplinary Action                                                 permitted.
Any member of the staff of the University of Woliongong         11. Books and other articles left unattended in the Library
Library has delegated authority to require users to abide by        for more than twenty minutes on chairs and tables may
the conditions of the Code of Conduct. Failure to respect the       be removed by the Library staff. Articles left in these
conditions of the Code may lead to fines or immediate               areas at closing time will be cleared away and sent to
suspension of access to the Library and its services,               the Security Office lost property section. The University
including borrowing rights.                                         accepts no responsibility for personal belongings left in
Moreover, serious infringement of the Code, causing                 the building.
damage to property, disruption of Library processes and         12. Library users are responsible for all material borrowed
interference with the rights of other users and staff, may be       in their name until such time as the items are retumed
defined as an act of misconduct under the University's              to the Library and deleted from the loans register.
Rules for Student Discipline and Rules for Campus Access            Borrowers will be charged the replacement cost of any
and Order. The University Libranan and the Associate                item not returned.

                                                                                                                            467
General Information

13. No user shall deface, mutilate or destroy Library
    materials: in addition to any penalty that may be
    imposed for such conduct, the person concemed shall
    be liable to pay for the ftjil cost of repair or replacement
    of damaged materials.
14. Fines may be imposed for overdue items. Details of fine
    rates and borrowing conditions are available in the
    Library. Other penalties may be imposed for the late
    return of Library material.
15. Any person within the Library precincts from time to
    time will, for the purposes of these conditions, be
    deemed a "user".

Revision of Conditions
The Vice-Chancellor, on the advice of the University
Librarian, may revise and update the conditions for the use
of the University Library.

Publication of Code & Rules
A copy of the Code of Conduct and the relevant Rules for
Student Discipline and Rules for Campus Access and Order
are displayed at the entrance to any location or facility used
by the University for the provision of library services.




468
                                                                                                              General Information



B. General Course Rules
1. Preamble                                                      12. 'course stnjcture' refers to the specific program of
                                                                     subjects which a candidate undertakes to meet the
Students should note that the University's Course Rules are
                                                                     requirements of a certificate, diploma or degree,
under constant review and may change between the issue
of this Calendar and the commencement of the 2003                13. 'schedule' refers to all subjects approved for inclusion in
Academic Year. Students are advised, therefore, to consult           a course leading to an award,
the University's On Line Policy and Rules Directory prior to     14. 'session' is one of the three periods, autumn session,
enrolment. The Web address is:                                       spring session, summer session, in which subjects are
www. UOW. edu. au/student/calendar/                                  offered each year;
                                                                 15. 'year' or 'academic year' or 'annual' refers to the period
2. Introduction                                                      comprising autumn session, the following spring
The General Course Rules govern registration, enrolment,             session and the following summer session;
progression through and qualification for undergraduate and      16. 'weeks of session' are the weeks counted from the
postgraduate courses offered by the University and are to            beginning of a session and not including weeks
be read in conjunction with the appropriate Award Rules              scheduled as University recess;
These rules became operative on 1 January 1998.                  17. 'subject' is a self-contained unit of study identified by a
3. Interpretation                                                    unique number;
                                                                 18. 'research subject' is a subject at 900 level with a value
In the interpretation and implementation of these Rules,
                                                                     of 24 or more credit points, being either a thesis or a
Council will normally act on the recommendation of
                                                                     minor thesis, and taken for a masters by research
appropriate authorities within the University.
                                                                     degree or a doctoral degree;
In these Rules, unless the contrary intention appears:
                                                                 19. 'thesis' is a research subject with a value of 48 credit
1.   'Council' is the Council of the University of Woliongong;       points;
2.   'approved' or 'approval' means approval by Council or       20. 'minor thesis' is a research subject with a value of 24 or
     under authority delegated by Council;                           36 credit points;
3. 'candidate' is a person registered for a course;              21. 'credit point' is the value attached to a subject as a
4.   'undergraduate' refers to candidates or courses for             component of a degree and, for a subject other than a
     bachelor degrees;                                               research subject, each credit point has an implied
                                                                     workload of 28 hours over the duration of that subject;
5. 'postgraduate' refers to candidates or courses for
   graduate certificates, graduate diplomas, masters             22. 'weighted average mari<' is the average of marks gained
   degrees, masters by research degrees and doctoral                 by a candidate in a program, programs or course and
   degrees;                                                          weighted by credit point value and by level;

6.   'course' is the subject or combination of subjects which    23. 'sessional subject' is a subject, other than a research
     a candidate takes for a certificate or a diploma or a           subject, offered during one of autumn session, spring
     degree;                                                         session or summer session;

7. 'double degree' is an approved course leading to the          24. 'double session subject' is a subject, other than a
   conferral of two degrees as separate awards upon a                research subject, offered for the duration of two
   candidate who has complied with the Course                        sessions;
   Requirements for double degrees and the two individual        25. 'triple session subject' is a subject, other than a 100
   Course Requirements inclusively;                                  level subject or a research subject, offered for the
8. 'full time candidate' is a candidate enrolled for a               duration of three consecutive sessions;
   program which, for each session of registration, is three     26. 'modular subject' is a subject, other than a research
   eighths or more of an annual requirement for course               subject, offered for a defined approved period not
   completion in normal minimum time;                                constrained by a session of the University, and which
9. 'part time candidate' is a candidate who is not a full time       may be offered externally;
   candidate;                                                    27. a. '000 level subject' is a subject at Freshman or
10. 'external candidate' is a part time candidate registered            Foundation level;
    for a course which has been approved for offer in an                '100 level subject' is a subject at first year level;
    external mode;
                                                                        '200 level subject' is a subject at second year level;
11. 'program' is the combination of subjects in which a
                                                                        '300 level subject' is a subject at third year level:
    candidate is enrolled in any one session or year;

                                                                                                                                469
General Infonmation
       '400 level subject' is a subject at fourth year level;            exemption C; the subject is regarded as having been
                                                                         completed satisfactorily, but not for the purposes of
       '800 and 900 level subjects' are coursework subjects
                                                                         either the satisfying of a pre-requisite requirement or
       or research subjects at postgraduate level;
                                                                         the accrual of credit points; and
   b. Subjects at the 000 level do not count towards the
                                                                    39. 'leave of absence' is a period of leave from the
      requirements prescribed in any other Course Rule
                                                                        University for which prior approval has been obtained.
      for satisfying the requirements for the completion of
      a degree;
28. 'pre-requisite subject' is a subject which must be
    completed satisfactorily before the subject for which it is     4. Admission
    prescribed may be taken;                                        1    To qualify for admission as a candidate for:
29. 'co-requisite subject' is a subject which must be                    a)   a bachelor degree, a person shall comply with
    completed satisfactorily before, taken concurrentiy with                  requirements of the Rules for Admission to
    or, at the discretion of the Head, attempted before the                   Undergraduate Courses; or
    subject for which it is prescribed;
                                                                         b) a graduate certificate, a graduate diploma or a
30. 'Head' means the Head of the relevant academic unit,                    masters degree, a person shall have qualified for a
    or the relevant Course Co-ordinator;                                    bachelor degree of the University or for an
31. 'Supervisor' is a person approved to supervise the work                 equivalent      qualification from an approved
    of a candidate in a research subject:                                   institution; or
32. 'Academic Adviser' is a person approved to advise                    c)   a masters by research degree, a person shall have
    candidates on programs of study;                                          qualified for a bachelor degree in the same
                                                                              discipline as the proposed degree, or in an
33. A 'major' or 'major study' in a course for a bachelor
                                                                              appropriate discipline of the University or for an
    degree, is an approved combination of subjects which
                                                                              equivalent      qualification from an approved
    have a minimum value of 48 credit points offered by
                                                                              institution; or
    one or more academic units, and including 300 and/or
    400 level subjects with a value of at least 24 credit                d) a doctoral degree by thesis, a person shall comply
    points which must be completed satisfactorily at Pass                   with requirements for admission set out in the
    grade or better;                                                        relevant part of the Rule governing the course,
                                                                            except that, in appropriate circumstances, an
34. 'advanced standing' is credit or exemption granted to a
                                                                            applicant who does not qualify for registration under
    candidate;
                                                                            Rule 4(1 )b), c) or d) may be permitted to register as
35. 'credit' is the number of credit points granted towards a               a candidate for a postgraduate course provided that
    course for work completed satisfactorily outside that                   evidence is submitted of such tertiary academic
    course;                                                                 and professional attainment as may be approved.
36. 'specified credit' is credit for a specific subject or          2.   An application for admission as a candidate shall be
    subjects listed in a Schedule and is granted on the                  made on the prescribed form and be lodged as directed
    basis of satisfactory completion of a substantially
                                                                         by the specified date.
    corresponding subject or subjects at an approved
    tertiary institution;                                           3.   Notwithstanding any provisions of these Rules, an
                                                                         applicant may be required to demonstrate fitness for
37. 'unspecified credit' is credit granted on the basis of
                                                                         candidature by carrying out such work and satisfactorily
    satisfactory completion, at an approved tertiary
                                                                         completing such examinations as may be prescribed.
    institution, of a subject or subjects not substantially
    corresponding to subjects listed in the appropriate             4.   Council may refuse admission to a qualified applicant
    Schedule;                                                            should there not be appropriate and sufficient personnel
                                                                         or resources to enable the candidate to undertake the
38. 'exemption' is the waiving of the requirement that a
                                                                         course, or should there be a limitation imposed on the
    subject prescribed for a course be completed
                                                                         number of candidates to be registered for that course,
    satisfactorily and is granted, as exemption A, B or C. on
                                                                         or should other restrictions or limitations be applied to
    the basis of the satisfactory completion of an
                                                                         that course.
    appropnate subject, subjects or other work at an
    approved tertiary institution or other establishment, as        5.   A person admitted as a candidate shall register for the
    follows:                                                             particular course for which admission was sought and
                                                                         shall be then subject to all relevant Rules and
      exemption A: the subject is regarded as having been
                                                                         requirements.
      completed satisfactorily for all purposes;
                                                                    6.   A candidate for an honours bachelor degree, or for a
      exemption B: the subject is regarded as having been
                                                                         postgraduate course under Parts 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 of the
      completed satisfactorily for all purposes except the
                                                                         Award Rules shall enrol as a full time candidate or as a
      satisfying of a pre-requisite requirement;
470                                           '                 ~
                                                                                                            General Infonmation

     part time candidate, or for approved courses, as an
                                                                5. Advanced Standing
     external candidate.
                                                                Students enrolling for courses may seek advanced standing
7.   Continuation of registration is contingent upon
                                                                (or credit) on the basis of tertiary studies completed prior to
     compliance with any approved conditions imposed at
                                                                their enrolment at the University of Woliongong. Studies
     initial registration or thereafter.
                                                                undertaken at other universities, colleges of advanced
8.   Except with approval, and then under approved              education, other domestic providers and TAPE may be
     conditions, a candidate shall not be registered            considered for advanced standing. Applications for
     concurrentiy for more than one course in this University   advanced standing must be accompanied by full
     or other tertiary institution.                             documentation of previous studies, with photocopies of the
9.   A person who, in the opinion of Council, has an            relevant pages from the Handbook/Calendar of the
     unsatisfactory academic record in, or who is               institution concerned and a certified transcript of results.
     suspended, excluded or expelled from, any tertiary         Advanced standing will only be awarded for a completed
     institution shall not be permitted to register for any     course. Candidates whose qualification is incomplete will be
     course.                                                    required to negotiate any advanced standing (normally on a
10. Except with approval in exceptional circumstances, a        pro-rata basis) directly with the Faculty.
    candidate is subject to the course time limits set out in   Students should note that existing Advanced Standing
    Rule 6.4.                                                   arrangements are currentiy under review and further
11. A candidate who changes registration from one type of       qualifications are being assessed on an ongoing basis.
    candidature referred to in Rule 4(6) to another shall be    Students are therefore advised to consult the University's
    subject to approved time limits.                            On-line Calendar prior to enrolment. The web address is
12. A person who has not completed requirements for a           vwvw.uow.edu.au/student/calendar/. You can also apply for
    course after expiration of the maximum period of            credit not covered by the formal arrangements listed on the
    registration set out for that course in Rule 6.4 and for    web site providing relevant documentation is attached.
    whom continuance of registration has not been               These will be assessed by the Sub-Dean of the relevant
    approved shall not be permitted to register again for       faculty.
    that course.                                                5.1 Regulations Governing Advanced Standing
13. a)   Where false documentation is identified on             1.   A candidate who has completed, at an approved tertiary
         application, the candidate shall not be admitted to         institution or other establishment, one or more subjects
         the University.                                             or other work approved for the purpose of this Rule may
     b) Where a student is found to have been admitted on            apply for such advanced standing as detailed below.
        the basis of false documentation, that student shall    2.   With prior approval, a candidate may be permitted to
        be immediately suspended from the University by              enrol for a subject at another tertiary institution and, on
        the Vice-Chancellor under section 17 of the Rules            satisfactory completion of that subject, have it counted
        for Student Discipline when a complaint is                   towards a course of this University.
        fonwarded to       him    by the      Vice-Principal
                                                                3.   Except with approval, a candidate who has been
        (Administration). If the student wishes to appeal
                                                                     granted specified credit for a subject or subjects
        the facts of the matter, the appeal will be heard,
                                                                     satisfactorily completed at this University or elsewhere
        under the Rules for Student Discipline, by the
                                                                     shall not be permitted to count substantially
        Investigation Committee (non-academic). If the
                                                                     corresponding subjects towards a course of this
        Committee finds the allegation proven, they shall
                                                                     University.
        recommend to the Vice-Chancellor either that the
        student be expelled from the University or that the     4.   Except when advanced standing is granted, a candidate
        student be suspended for a limited period (under             shall not be eligible to obtain standing towards a course
        section 32(f) and (e) of the Rules for Student               by satisfactory completion at this University of a subject
        Discipline).                                                 which corresponds substantially with a subject or
                                                                     subjects completed satisfactorily previously and
                                                                     counted towards a qualification at an approved tertiary
                                                                     institution.

                                                                5.2 Summary of Advanced Standing Allowable
                                                                1.   An application for advanced standing shall be made on
                                                                     the prescribed form and lodged as directed.
                                                                2.   An application for advanced standing for qualifications
                                                                     not herein covered will be determined on merit.
                                                                3    Unspecified credit may be converted to specified credit
                                                                     at any level on the recommendation of the Head.
                                                                                                                        47T"
General Information

      Qualifications completed more than ten years prior to                                 3 years - 36 credit points unspecified at 100 level;
      application may attract up to the maximum advanced                           c)   for a completed approved certificate of general or
      standing available as;                                                            psychiatric nurse education commenced in or
      a)   specified credit    or   exemption               on     the                  subsequent to 1972, is 24 credit points unspecified
           recommendation of the Head;                                                  at 100 level;

      b)   unspecified credit determined on the basis of the                       d) for more than one completed tertiary qualification,
           activities of the applicant subsequent to obtaining                        shall be that advanced standing allowable for one
           the qualification.                                                         only completed tertiary qualification;
5.    Notwithstanding the provisions of the Rules and                                   for an incomplete undergraduate bachelor degree,
      Regulations listed in this Calendar, advanced standing                            other than a degree of this University, is two thirds
      additional to the maximum prescribed may be approved                              of the minimum number of credit points required for
      for a specific course to be undertaken at this University.                        the degree for which the applicant is registered;
                                                                                        and
5.3 Advanced Standing towards Pass Bachelor
      Degrees                                                                     f)    for an incomplete diploma or advanced diploma, is
                                                                                        proportional to the fraction of the diploma or
1.    Subject to restrictions imposed by Award Rules 10S-                               advanced diploma completed satisfactorily.
      I l l , the maximum advanced standing allowable:
                                                                             2.   No credit granted at 300 level shall comprise part of a
      a) for a completed bachelor degree, is one half the                         major study, except for credit granted on the basis of
         credit point equivalent of the completed degree or                       subjects previously completed at this University and not
         one half the credit point value of the degree for                        then included as part of a major study.
         which the applicant is a candidate, whichever is
         least;                                                              3.   Except for the exclusion provided in 5.3(1 )(e), the
                                                                                  maximum advanced standing allowable is two thirds the
      b)   i)    for    a     completed sub)-degree tertiary                      minimum number of credit points required for the
                 qualification approved under the AQF                             degree for which the advanced standing is sought.
                 guidelines established during 1995 is as
                 follows:                                                    5.4 Advanced Standing towards Honours
                 Diploma (or equivalent) - 48 credit points,                      Bachelor Degrees
                 comprising 42 credit points unspecified at 100              Advanced standing for a course for one of the honours
                 level and 6 credit points unspecified at 200                degrees listed in Award Rule 103(5) will not be approved.
                 level;
                                                                             5.5 Advanced Standing towards Postgraduate
                 Advanced Diploma (or equivalent) - 48 credit
                                                                                 Courses
                 points, comprising 36 credit points unspecified
                 at 100 level and 12 credit points unspecified at            1.   The maximum advanced standing allowable towards
                 200 level;                                                       courses listed under Parts, 2, 3, 4, and 5 of the Award
                                                                                  Rules is 25% of the total credit point requirement for
           ii)   for     a    completed      sub-degree tertiary
                                                                                  that course, except as provided in (2) below.
                 qualification approved under the National
                 guidelines established prior to 1995 and with               2.   A candidate for the degree of masters by research
                 New South Wales Higher School Certificate (or                    under the provision of Award Rule 503, who has
                 equivalent) entry, is as follows:                                completed other relevant qualifications, may be granted
                                                                                  up to 24 credit points of advanced standing for the
                 Associate Diploma (or equivalent) - 48 credit
                                                                                  coursework requirement set out in Award Rule
                 points, comprising 42 credit points unspecified
                                                                                  503(2)(b).
                 at 100 level and 6 credit points unspecified at
                 200 level;
                 Diploma (or equivalent) - 48 credit points,
                 comprising 36 credit points unspecified at 100              6. Enrolment
                 level and 12 credit points unspecified at 200
                                                                             6.1 General Enrolment Rules
                 level;
                                                                             1.   During prescribed periods in each year, a candidate
           iii) for     a    completed     sub-degree   tertiary
                                                                                  shall enrol in a program in accordance with
                qualification with entry at standard lower than
                                                                                  requirements of these Rules and pay any required
                New South Wales Higher School Certificate (or
                                                                                  charges. Prior to the initial registration for a course, a
                equivalent), is detennined by the minimum
                                                                                  candidate must consult with an Academic Adviser.
                number of years of equivalent full time post
                School Certificate study required to attain the              2.   A candidate may enrol in a subject provided that:
                qualification as follows:                                         a) the conditions for enrolment specified for that
                 2 years - 24 credit points unspecified at 100 level;                subject are satisfied, save that a pre-requisite or
472                                                                      -
                                                                                                              General Information

          co-requisite requirement may be waived by the           4.   Upon change of registration, a candidate becomes
          Head;                                                        subject to Rules relating to the course to which
                                                                       registration is changed.
     b) the candidate is not excluded by any restriction that
        may be imposed on the number of candidates to be          5.   At the end of a session, a candidate for a postgraduate
        enrolled in that subject;                                      degree under Part 5 or 6 of the Award Rules or for an
                                                                       honours bachelor degree may apply to change
     c) the subject is available in the nominated session or
                                                                       candidature from full time to part time or from part time
        sessions, or in modular form;
                                                                       to full time.
     d) the candidate is not suspended, excluded or
        expelled from any tertiary institution;                   6.   A candidate for masters by research degree may apply
                                                                       to change registration to a doctoral degree in
     e) Council has determined that there are appropriate              accordance with Course Rule 10.2(9).
        and sufficient personnel and resources to enable
        the candidate to undertake the subject; and               7.   Except with approval to the contrary, restrictions
                                                                       imposed on enrolment or registration of a candidate
     f)   the candidate is not indebted to the University.             prior to, or at the time of a change of registration, shall
3.   Except with the approval of a Sub-Dean, a student shall           continue to apply after change of registration. For a
     not be permitted to enrol in a program which exceeds:             candidate for an undergraduate course, the Minimum
     a)   i.     32 credit points for any autumn or spring             Rate of Progress Rules will apply immediately upon
                 session;                                              change of registration, should there be no provisions to
                                                                       the contrary.
          ii.    64 credit points for autumn and spring session
                 combined;                                        6.3 Variation of Subjects (other than Research
          iii.   16 credit points for summer session.                  Subjects)

     b) for a course comprising modular subjects, exceeds         1.   A candidate may withdraw from a subject provided such
        24 credit points at any period in time.                        withdrawal is made no later than the last day of the
                                                                       week (prescribed in Rule 6.3(3) below) of the session in
4.   For the purposes of Rule 6.1(3), half the value of a
                                                                       which offer of the subject is completed. A candidate
     double session subject shall be deemed to be taken in
                                                                       withdrawing from one or more subjects is advised to
     each of the two sessions during which the subject is
                                                                       seek advice from an academic adviser before doing so.
     offered and one third the value of a triple session
     subject shall be deemed to be taken in each of the           2.   Where a variation referred to in Rule 6.3(1) above is
     three sessions during which the subject is offered.               withdrawal from:

5. A candidate enrolled in a subject in contravention of the           a)   an autumn session or spring session subject before
   conditions for enrolment specified in the appropriate                    the end of the ninth week of the session of offer; or
   Schedule shall be withdrawn from that subject unless                b) a summer session subject before the end of the
   permitted by the Head to remain enrolled.                              third week of the session; or
6. A candidate who, in a particular year, is not permitted to          c)   a double session or a triple session subject before
   enrol in a subject pursuant to these Rules may apply for                 the end of the second week of the second session
   permission to enrol in a subsequent year.                                in which the subject is offered; or
7. A candidate who is refused continuation of registration,            d) a modular subject before the end of the week
   through suspension, exclusion or expulsion may not                     during which 60% of the duration of the subject has
   enrol in any subject.                                                  expired;

6.2 Variation of Course                                                the candidate shall be deemed to have not enrolled in
                                                                       that subject, and that subject will then not appear on the
1.   After consultation with an Academic Adviser a
                                                                       academic record of the candidate.
     candidate     may    apply    to  the   Vice-Principal
     (Administration) for permission to change registration       3.   Late withdrawal from:
     from one course to another.                                       a)   an autumn session or spring session subject after
2.   Permission for a candidate to change registration is                   the end of the ninth week, but before the end of the
     contingent upon any restriction that may be imposed on                 last week of the session of offer; or
     the number of candidates to be registered for a                   b) a summer session subject after the end of the third
     particular course.                                                   week but before the end of the last week of the
3.   Variation of enrolment associated with change of                     summer session; or
     registration is contingent upon restrictions imposed by           c)   a double session or a triple session subject after
     relevant provisions of Rules 6.1 and 6.3.                              the end of the second week, but before the end of
                                                                            the eighth week of the second session in which the
                                                                            subject is offered; or

                                                                                                                              473
General Information

      d)   a modular subject after the end of the week during                     of the second week should the first session of offer
           which 60% of the subject has expired but before                        be summer session;
           the day of the final examination for that subject;
                                                                            d)    a modular subject after the expiration of the week
      may only be approved if the student has an acceptable                       during which 25% of the subject has expired.
      medical, personal or other reason. An application may
                                                                      6.4 Time Limits for Course Completion
      be made under the University's Special Consideration
      Policy for 'late withdrawal from a subject without              1.    The minimum and maximum time limits for completion
      academic penalty'. A Special Consideration Application                of courses (listed in Rule 6.4(2) to 6.4(7) below) apply
      form is available from the SOLS web page or from the                  except when approved to the contrary in exceptional
      Student Enquiries Counter and must be supported by                    circumstances. For postgraduate courses, the time
      appropriate documentary evidence.                                     limits do not include summer sessions.
4.    If a student's application for special consideration (late     2.    A candidate may be registered for an undergraduate
      withdrawal from a subject) is approved, the student will             course for a maximum period of three times the normal
      be deemed to have withdrawn from the subject without                 minimum duration for completion of that course,
      penalty for the purposes of the Minimum Rate of                      excluding approved leave of absence. The normal
      Progress Rules and "Withdrawn late with approval" will               minimum duration for an undergraduate course with
      appear against the subject on the academic record of                 value of 144 credit points is three years and pro rata for
      the student.                                                         most courses having other credit point values.
5.    If a student's application for special consideration (late     3.    A candidate for a graduate certificate may be registered
      withdrawal from a subject) is not approved, the                      for that certificate for no more than:
      student's enrolment will stand and a grade will be
                                                                           a) two consecutive sessions as a full time candidate;
      declared for that subject. The student may appeal the                   or
      grade received in accordance with Course Rule 8.8
      "Amendments to Academic Records/Reassessment of                      b) four consecutive sessions as a part time candidate.
      Grades".                                                       4.    A candidate for a graduate diploma or a 48 credit point
6.    After consultation with an Academic Adviser a                        masters degree may be registered for that diploma or
      candidate     may     apply   to    the    Vice-Principal            degree for no more than:
      (Administration) for permission to enrol in an additional            a) four consecutive sessions as a full time candidate;
      subject.                                                                or
7.    Permission for a candidate to enrol in an additional                 b)    eight consecutive     sessions   as   a   part   time
      subject is contingent upon restrictions imposed by                         candidate.
      relevant provisions of Rules 6.1, 6.3(6) & 6.3(7).             5.    A candidate for a masters by coursework degree may
8.    Except with approval of the Head, a candidate may not                be registered for that degree for no more than:
      enrol in:
                                                                           a)    six consecutive sessions as a full time candidate; or
      a) an autumn session or spring session subject after                 b) twelve consecutive        sessions as a part time
         the expiration of the second week of the session; or                 candidate.
      b) a summer session subject after the expiration of the        6.    A candidate for a 72 credit point masters by research
         first week of the session; or
                                                                           degree may be registered for that degree for:
      c)   a double session or a tnple session subject after
                                                                           a) no less than two consecutive sessions, and no
           the expiration of the second week of the first                     more than four consecutive sessions as a full time
           session in which the subject is offered or after the               candidate; or
           expiration of the first week should the first session
           of offer be summer session; or                                  b) no less than four consecutive sessions, and no
                                                                              more than eight consecutive sessions as a part
      d) a modular subject after the expiration of the week                   time candidate.
         during which 15% of the subject has expired.
                                                                           c)    Candidature may be extended beyond the
9.    Under no circumstances may a candidate enrol in:
                                                                                 maximum time period following a satisfactory
      a)   an autumn session or spring session subject after                     review of progress.
           the expiration of the fourth week of the session; or
                                                                     7.    A candidate for a doctoral degree under Part 6 of the
      b) a summer session subject after the expiration of the              Award Rules by thesis may be registered for that
         second week of the session; or                                    degree for:
      c)   a double session or a triple session subject after              a)    no less than four consecutive sessions, and no
           the expiration of the fourth week of the first session                more than eight consecutive sessions as a full time
           in which the subject is offered or after the expiration               candidate; or


474
                                                                                                              General Information

     b) no less than six consecutive sessions, and no more        Students who take leave of absence from their course for
        than sixteen consecutive sessions as a part time          more than one year should note that the course rules and
        candidate; except that:                                   conditions under which they originally enrolled may change
     c)   i)    a candidate who, before registration, was         during their period on leave and that they will be subject to
                engaged upon approved study may be                the rules and conditions as they apply at the time that they
                exempted from not more than two sessions;         return to their course.

          ii)   in special circumstances, a candidate may be      6.6 Exclusion Rule
                permitted to devote not more than one
                                                                  1.   Where a student fails to perform satisfactorily in a
                calendar year to study at another institution
                                                                       mandatory placement component of a course or for
                provided that the work shall be supervised in
                                                                       other specified reasons is deemed to be unlikely to
                an approved manner; and
                                                                       perform satisfactorily in that placement and therefore
          iii) in exceptional cases, a candidate may apply to          has been assessed as unsuitable to continue in such
               be exempted from not more than two of the               professional practice by the Academic Course
               sessions stipulated in clause 7(a) or (b) above.        Coordinator, or where the external agency has refused
     d) Candidature may be extended beyond the                         to permit that student access to their facilities, the
        maximum time period following a satisfactory                   student may be excluded from the course.
        review of progress.                                       2.   Where the Academic Course Coordinator has reason to
                                                                       believe it is necessary to assess a student's suitability
6.5 Leave of Absence
                                                                       to continue to participate in a mandatory placement
1. A student enrolled in a bachelor degree:                            component, the Academic Course Coordinator must
a) becomes eligible for leave of absence at the beginning              consult and be in agreement with the Faculty Dean
   of the second session of enrolment; and                             before proceeding. The Dean shall advise the student
                                                                       in writing of the decision within three business days of
b) may take leave of absence for up to one year provided
                                                                       making it, and invite the student to show cause in
   that they notify the University before the end of the
                                                                       writing within the next fourteen days why the rule should
   fourth week of the first session for which leave is
                                                                       not be applied to them.
   sought.
                                                                  3.   If the student is unable to show cause, he/she will have
c)   may apply to the Academic Registrar for an extension
                                                                       their enrolment in the course cancelled.
     of their leave of absence beyond one year.
                                                                  4.   A student may appeal to the Vice Chancellor against
2. A student enrolled in an 'end-on' honours bachelor
                                                                       the decision. The appeal must be lodged in writing,
   degree may be granted leave of absence for up to one
                                                                       within fourteen days of receiving the letter of exclusion.
   year provided:
                                                                  6.7 Conferral of Awards
     a) that the student has the written consent of his/her
        supervisor; and                                           1.   A course award may be confenred upon a candidate
     b) that written application is made to the Academic               who has complied with relevant parts of these Rules,
        Registrar before the end of the fourth week of the             satisfied any requirement set out in Rule 7.1 and 7.2
        first session for which leave is sought.                       and is not indebted to the University, provided that, in
                                                                       addition, a candidate for a bachelor degree has
3. A student enrolled in a masters by coursework degree,               completed the requirements for the 300 level subject
   graduate diploma or graduate certificate:                           component of the major study while so registered, or for
     a) becomes eligible to apply for leave of absence at              prescribed courses, satisfactorily completed subjects
        the beginning of the second session of enrolment;              with a value of at least 24 credit points while so
        and                                                            registered.
     b) may be granted leave of absence for up to one year        2.   A candidate who has qualified more than once at this
        provided that written application is made to the               University for the same course award, excepting as set
        Academic Registrar before the end of the fourth                out in Rule 6.7(3) below, and excepting for the Bachelor
        week of the first session for which leave is sought.           of Engineering, shall receive only a statement of the
4.   A student enrolled in a masters by research or doctoral           additional qualification setting out the subjects
     degree may be granted leave of absence for one year               completed and the marks and grades attained.
     or, in exceptional circumstances, up to two years            3.   A candidate who has qualified twice at this University
     provided;                                                         for the same course award of degree of bachelor or
     a) that the student has the written consent of his/her            honours degree of bachelor may be awarded the
        supervisor; and                                                degree of Bachelor of Letters or the honours degree of
                                                                       Bachelor of Letters, as appropriate.
     b) that written application is made to the Academic
        Registrar before the end of the fourth week of the        4    Application for an Academic Award: Applications for
        first session for which leave is sought.                       admission to a degree, or diploma must be made on the
                                                                                                                             475"
General Information

      appropriate form and by the due date for each session.      8. Assessment
      It is the student's responsibility to make an application
      to have an award conferred.                                 8.1 General Rules
                                                                  1.   In a subject, other than a research subject, the methods
                                                                       of assessment of performance of a candidate shall be
7. Other Requirements                                                  determined by the Head.
                                                                  2.   In a research subject, the methods of assessment of
In addition to requirements set out in the Course Rules,
                                                                       performance of a candidate shall be determined by the
candidates must satisfy the relevant requirements listed
                                                                       provisions of Rules 10.4 & 10.5.
below.
                                                                  3.   Any material presented by a candidate for assessment
7.1 ILIP Information Literacies Introductory                           in a subject must be the work of the candidate and not
      Program                                                          have been submitted for assessment elsewhere unless
There are two compulsory Information Literacies                        otherwise approved.
Introductory programs. LIP100 is for Undergraduate                4. a)     Standards of achievement required for the
students; and ILIP009 is for new Post Graduate Coursework                   approved grades of performance in a subject, other
students, who have not been enrolled at the University of                   than a research subject, shall be determined by the
Woliongong for the past five years.                                         Head.
ILIP is a supplementary program that is compulsory for                 b)   Such standards may include the requirement that
students in their first session of undergraduate, or post                   candidates must satisfy minimum attendance levels
graduate coursework study. It may also be beneficial for                    at lectures, seminars, tutorials, practicals,
new postgraduate research students. As the skills gained                    laboratories or for other modes of instruction.
during ILIP are assumed knowledge for some subjects,                        Failure to comply with such requirements may
students are encouraged to complete requirements of the                     constitute grounds for failure in a subject.
program within the first six weeks of session.
                                                                  5.   A mark and an approved grade of performance as set
ILIP has been designed to assist students by providing them            out in Rule 8.4 & 8.5, shall be determined and declared
with the knowledge to use the Universities information                 for each subject in which a candidate is enrolled.
environment effectively and efficiently. ILIP provides an
                                                                  6.   Subjects satisfactorily completed at Pass Conceded or
essential foundation upon which to build further information
                                                                       Pass Restricted grade may comprise no more than one
literacy skills during both formal study, and the students
post graduate career.                                                  sixth of the minimum credit point value of a course.
                                                                  7.   Should performance in a subject be affected by illness
Students are required to complete various tasks for ILIP.
                                                                       or other cause beyond the control of a candidate, the
Students may acquire information atraut these tasks in one
                                                                       circumstances should be reported to the Vice-Principal
of two ways, either: by attending an information session at
                                                                       (Administration) in writing, supported by evidence,
the library; or by completing an online tutorial.
                                                                       normally no later than seven days following the illness
To complete ILIP a student must:                                       or other cause. The circumstances shall be referred to
1.    Have an active student computer account                          the Head and may be taken into account when
                                                                       assessment of the candidate in that subject is made.
2.    Either
     a)   Attend a library class; information on class times      8.   A candidate who satisfactorily completes a subject
          may be obtained from the library.                            listed in the appropriate Schedule shall count only once
                                                                       the subject or the number of credit points attached to
     OR                                                                the subject in that Schedule towards the course.
     b)   Complete          an    online      tutorial   at       9.   Except with prior approval, a candidate who
          http://www.uow.edu.au/helptrainina. or follow the            satisfactorily completes a subject shall not count that
          link from sols to ILIP.
                                                                       subject, nor the number of credit points attached to that
3.    Submit the web based assignment                                  subject, towards a course unless that subject is listed in
                                                                       the appropriate Schedule.
Post Graduate and Undergraduate coursework students
must complete their ILIP during their first session of            8.2 Examination & Assessment Rules
enrolment. Results will be withheld until the ILIP assignment
has been completed.                                               Formal University examinations may take place at the end
                                                                  of each session. Timetables showing the time and place at
If students have problems they are to contact Robbie              which individual examinations will be held are posted
Collins, Lecturer Graduate Attributes Program in Building 19      electronically and can be accessed via sols. Misreading of
Room      G102 or via email            RobbietSjuow.edu.au.       the timetable is not an acceptable excuse for failure to
or ph: 4221 4103                                                  attend an examination. No information concerning
                                                                  examinations or results will be given by telephone.

476
                                                                                                               General Information

Part I - Interpretation                                                  g)   remove from the examination room any
1.   In these Rules, unless the contrary intention appears:                   examination answer paper or other paper provided
                                                                              for use by the candidate during the course of the
     a)   "assessment work" means all essays, tests, papers,
                                                                              examination, or other material which is the property
          theses, demonstrations, performances and other
                                                                              of the University unless permitted by the
          work whatsoever whether written or otherwise other
                                                                              Examination Supervisor or examiner to remove it;
          than examination papers within the meaning of any
          Course Rules or Schedules;                                     h) contravene the Rules and Procedures for the
                                                                            Conduct of Examinations:
     b) "candidate" means any person registered for a
        degree, diploma, associate diploma or undertaking                i)   cause any disturbance or be guilty of any conduct
        a non-award program;                                                  likely to disturb any other candidate; or

     c)   "examination" means any formally supervised                    j)   be guilty of any other act of misconduct as defined
          examination in a subject held at a specified time                   in Section 3 of the Rules for Student Discipline.
          and place;                                                3.   Any candidate who wishes to make an enquiry
     d) "examination question paper" means a paper                       regarding an examination shall direct that enquiry in
        incorporating questions prepared by the examiner                 writing to the Vice-Principal (Administration).
        for an examination;                                         Procedure
     e) "examination answer paper" means a paper written            4.   Should an Examination Supervisor have reason to
        or dictated by a candidate in answer to the                      believe that a candidate has committed, or is attempting
        examination question paper during an examination;                to commit, a breach of any provision of clause 2 of
                                                                         these Rules, the Examination Supervisor shall
     f)   "examination room" means a designated place
                                                                         immediately warn the candidate and shall report the
          where an examination is held;
                                                                         matter in writing to the Vice-Principal (Administration).
     g) "examiner" means a person or persons with                        The candidate normally shall be allowed to complete
        responsibility for the assessment work in any                    the examination but in circumstances considered
        subject;                                                         appropriate by the Vice-Principal (Administration) or
     h) "subject" is a self-contained unit of study identified           other person authorised by the Vice-Principal
        by a unique number in a schedule;                                (Administration), the candidate may be excluded from
                                                                         the examination room under the provisions of Section 7
     i)   "Examination Supervisor" means a person
                                                                         of the Rules for Student Discipline.
          authorised by the Vice-Principal (Administration)
          with responsibility for the supervision of a particular   5.   The Examination Supervisor may take possession of
          examination held by the University.                            any material brought into an examination room in
                                                                         contravention of clause 2(a) of these Rules.
Part II - Conduct at Examinations
2.   No candidate shall, during any examination:                    6.   The Examination Supervisor shall forward the material
                                                                         referred to in clause 5 to the Vice-Principal
     a) have in his or her possession any material other                 (Administration) with the report made pursuant to
        than material which the examiner for the subject                 clause 4.
        concerned has specified may be taken into an
        examination room;                                           7.   A candidate excluded from an examination room under
                                                                         clause 4 may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor under
     b) provide assistance to, or communicate with, any                  Section 12 or 13 of the Rules for Student Discipline.
        other candidate unless expressly approved by the
                                                                    8.   The Vice-Principal (Administration) may refer a report
        examiner;
                                                                         pursuant to clause 4 to the Vice-Chancellor, in which
     c)   accept assistance from any candidate or other                  event the reference shall be deemed to be a complaint
          person unless such assistance has been expressly               pursuant to Section 14 of the Rules for Student
          approved by the examiner;                                      Discipline and the Vice-Chancellor shall either:
     d) permit any other candidate to read, copy from, or                a)   refer it to the     Investigation   Committee    for
        use his or her examination question or answer                         investigation; or
        paper, unless expressly approved by the examiner;
                                                                         b)   not proceed with it ftjrther should the Vice-
     e) use any other material belonging to or written by                     Chancellor form the opinion that the complaint is
        another candidate or other person unless expressly                    unfounded or does not constitute misconduct.
        approved by the examiner;
                                                                    9.   The material confiscated pursuant to clause 5 shall be
     f)   by any means whatsoever, except as approved by                 returned to the candidate at the conclusion of all action
          the examiner, obtain, or endeavour to obtain,                  relating to the alleged breach of Rules by the Vice-
          assistance in his or her work, or give, or endeavour           Chancellor, the Investigation Committee and/or the
          to give, assistance to any other candidate;                    Council Committee of Appeal.

                                                                                                                              477
General Information

10. Should an allegation be made that a candidate has                       the candidate this may be done in private before a
    breached any provision of clause 2 of these Rules, the                  female Examination Supervisor.
    candidate's examination result for the subject                     c)   A candidate should be in place in the examination
    concerned shall be withheld by the Vice-Principal                       room not less than ten (10) minutes before the time
    (Administration)  pending     proceedings    of    the                  specified for the commencement             of the
    Investigation Committee and/or the Council Committee                    examination.
    of Appeal.
                                                                      d)    No candidate shall be admitted to an examination
Penalties                                                                   room more than thirty (30) minutes after the
11. Should the Investigation Committee proceed pursuant                     commencement of the writing time of the
    to clause 8a) with the report of an alleged breach of any               examination.
    provision of clause 2 and find the candidate guilty of the
                                                                      e)    No candidate shall be permitted to leave the
    misconduct alleged against him or her, the Investigation
                                                                            examination room before the expiry of thirty (30)
    Committee, in addition to recommending penalties set
                                                                            minutes from the commencement of writing time of
    out in Section 32 of the Rules for Student Discipline:
                                                                            the examination.
      a)   may recommend to the Vice-Chancellor that the
                                                                      f)    No candidate shall be re-admitted to the
           candidate receive a zero mark;
                                                                            examination room after leaving it unless, during the
      b)   may recommend that the candidate be given the                    full period of absence, the candidate is under
           opportunity to sit a supplementary, special or other             approved supervision.
           examination and to be assessed on that
                                                                      g)    Following the ten (10) minute waming given by the
           examination paper.
                                                                            Examination Supervisor before the end of the
12. A candidate may appeal to the Council Committee of                      examination, all candidates shall remain seated
    Appeal on the grounds of lack of due process in the                     until the examination answer papers have been
    investigation of the complaint.                                         collected.
Part III - Assessment \Nork                                           h)    Except for candidates who have left the
13. For any subject for which they are enrolled, candidates                 examination room prior to the ten minute warning
    are required to submit the prescribed assessment work                   referred to in sub-clause (g) above, all candidates
    in accordance with the instructions of the relevant                     shall remain seated until all examination answer
    examiner and the University Rules.                                      papers have been collected and the Examination
                                                                            Supervisor permits candidates to leave the
14. Any assessment work submitted by a candidate must
                                                                            examination room.
    be in accordance with Course Rule 8.1(3) which
    requires that such work must be the work of the                   i)    Smoking is not permitted in the examination room.
    candidate and not have been submitted for assessment              j)    All answers must be in English unless otherwise
    elsewhere unless otherwise approved; if any material                    directed. An intemational student with written
    which is not entirely the work of the candidate is used,                approval of the Vice-Principal (Administration), may
    in whole or in part, fully documented reference to such                 use standard translation dictionaries; the written
    matenal must be made. (Refer to Code of Practice -                      approval and the dictionary must be shown to the
    Students, Section 3 and Acknowledgement Practice in                     Examination      Supervisor      prior    to      the
    this Calendar.)                                                         commencement of the examination.
15. The procedures and penalties set out in clauses 8, 11             k)    A candidate who commits any infringement of the
    and 12, with modifications appropriate to the                           Rules governing examinations may be expelled
    circumstances, shall apply in relation to an alleged                    immediately from the examination room, and is
    breach of the provisions of Part Ml of these Rules by a                 liable to such further penalty as may be determined
    candidate.                                                              in accordance with the Rules for Student Discipline
Part IV- Rules & Procedures for the Conduct of                              or Examination and Assessment Rules.
         Examinations                                             Special Examinations
16. a)     A candidate must obey any instruction given by an      Students who believe that their attendance at or
           Examination Supervisor for the proper conduct of       performance in an examination or assignment has been
           an examination.                                        affected by illness or other cause beyond their control are
      b) A candidate must produce the student identification      required to make a written statement to the Vice-Principal
         card for identification purposes for each                (Administration). This statement, together with any
         examination. Should a candidate fail to do so, the       supporting evidence, will be considered by the Academic
         candidate may be reftjsed admission to the               Unit Head who has the authority to take whatever action is
         examination room. A candidate wearing a veil must        deemed appropriate in determining the student's overall
         remove it for identification purposes; on request by     results. Students should refer to the Special Consideration
                                                                  policy on page for more details.

478
                                                                                                                  General Information

Withheld (WM and WE) Results                                       8.4 Grades of Performance for Undergraduate
Students may be granted a withheld result i.e. (WM or WE                Subjects Listed in the Schedules & Course
grade) on the basis of medical, compassionate or other                  Structures
circumstances (see section on Special Consideration).
                                                                   1.   The approved grades of performance and associated
Where so granted, students should contact the relevant                  ranges of marks for 100, 200, 300 and 400 level
Academic Unit immediately to ascertain assessment                       subjects (except for subjects referred to in 8.4(2) below)
requirements. It is the student's responsibility to make                are:
contact with the Unit and failure to do so may result in a fail
                                                                        Satisfactory Completion:
grade being determined.
                                                                           High Distinction           85%-100%
8.3 Procedure for the use of Foreign Translation
                                                                           Distinction                75%-       84%
      Dictionaries In Examinations
                                                                           Credit                     65%-       74%
1.   Foreign Language Translation Dictionaries may be
     used only by students from non-English speaking                       Pass                       5 0 % - 64%
     backgrounds (NESB) who are authorised to use such a                   Pass Restricted/
     dictionary in an examination.
                                                                           Pass Conceded              45%- 49%
2.   To be classified as NESB, a student must have been
                                                                        Unsatisfactory Completion:
     born in a non-English speaking country and have been
     resident in Australia or other English speaking country               Fail                       0%         44%
     for less than ten years. ^                                         For marks in the range 45-49% either a Pass Restricted
3. A student who fails to meet the eligibility criteria referred        or a Pass Conceded grade shall be determined and
   to in (2) above, may apply to the Dean of Students for               declared. A Pass Restricted grade may only be
   special permission to use a foreign translation                      awarded for subjects at the 100- and 200- levels.
   dictionary in an examination. Such applications will be              The performance in some subjects approved for this
   considered on a case by case basis.                                  purpose will be determined as:
4.   Such dictionaries may be used by eligible students for                Satisfactory Completion:        Satisfactory, or
     the length of their registration for a course at this
                                                                           Unsatisfactory Completion:      Unsatisfactory.
     University.
                                                                        Such subjects will not be included in the determination
5.   Such dictionaries may be used in all subjects, except
                                                                        of classes of honours as prescribed in 8.4(3) below.
     where otherwise directed to the contrary by the relevant
     Head of Academic Unit.                                             For subjects in which specified assessment
                                                                        components must be satisfactorily completed for the
6    Eligible students who wish to use such a dictionary and
                                                                        subject to be satisfactorily completed, failure to
     who do not have authorisation to do so, must apply for             satisfactorily complete one or more such components
     permission to Student Administration no later than four            will result in failure of the subject, and the mark
     weeks prior to the examination period for which                    determined will be the aggregate of marks gained for
     approval is sought.                                                the components, or 44, whichever is least.
7. At the approved examination:
                                                                   2.   The approved ranges of marks associated with classes
     (a) eligible students must show their authorisation to             of honours for 400 level 48 credit point subjects
         use a foreign translation dictionary to the                    comprising the honours courses listed in Rule 103(5)
         Examination Supervisor prior to entry into the                 are:
         examination room; and then
                                                                            Honours Class I                   85%-100%
     (b) the dictionary must be submitted for inspection by
                                                                            Honours Class II, Division 1      75%- 84%
         the Examination Officer prior to the commencement
         of the examination to establish its suitability, and to            Honours Class II, Division 2      65% - 74%
         ensure that it is not marked in any way. The                       Honours Class III                 50%- 64%
         dictionary may be further checked at any time                       Fail                             0% -     49%.
         during the examination by staff in the examination
         room.                                                     3. a)     The classes of honours for 4 year prescribed
                                                                             courses will be determined by a weighted average
8.   The use of electronic foreign translation dictionaries in               mark determined as:
     examinations is not permitted.

                                                                                                        Z mlc
                                                                                                        n
                                                                            weighted average mark

  This is based upon the current DETYA definition, as at                                                   lie
September 2001.
                                                                                                                                479
General Information

           where                                                                       Honours Class II Division 1              72.5 - 77.5%

           m          is the actual mark obtained in each attempt at                   Honours Class II Division 2              67.5 - 72.5%.
                      each subject;                                              iv)   For    the       honours     degrees        of   Bachelor     of
           c          is the credit point value of the subject;                        Environmental            Science,       &        Bachelor     of
                                                                                       Medicinal Chemistry the weights are:
           n          is the total number of subject attempts; and
                                                                                       4 for 400 level;
           I          is the weight reflecting the level of the subject.
                                                                                       3 for 300 level;
      b)   The approved ranges of weighted average marks
           associated with classes of honours for 4 year                               O f o r 2 0 0 level;
           prescribed courses are as follows.                                          Ofor 100 level;
           i)         For   the   honours      degrees    of   Bachelor     of         except       for       300   level      STS,       Law      and
                      Engineering, in each         of Civil    Engineering,            Management             subjects    in   the      Bachelor    of
                      Environmental            Engineering,         Materials          Environmental Science, for which the weighting
                      Engineering,       Mechanical      Engineering,      and         will be 0, and the ranges are:
                      Mining Engineering, the weights are:
                                                                                       Honours Class I                         80 - 100%
                      4 for 400 level;
                                                                                       Honours Class II, Division 1            73 - 79%
                      3 for 300 level;
                                                                                       Honours Class II, Division 2            65-       72%.
                      2 for 200 level;
                                                                                 v)    For    the       honours     degrees     of      Bachelor    of
                      1 for 100 level;                                                 Biotechnology, the weights are:
                      and the ranges are:                                              4 for 400 level;
                      Honours Class 1                     77.5-100%                    1 for 300 level;
                      Honours Class II Division 1        72.5 - 77.5%                  O f o r 2 0 0 level;
                      Honours Class II Division 2        67.5 - 72.5%                  Ofor lOOIevel;
                      Honours Class III                   62.5-67.5%.                  except for 300 level Management and STS
           ii)        For   the   honours      degrees    of   Bachelor     of         subjects, for which the weighting will be 0, and
                      Education, in Physical and Health Education,                     the ranges are:
                      and   Bachelor      of   Engineenng,      in each     of         Honours Class I                         80 - 100%
                      Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering,
                                                                                       Honours Class II, Division 1            73 - 79%
                      and    Telecommunications            Engineering      &
                      Bachelor of Mathematical Sciences, Bachelor                      Honours Class II, Division 2            65-       72%.
                      of Mathematics and Economics. Bachelor of                  vi)   For    the       honours     degree     of       Bachelor    of
                      Mathematics and Finance the weights are:                         Education, in Primary Education, the weights
                      4 for 400 level;                                                 are:
                      3 for 300 level;                                                 4 for 400 level;
                      2 for 200 level;                                                 O f o r 3 0 0 level;
                      1 for 100 level;                                                 O f o r 2 0 0 level;
                      and the ranges are:                                              Ofor 100 level;
                      Honours Class I                     77.5 - 100%                  and the ranges are:
                      Honours Class II Division 1         72.5 - 77.5%                 Honours Class I                         85-100%
                      Honours Class II Division 2        67.5 - 72.5%.                 Honours Class II, Division 1            75-       84%
               iii)   For the honours degrees of Bachelor of                           Honours Class 11, Division 2            65-       74%
                      Information and Communication Technology,
                                                                                                      1
                                                                                       Honours Class 11                        50-      64%.
                      the weights are:
                                                                                 vii) For the honours degree of Bachelor of Laws
                      4 for 400 level;
                                                                                       the weights are:
                      3 for 300 level;
                                                                                       1 for every level;
                      2 for 200 level;
                                                                                       and the ranges, together with the relevant
                      Ofor 100 level;                                                  marks      for     the   project     subject      LLB313    or
                      and the ranges are:                                              LLB314 are:

                      Honours Class 1                     77.5 - 1 0 0 %


480
                                                                                                                        General Information

 Av mark                                                                         subject to be satisfactorily completed, failure to
                      WAM          67.5<           72.5<         WAM             satisfactorily complete one or more such components
 range K.
 Project marl
                      <67.5        WAM             WAM           >77.5           will result in failure of the subject and the mark
                                   >72.5           >77.5                         determined will be the aggregate of marks gained for
 range 0
                                                                                 the components, or 49, whichever is least.
 85-100            Pass degree   Hons 11-2            1
                                                Hons 1 - 1    Hons 1

                                                Hons 1 - 1
                                                      1             1
                                                              Hons 1 - 1
                                                                            2.   For 900 level research subjects, performance will be
 75-84             Pass degree   Hons 11-2
                                                                                 determined as satisfactory or unsatisfactory for each
 65-74             Pass degree   Hons 11-2      Hons 11-2     Hons 11-2
                                                                                 candidate at the completion of the nominated duration
 45-64             Pass degree   Pass degree    Pass degree   Pass degree
                                                                                 of each subject, and after the completion of assessment
 >44               No degree     No degree      No degree     No degree          as set out in the Thesis & Research Degree Rules.
     c)     For a weighted average mark within 0.5 below a                  8.6 Restricted Pass
            break mark, the class of honours may be
            determined on the basis of improvement or                       The award of the grade of Restricted Pass in 100 and 200
            otherwise throughout the course, performance in                 level subjects will prohibit a student progressing to the next
            professional option subjects, and in project or                 subject in a sequence for which the subject in which the
            thesis subjects, and such other relevant information            Restricted Pass is awarded is a pre-requisite. However,
            as is available.                                                students are not prevented from repeating a subject for
                                                                            which a Restricted Pass has been awarded.
       d) Every attempt at a subject in the course is to be
          included in the determination in (b) except for                   8.7 Amendments to Academic Records/
          subjects which are graded as satisfactory (S) or                       Reassessment of Grades
          unsatisfactory (U).
                                                                            There are two ways in which you may apply to have your
       e) For subjects recorded as Discontinued Technical                   academic record amended.
          Fail, the mark used in the determination in b) is 0.
                                                                            Enrolment Error
       f)   Honours may be awarded only for those 4 year
                                                                            If, as a result of an enrolment error, you have either:
            prescribed courses which contain 300 and 400
            level subjects having a total value of at least 60              a)   received a 'FAIL' grade for a subject for which you were
            credit points, including at least 24 credit points at                formally enrolled, but did not attempt; or
            the 400 level, and at least 36 credit points at the             b)   not received a result for a subject which you attempted,
            300 level taken by the candidate at this University                  but for which you were not formally enrolled;
            and including a 400 level thesis or project subject
                                                                            You may make application to have the necessary
            with value of at least 12 credit points, except for the
                                                                            amendment made to your academic record. Applications
            degree of Bachelor of Laws for which course the
                                                                            must also be accompanied by a letter giving relevant
            award of honours has no such requirements.
                                                                            details.
8.5 Grades of Performance for Postgraduate                                  An academic record will be amended in special
       Subjects Listed in the Schedules & Course                            circumstances only. The application will be assessed and if
       Structures                                                           it is determined that the error was the fault of the student,
                                                                            the $80.00 charge will be paid prior to your academic record
1.     The approved grades of performance and associated
                                                                            being altered.
       ranges of marks for 800 and 900 level subjects, not
       being research subjects, are:                                        You should note that where an application to amend your
                                                                            academic record by adding a subject for which you are not
       Satisfactory Completion:
                                                                            enrolled is successful, you are required to discharge the
            High Distinction        85% -100%                               increased Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS)
            Distinction             75% - 84%                               charge on the same basis that the original HECS liability
                                                                            was to be discharged, ie, either up-front or deferred
            Credit                  65% - 74%
                                                                            payment and meet any other fees payable.
            Pass                    50% - 64%
                                                                            Applications must be made to the Student Enquiries Office
       Unsatisfactory Completion:                                           no later than two weeks after the release of examination
            Fail                    0% - 49%                                results.
       The performance in some subjects approved for this                   Reassessment of Mark/Grade
       purpose will be determined as:                                       If students feet that the mark or grade they have been
       Satisfactory Completion:            Satisfactory, or                 awarded for a subject is not indicative of their performance
                                                                            or that there may have been an error in determining their
       Unsatisfactory Completion: Unsatisfactory.
                                                                            mark or grade, they should approach the Subject Co-
       For subjects in which specified assessment                           ordinator concerned to discuss the matter.
       components must be satisfactorily completed for the

                                                                                                                                       481
General Information

If, after this discussion, they feel the mark or grade is not       3.   a)   An undergraduate students whose rate of progress
correct, they should approach the Head of the Unit                            is less than the minimum specified in the relevant
responsible for the subject to discuss the matter further.                    Rule 8.8(2) above will, in the first instance, be
                                                                              placed on probation. A student on probation will
After they have taken these steps and if they still feel the
                                                                              normally be placed on a restricted program for 12
mark or grade is not correct, they may write to the Dean of
                                                                              months and will be required to consult with the
the Faculty, setting out the reasons they believe the mark or
                                                                              faculty Sub-Dean prior to re-enrolment. The Sub-
grade is not correct and advising the Dean of the member(s)
                                                                              Dean may prescribe a remedial program which
of staff with whom they have discussed the matter. The
                                                                              could, for example, include compulsory attendance
Dean will respond in writing after he/she has taken whatever
                                                                              at an English language or study skills course If the
advice is required.
                                                                              same student fails to meet the required minimum
Applications to the Dean should be made no later than two                     rate of progress in the probationary year, and
weeks after the release of the examination results.                           unless they can show cause for this failure, that
If students are not satisfied with the outcome, they may then                 student will be excluded from the university for a
approach the Dean of Students and request a further                           period of one year.
investigation of the matter.                                             b) An undergraduate student who, because of
Finally, if students believe there has been a lack of due                   exceptional circumstances, can show cause for
process in the reassessment procedure outiined above,                       failing to meeting the minimum rate of progress as
they may appeal, within two weeks of receiving the                          specified in Rule 8.8(2), above may be permitted to
response from the Dean, to the Academic Review                              re-enrol. However, if that candidate again fails to
Committee to review the matter. The letter of appeal must                   meet the required minimum rate of progress, that
state fully the reasons for the appeal and include any                      student will be excluded from the university for a
relevant documentary evidence to support the appeal.                        period of two years.
Please note, however, that the Committee's role is to
                                                                         c)   A student who is excluded from re-enrolment may
ensure that due process has been followed - the
                                                                              appeal that decision by writing to the Vice-Principal
Committee's role is not to reassess the academic quality of
                                                                              (Administration) within 14 days of notification.
the work.
                                                                    8.9 Guidelines for the Granting of Awards with
8.8 Minimum Rate of Progress
                                                                         Distinction
1.    A candidate may enrol in an undergraduate program in
                                                                    The rules for the granting of an award "with Distinction"
      accordance with the provisions of the Enrolment Rules
                                                                    were amended on 5 June 2002 and apply to those courses
      provided that the rate of progress is at least the
                                                                    as prescribed below.
      minimum specified by the relevant clauses below.
                                                                    To be eligible for the award, a student must be enrolled in
2.    The required minimum rate of progress by a candidate
                                                                    one of the following courses:
      in an undergraduate program is:
                                                                         •    a pass bachelor degree
      a)   in the first two consecutive sessions of registration
           (excluding      summer      session),    satisfactory         •    a pass masters degree
           completion of subjects having a credit point value of    Students enrolled in a graduate certificate, graduate
           at least one half the credit points attempted in that    diploma, honours bachelor degree course (including a four
           year; and                                                year bachelor degree program where there is a built-in
      b)   in each subsequent 12 months (excluding summer           honours component; that is, where honours may be
           session), satisfactory completion of subjects having     awarded depending on the grade achieved), masters by
           a credit point value of at least two-thirds the credit   research degree or doctoral degree program are not eligible
           points attempted in that year.                           for the award.
      c)   For the purpose of calculating whether a student is      In determining the granting of an award with Distinction, in
           making satisfactory progress, summer session             general, all subjects which constitute the degree course will
           results are excluded. Grades of 'Pass Restricted'        be taken into account. However, in the case of students who
           and 'Pass Conceded' are considered to be passing         have been granted advanced standing towards their degree
           grades.                                                  or diploma as a result of studies undertaken elsewhere, only
                                                                    their performance in subjects studied at the University of
                                                                    Woliongong will be taken into consideration in determining
                                                                    whether they qualify for the award.
                                                                    To be eligible to receive their award with Distinction,
                                                                    undergraduate students, including those enrolled in a joint
                                                                    program, must have completed at least 50 percent of their
                                                                    degree at the University of Woliongong and postgraduate

482
                                                                                                                General Information

student, must have completed at least 75 percent of their               remains entirely under the control of the supervisor
degree at the University of Woliongong.                                 appointed pursuant to Rule 10.1(1) above.
In order to achieve an award with Distinction, students must       4.   After consultation with the Head and on written
gain an average mark of 75%) or more in the subjects that               application from a candidate, a change of supervisor
comprised their course. In determining a student's average              may be approved.
mark, subjects will be weighted for credit point value only.
                                                                   5.   Before approving the registration of an applicant as a
Students who enrolled in either a Bachelor of Commerce                  candidate. Council shall be satisfied that adequate
degree. Master of Intemational Business degree or Master                supervision and facilities for the proposed work are
of Business Administration degree prior to the 1st January              available.
2001 and who fail to meet the eligibility criteria for the
                                                                   10.2      Requirements for Research Subjects
granting of their award "with Distinction", may receive their
award "with Merit", provided they meet the eligibility             1.   A candidate shall, not later than one session after
requirements as prescribed for those awards. For further                registration, submit the titie of the thesis or minor thesis
information, students are advised to consult the Faculty of             through the Head for approval; upon approval, the titie
Commerce.                                                               may not be changed except with further approval.
                                                                   2.   A candidate enrolled for a research subject shall submit
                                                                        annually to Council, through the Head, a report on
9. Ownership of Work & Intellectual                                     progress of work for the thesis or minor thesis.

   Property                                                        3.   A candidate shall submit to the Head two months
                                                                        written notice of intention to submit the thesis or minor
1.   The University reserves the right to retain, at its                thesis.
     discretion, the original or one copy of any work
     submitted for assessment in a course, competition or a        4.   On completion of a research subject, a candidate shall
     subject, other than a research subject, conducted by               submit a thesis or minor thesis embodying the results of
     the University.                                                    the work undertaken in the subject.
                                                                   5.   The thesis or minor thesis shall be presented in a form
2.   The University retains the right to intellectual property
                                                                        which complies with the requirements set out in Rule
     resulting from work undertaken by a candidate
                                                                        10.3 below and shall include a certificate indicating the
     excepting that the candidate may negotiate with the
                                                                        extent to which the work has been performed by the
     University for ownership of some or all of the intellectual
                                                                        candidate.
     property.
                                                                   6.   The candidate may submit for consideration any
3. A candidate retains copyright over a thesis submitted
                                                                        relevant work that has been published.
   for assessment in a subject or for an award, subject to
   the requirements prescribed in Rule 10.3 - Procedures           7.   A candidate may not submit as the major part of a
   Governing the Preparation & Submission of Theses.                    thesis any work or material which has previously been
                                                                        submitted for a degree of the University or other similar
                                                                        award of another tertiary institution, except for the case
                                                                        of a thesis submitted for the degree of Doctor of
10.Thesis & Research Degree Rules                                       Philosophy of this University and recommended by the
10.1    Supervision for Thesis & Minor Thesis                           examiners that it be submitted for the masters by
                                                                        research degree.
1.   A candidate for a masters or doctoral degree shall carry
     out the thesis or minor thesis work required for the          8.   A candidate submitting a thesis for a doctoral degree
     research subject under the direction of a supervisor or            must comply with the following additional requirements:
     supervisors, of whom at least one shall be a full time             a) the majority of the work submitted shall have been
     member of the academic staff, appointed under                         completed subsequent to registration for the
     approved conditions.                                                  degree;
2.   Should the supervisor be absent from the University for            b) the work shall comprise an original and significant
     a period exceeding six weeks, that supervisor shall                   contribution to knowledge of the subject;
     recommend an altemative supervisor to be appointed
                                                                        c)   the thesis must present an account            by the
     under approved conditions for the period of absence.
                                                                             candidate of the study; and
3.   Work in a research subject, other than field work, shall           d)   in special cases, study carried out jointly with other
     be carried out in an academic unit of this University                   persons may be accepted, provided Council is
     save that in special cases a candidate may be                           satisfied that the contribution by the candidate to
     permitted to conduct work at other places where                         the joint study is adequate.
     suitable facilities are available; such permission will be
     granted on the condition that direction of the work


                                                                                                                               483
General Information

9.     A candidate for a Masters by research degree may                          Office of Research two final copies of the thesis,
       apply to change registration to a Doctoral degree under                   bound in accordance with Rule 10.3 (5).
       these requirements:                                             3.   The degree will not be conferred until the two final
     a)     candidates must have completed sufficient study in              bound copies are lodged with the Director, Office of
            the Masters by research program at this University              Research accompanied by a letter from the Head
            to allow an assessment of the capacity of the                   certifying that, if required, corrections have been
            student to undertake independent research This                  satisfactorily completed.
            would normally mean that candidates admitted to a          4.   All copies of    the thesis     shall include a summary of
            48 credit points or greater would complete required             approximately    200 words      and a declaration signed by
            coursework components of the degree and have                    the candidate     stipulating   that the work has not been
            completed approximately nine (9) months of                      submitted for     a degree       to any other university or
            equivalent full-time candidature of their thesis                institution.
            component prior to application to transfer to a
                                                                       5.   Theses are to be prepared in accordance with the
            doctoral degree.
                                                                            following specifications, save that variation may be
       b)   applications from candidates will be assessed by a              approved after consultation with the supervisor:
            formal public presentation of a seminar on the
                                                                            a)   the text of the thesis, nonnally in English, shall be
            research topic to a group which must include as a
                                                                                 in double-spaced or one and a half spaced
            minimum the primary supervisor; a representative
            from the Thesis Examination Committee; and the                       typescript;
            chair of the Faculty Research Committee (or the                 b) the size of the paper shall approximate
            chair's representative) for the Faculty in which the               International Standards Organisation paper size A4
            candidate is enrolled.                                             (297mm x 210mm) except for illustrative material
                                                                               such as drawings, photographs, printouts and
     c)      a report on the candidate's seminar and any other
                                                                               sleeves for audio records, on which no restriction is
             supporting documentation will be prepared by the
                                                                               placed; the paper used in all copies shall be white
             primary     supervisor.     The      report   and
                                                                               opaque paper of good quality;
             recommendation, must be signed by the
             representative from the Thesis Examination                     c)   the margins on each sheet shall be not less than
             Committee (TEC) and the chair of the Faculty                        40mm on the bound side, 20mm on the unbound
             Research      Committee      (or     the    chair's                 side, 30mm at the top and 20mm at the bottom;
             representative), and forwarded to the TEC.                     d)   in the binding of a thesis which includes mounted
       d) the final determination will be made by the Thesis                     photographs, graphs, or similar method, or contains
          Examination Committee.                                                 a back pocket, packing shall be inserted at the
                                                                                 spine to ensure even thickness of the volume;
10.3        Procedures Governing the Preparation &
            Submission of Theses                                            e)   a completed and signed "Thesis Declaration", as
                                                                                 prescribed in Rule 10.3 (9), shall be affixed to the
1.     The thesis and other relevant work may be submitted                       inside of the front cover of each copy of the thesis
       for examination to the Director, Office of Research                       submitted;
       provided the candidate has completed the required
       minimum period of registration for the degree and is                 f)   the thesis shall be presented in a permanent and
       registered (enrolled) for the degree for which they are                   legible form as original typescript, offset printing, or
       submitting the copies of their thesis.                                    copy by other approved technique; and
                                                                            g) there shall be a title sheet set out in accordance
2.     A candidate required to submit a thesis for a masters by
       research degree or a doctoral degree shall submit to                    with the approved style sheet.
       the Director, Office of Research                                6.   The copies of the thesis provided for examination:
       a)   a statement from their supervisor stipulating that              a)   can be either spiral bound or bound in boards,
            the thesis is in a form suitable for submission for                  covered with buckram; and
            examination;                                                    b)   may be printed single or double sided on the paper.
       b)    a statement indicating the extent to which the work       7.   The two final bound copies of the thesis shall be
             is their own work;                                             presented in the following manner:
       c)    in the first instance, three spiral bound copies of the        a) the thesis shall be bound in boards, covered viflth
             thesis and supporting work for submission to                      buckram;
             examiners; and
                                                                            b) the lettering on the spine binding will be 10mm in
       d) following examination of the thesis, in accordance                   height and will be:
          with the recommendations in Rule 10.4 (6) a), b), d)
                                                                                 i)    15mm from the bottom and across - UoW;
          or e) the candidate shall make necessary
          con-ections. if any, and present to the Director,                      ii)   70 from the bottom and across - the degree;
"484
                                                                                                               General Information

           iii) underneath the degree, the year of submission           a)   whether the supervisor is in agreement with the
                of the thesis; and                                           statement submitted by the candidate in
           iv) evenly spaced between the degree and the                      accordance with Rule 10.2(5); and
               top, reading upwards, the name of the author,            b) whether, in the opinion of the supervisor, the thesis
               initials of given name or names first followed by           is presented in a form that complies with the
               family name;                                                requirements of Rule 10.3 and is prima facie worthy
     c)    no other lettering or decoration is permitted on the            of examination.
           spine or elsewhere on the binding;                      4.   An examiner of a thesis for a masters by research
     d)    shall be printed single or double sided on the               degree shall be asked to report on:
           paper;                                                       a) whether the thesis demonstrates that the candidate
     e)    the text of the thesis shall be in double-spaced or             has an adequate understanding of the field of
           one and a half spaced typescript.                               research;

8.   A thesis submitted for a higher degree shall be retained           b) whether the thesis demonstrates that the candidate
     in the Library for record purposes, within copyright                  has designed, undertaken and reported on an
     privileges of the author, and shall be public property                investigation in the specified field of research to a
     and accessible for consultation at the discretion of the              satisfactory level;
     Librarian in accordance with Rule 10.3 (9).                        c)   whether the candidate has presented the thesis in a
9. To stipulate the wishes of a candidate for a higher                       manner and level appropnate to the field of
   degree regarding utilisation of the contents of the                       research; and
   thesis, the candidate is required to complete a "Thesis              d) whether the literary standard of the thesis is
   Declaration" available from the Director, Office of                     adequate.
   Research:
                                                                   5.   An examiner of a thesis for a doctoral degree by thesis
     a)    Form 1 to permit the University Librarian to retain a        shall be asked to report on:
           copy of the thesis for record purposes and grant
                                                                        a) whether the thesis provides evidence that the
           public access to it; or
                                                                           candidate conducted original research;
     b)    Form 2 to allow the University Librarian to retain a         b) whether the thesis demonstrates that the candidate
           copy of the thesis for record purposes and under
                                                                           has made a significant contribution to the
           certain conditions restrict access (see Code of
                                                                           knowledge of the subject concerned;
           Practice - Supervision).
                                                                        c)   whether the thesis reveals that the candidate has a
10. The abstract submitted with a doctoral thesis shall be                   broad understanding of the discipline within which
    listed on the University's website.                                      the work was conducted;
11. For information about the University policy on                      d) whether the thesis contains material suitable for
    intellectual property, a candidate submitting a thesis                 publication;
    should consult the "Intellectual Property Policy",
    available from the University's website.                            e) whether the candidate has presented the thesis in a
                                                                           manner and level appropriate to the field of
10.4      Examination of Theses                                            research; and
1.   Council shall appoint at least:                                    f)   whether the literary standard of the thesis is
     a) three examiners of the thesis, of whom at least one                  adequate.
        shall be normally a member of the relevant                 6.   After examining a thesis, an examiner may recommend
        academic unit and at least two shall be external to             that:
        the University for a candidate for a higher doctoral
                                                                        a) the candidate be awarded the degree without
        degree;
                                                                           further examination; or
     b) two examiners of the thesis, each of whom shall be
                                                                        b) the candidate be awarded the degree subject to
        external to the University for a candidate for a
                                                                           revisions or corrections to the thesis; or
        doctoral degree; and
                                                                        c)   the candidate be required to resubmit the thesis in
     c)   two examiners of the thesis, not more than one of
                                                                             revised form for examination after a specified
          whom shall be internal to the University for a
                                                                             period of study and/or research; or
          candidate for a masters by research degree.
                                                                        d) the candidate be required to attend an oral
2.   A supervisor of a candidate may not be an examiner of
                                                                           examination; or
     a thesis submitted by that candidate.
                                                                        e)   in the case of a candidate for a doctoral degree, the
3.   A supervisor of a candidate who has submitted a thesis
                                                                             candidate be permitted to submit the thesis for a
     shall provide a certificate indicating:
                                                                             masters by research degree; or

                                                                                                                              485
General Information

     f)      the candidate be not awarded the degree.                    c)   expulsion from this University.

7.   The candidate must make any revisions requested by             2.   A person who is:
     the examiner/s, as per mle 10.4(6)(b), to the thesis                a)   suspended may be re-admitted to this University at
     within 12 months from the date of the Thesis                             the conclusion of the defined period of suspension;
     Examination Committee Resolution. The candidate and
                                                                         b)   excluded must apply for admission to this
     their supervisor may request to the Chair of the Thesis
                                                                              University at the conclusion of the period of
     Examination Committee for an extension to this period
                                                                              exclusion should re-admission be sought; and
     under exceptional circumstances. If the revised thesis is
     not received by the Office of Research within 12                    c)   expelled shall not be re-admitted except by
     months, the candidate will be awarded a fail.                            permission of Council.

10.5        Procedures for Examination of Work                      3.   The period of suspension will comprise one or more
                                                                         sessions and the remainder of the session in which the
            Submitted for Doctor of Philosophy by
                                                                         suspension is applied.
            Publication & Higher Doctoral Degrees
                                                                    4.   The period of exclusion will comprise one or more years
1.    Each examiner shall make an independent report on
                                                                         and the remainder of the year in which the exclusion is
      the submitted work or works.
                                                                         applied.
2.    Prior to the oral examination of an applicant for a
                                                                    5.   Any record of performance issued by this University in
      doctoral degree by publication or an applicant for a
                                                                         respect of a person refused registration as prescribed in
      higher doctoral degree, should such examination be
                                                                         Rule 11.1, shall include detail of such suspension,
      deemed necessary, each examiner shall present
                                                                         exclusion or expulsion.
      questions for the examination.
3.    Should the examiners be not satisfied with the
      performance of the candidate in an oral examination.
      Council may permit the candidate to present for that
                                                                    12. Other
      examination on a second occasion at a time to be              1.   General Saving Clause
      determined by the examiners.
                                                                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained.
4.     Should the       examiners    not   agree    in their        Council may dispense with or suspend any requirement of,
       recommendations or should, for any other reason,
                                                                    or prescription by, these Rules.
       further opinion on the merit of the submitted work be
       needed. Council may appoint an additional examiner or        2.   Application for Amending Rules
       examiners who shall make an independent report on            Should an amendment be made to either or both these
       the submitted work and who may, at the discretion of         Rules or the Attachments following these Rules, the
       such examiner or examiners, conduct an oral or written       amendment shall apply from the date of implementation, but
       examination on that work and on the general relevant         not retrospectively, to all candidates, unless determined
       field of knowledge.                                          otherwise by Council.
5.     At the conclusion of the examination, the examiners will
                                                                    3.   Appeal
       submit to Council a concise report on the merits of the
       published work and on the examination results and            1.   A candidate may appeal against any decision made
       Council shall determine whether or not the applicant              under these Rules.
       may be admitted to the degree.                               2.   An appeal should be made in writing to the Vice-
6.     Should the application for admission to the degree fail,          Principal (Administration) within 14 days of notification
       the person may make one only additional application               of the decision referred to in Rule 12(3)(1).
       after a period of not less than three years from the date    3.   An appeal shall conform with approved guidelines.
       of the original application.
7.     An applicant for admission to the degree shall not be
       present at the relevant deliberations of Council.



 11. Refusal of Registration
 1     A candidate may be refused registration by reason of:
       a)    suspension from this University for a defined
             period; or
       b)    exclusion from this University for a defined period;
             or

486
                                                                                                                   General Informatic


C. Award Rules
Part 1. Bachelor Degree Rules                                     b)    The Honours Bachelor Degrees:
                                                                  Bachelor of Arts                                         BA (Hons)
101       Preliminary
                                                                  Bachelor of Biotechnology                       BBiotech (Hons)
Section 1 of these Rules applies to a candidate registered        Bachelor of Biotechnology (Adv)             BBiotech (Hons)Adv
for a tjachelor degree, and is to be read in conjunction with
                                                                  Bachelor of Commerce                                BCom (Hons)
relevant provisions of the General Rules.
                                                                  Bachelor of Computer Bioinformatics .. BCompBioinf (Hons)
102       Bachelor Degrees & the Abbreviations                    Bachelor of Computer Geofinfonnatics

The following Rules apply to undergraduate             courses,                                              BCompGeoinf(Hons)
including approved prescribed double degree            courses,   Bachelor of Computer Science                   BCompSc (Hons)
leading to:                                                       Bachelor of Creative Arts                            BCA (Hons)
a)    The Pass Bachelor Degrees:                                  Bachelor of Education                                   BEd (Hons)

Bachelor of Accountancy                               BAccy       Bachelor of Engineering                                  BE (Hons)

Bachelor of Arts                                         BA       Bachelor of Environmental Science         BEnvSc (Hons)
                                                                  Bachelor of Environmental Science (Advanced)
Bachelor of Biotechnology                           BBiotech                                              EnvSci(Hons)Adv
Bachelorof Business Administration                     BBA        Bachelor of Exercise Science & Rehabilitation
Bachelor of Business Administration (Logistics).... BBA(Log)                                                          BExR(Hons)
Bachelor of Commerce                                  BCom        Bachelor of Information 8e Communication Technology
                                                                                                           BInfoTech (Hons)
Bachelor of Communication and Media Studies            BCM
                                                                  Bachelor of Internet Science 8i Technology           BIST (Hons)
Bachelor of Computer Bioinfonnatics             BCompBioinf
                                                                  Bachelor of Laws                                        LLB (Hons)
Bachelor of Computer Geoinformatics             BCompGeoinf
                                                                  Bachelor of Letters                                  LittB (Hons)
Bachelor of Computer Science                       BCompSc
                                                                  Bachelor of Marine Science                       BMarSc (Hons)
Bachelor of Creative Arts                              BCA
                                                                  Bachelor of Mathematics                            BMath (Hons)
Bachelor of Education                                   BEd
                                                                  Bachelor of Mathematical Sciences               BMathSc (Hons)
Bachelorof Engineering                                   BE
                                                                  Bachelor of Mathematics and Economics
Bachelorof Environmental Science                    BEnvSc
                                                                                                               BMathEcon (Hons)
Bachelorof Exercise Science 8. Rehabilitation         BExR
                                                                  Bachelor of Mathematics and Finance            BMathFin (Hons)
Bachelor of Health Science in Indigenous Health Studies
                                                                  Bachelor of Medical Radiation Physics
                                       BHIthSclndHlthStud
                                                                                                       BMedRadPhys (Hons)
Bachelor of Information & Communication Technology
                                                                  Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry              BMedChem (Hons)
                                              BInfoTech
                                                                  Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry (Advanced)
Bachelorof Internet Science & Technology               BIST
                                                                                                      BMedChem(Hons)Adv
Bachelor of Laws                                        LLB
                                                                  Bachelor of Nursing                             BNursing (Hons)
Bachelor of Letters                                     LittB
                                                                  Bachelor of Psychology                             BPsyc (Hons)
Bachelor of Marine Science                          BMarSc
                                                                  Bachelor of Science                                   BSc (Hons)
Bachelor of Mathematics                               BMath
                                                                  Bachelor of Science (Adv)                        BSci (Hons)Adv
Bachelor of Mathematics (Advanced)               BMath(Adv)
Bachelor of Mathematics Education                  BmathEd
Bachelor of Mathematical Sciences                  BMathSc        103        A d m i s s i o n & Registration R e q u i r e m e n t s
Bachelor of Mathematics 8i Economics             BMathEcon        1.    An applicant shall comply with relevant provisions of th(
Bachelor of Mathematics &L Finance                  BMathFin            Admission Rules and 103 (2) to (8) below.
Bachelor of Medical Physics                       BMedPhys
                                                                  2.    To qualify for admission to the conversion coursi
Bachelor of Medical Radiation Physics        BMedRadPhys                leading to the degree of Bachelor of Education a persoi
Bachelor of Medical Science                         BMedSci             shall have:
Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry                  BMedChem
                                                                        a)   qualified for the appropriate Diploma in Teaching c
Bachelor of Nursing                                BNursing                  Bachelor of Teaching of this University or ai
Bachelor of Nutrition 8. Dietetics                 BNutrDiet                 approved equivalent qualification; and
Bachelor of Psychology                                BPsyc
                                                                        b)   satisfactorily     completed         other       approve^
Bachelor of Science                                     BSc                  requirements.
Bachelor of Science Education                        BScEd
                                                                  3.    To qualify for admission to the course leading to th
Bachelor of Science (Photonics)             BSc(Photonics)              degree of Bachelor of Laws a person shall have:
Bachelor of Teaching                                 BTeach             a)   qualified for the award of a bachelor degree; or
                                                                                                                                        48
General Information

      b)   complied with any other approved requirements as                 again as a candidate for an honours bachelor degree in
           set out by the Bachelor of Laws course structure.                the same academic discipline.
4.    To qualify for admission to the conversion course               104          Enrolment Requirements
      leading to the degree of Bachelor of Nursing a person
                                                                      1.    A candidate shall comply with the relevant provisions of
      shall have:
                                                                            the General Enrolment Requirements, in addition to
      a)   either;                                                          which a candidate registered for an honours bachelor
           i)    qualified for either the Diploma of Applied                degree may enrol in:
                 Science (Nursing) or the Diploma of Nursing of             a)    subjects offered or approved by one academic unit;
                 this University or an approved equivalent                        or
                 qualification; or
                                                                            b)    an approved combination of subjects offered by
           ii)   registered or be eligible for registration as a                  more than one academic unit
                 nurse in Australia, and have acceptable
                 qualifications; and                                  105          Course Requirements for Bachelor of Arts

      b)   satisfactorily     completed       other        approved   1.    To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Arts a
           requirements.                                                    candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144
                                                                            credit points by satisfactory completion of subjects
5.    To qualify for admission to a course leading to an
                                                                            listed in:
      honours degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
      Commerce, Bachelor of Computer Science, Bachelor of                   a)    the Course Structures of the Bachelor of Arts
      Creative Arts, Bachelor of Intemet Science and                              offered by the Faculty of Arts (course code 702,
      Technology, Bachelor of Mathematics, Bachelor of                            702A, 702BB, 702BE, 702SH or 702MV);
      Nursing or Bachelor of Science a person shall have:                   OR
      a)   either:                                                                the Course Structures of the Bachelor of Arts
           i)    qualified at this University for the award of a                  offered by the Faculty of Health and Behavioural
                 relevant pass bachelor degree, either with                       Sciences (course code 708);
                 merit or in which the 300 level subjects in a              and
                 relevant major study were completed at an
                                                                            b) the General Schedule.
                 average of Credit grade or better; or
                                                                      2.    a)    The 144 credit points shall include:
           ii)   qualified at another tertiary institution for the
                 award of a pass bachelor degree containing a                     i.   for course code 702, 702A, 702BB, 702BE,
                 coherent study equivalent to a relevant major                         702SH or 702MV, the subjects prescribed for
                 study and in which the 300 level subjects, or                         one of the majors or joint majors listed in the
                 the equivalent, were completed at the                                 Course Structures for that degree and offered
                 equivalent of an average of Credit grade or                           by member units of the Faculty of Arts;
                 better; and                                                           OR
      b)   satisfactorily     completed      other      approved                       for course code 708, the subjects prescribed for
           requirements.                                                               one of the major studies specified in the Course
6.    A person who does not satisfy the requirements of Rule                           Structures of that degree and offered by the
      103(5) may be considered under General Course Rule                               Faculty of Health and Behavioural Sciences.
      12(1) for admission to a course for one of the honours                      ii. not more than 60 credit points in 100-level
      bachelor degrees to which Rule 103(5) applies,                                  subjects (single degree).
      providing:
                                                                                  iii. for course codes 702, 702A, 702BB, 702BE,
      a) that person has a supporting recommendation from                              702SH or 702MV, at least 12 credit points in
         the Head; and                                                                 subjects taught by member units of the Faculty
      b) the recommendation is approved.                                               of Arts, undertaken in the first two semesters of
                                                                                       study.
7.    A person who has qualified for one or more honours
      bachelor degrees and who is qualified for admission to               b)     Arts Double degree programs:
      a further course for honours may be pennitted to                            i.   In the case of Arts double degrees (course
      register for that course provided that it differs                                codes 703, 704, 720, 747A, 771), the major
      significantiy from satisfactorily completed courses for                          study required for the Arts component of the
      honours.                                                                         double degree shall be selected from those
8.    A candidate who, at the end of the prescribed period of                          majors approved for inclusion in the Course
      registration for a course for honours referred to in Rule                        Structures of the Bachelor of Arts (702 or 708).
      103(5), fails to qualify for the award of any class of                      ii. Students majoring in Psychology in Arts double
      honours referred to in Rule 114(11) may not register
                                                                                      degree programs complete the subjects
488                                                    ~
                                                                                                               General Infonmation

             prescribed for the Psychology major in the                       Mathematics course structure and the General
             course structures of either the Faculty of Arts or               Schedule; and
             the Faculty of Health and Behavioural                      b)    satisfy the requirements prescribed         in   the
             Sciences.                                                        Mathematics course structure
            iii. Students enrolled in Arts double degree          2.    Of the 144 credit points, not more than 60 credit points
                 programs must complete at least 36 credit              shall be for 100 level subjects.
                 points in subjects taught by member units of
                 the Faculty of Arts.                             109         Course Requirements for the Bachelor of
            Exception - Students enrolled in Arts double                      Psychology
            degree programs and undertaking a major from          To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Psychology a
            the course structures of the Faculty of Health and    candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 192 credit
            Behavioural Sciences will be exempted from rule       points by satisfactory completion of subjects listed in the
            105.2(b)iii.                                          Bachelor of Psychology course structure, plus subjects
3.    A candidate for this course who has registered for two      listed in the Health and Behavioural Sciences schedule, the
      major studies, for which there are common subjects,         Science schedules or the General Schedule, subject to the
      may count no more than one subject in common                following conditions:
      towards these major studies, and may count the credit       a)    Continuation in the Bachelor of Psychology course will
      points for that subject, which may be at any level, once          be dependent upon achieving, in the psychology
      only in the credit point total required for the course.           subjects approved for the degree:

106       Course Requirements for Bachelor of                           i)    an average of at least 70% at the end of 100-level;
          Commerce                                                      ii)   a cumulative average of 70% for 100 and 200-level
1.    To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of                       subjects at the end of 200-level; and
      Commerce a candidate shall accnje an aggregate of at              iii) a cumulative average of 70% for 200 and SOO-level
      least 144 credit points, including a major study, by                   subjects at the end of SOO-level.
      satisfactory completion of subjects listed in the General         Students who do not meet the required average would
      Schedule.                                                         be transferred to a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of
2.    The 144 credit points shall include the subjects                  Arts degree, majoring in Psychology.
      prescribed for one of the majors or combined majors         b) Applications for entry to the Bachelor of Psychology
      offered by the Faculty of Commerce.                            (BPsyc) after students have completed 100, 200 and
3.    Of the 144 credit points, not more than 72 credit points       300-levels will be considered on an annual basis.
      shall be for 100 level subjects.                               Because of limited places students will be ranked for
                                                                     inclusion on the basis of the following performance in
107       Course Requirements for Bachelor of                        the psychology subjects approved for the BPsyc:
          Computer Science
                                                                        i)    an average of at least 70% at the end of 100-level,
1.    To qualify for the award of the degree of Bachelor of
                                                                        ii)   a cumulative average of 70% for 100 and 200-level
      Computer Science a candidate shall:
                                                                              subjects at the end of 200-level, and
      a) accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit points,
                                                                        iii) a cumulative average of 70% for 200 and SOO-level
         including a major study in Computer Science, by
                                                                             subjects at the end of SOO-level.
         the satisfactory completion of subjects listed in
         either or both the Computer Science course               110         Course Requirements for Bachelor of
         structure and the General Schedule; and                              Science
      b) satisfy the requirements prescribed           in   the   1.    To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of
         Computer Science course structure.                             Science, a candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at
2.    Of the 144 credit points, not more than 60 credit points          least 144 credit points by satisfactory completion of
      shall be for 100 level subjects.                                  subjects listed in one or more of the General Schedule,
                                                                        the Health and Behavioural Sciences Schedule, the
108       Course Requirements for Bachelor of
                                                                        Science Schedule and the Engineering Schedule.
          Mathematics
                                                                  2.    The 144 credit points shall include a major study and
1.    To qualify for the award of the degree of Bachelor of             satisfy the requirements prescribed in either:
      Mathematics a candidate shall:
                                                                        a) the Health and Behavioural Sciences Schedule; or
      a) accrue an aggregate of at least 144 credit points,
                                                                        b) the Science Schedule; or
         including a major study in either Mathematics or
         Applied Statistics, by the satisfactory completion of          c)    the Engineering Schedule.
         subjects listed in either or tx)th the Bachelor of

                                                                                                                               489
General Information

3.    Of the 144 credit points, not more than 60 credit points      Bachelor of Mathematical Sciences
      shall be for 100 level subjects.                              Bachelor of Mathematics and Economics
4.    A major study in the Bachelor of Science, through the         Bachelor of Mathematics and Finance
      Faculty of Science (course code 742), may be taken in
                                                                    Bachelor of Medical Physics
      Physics, Psychology, Mathematics/Applied Statistics or
      Computer Science provided that:                               Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry

      a)     students take at least 12 credit points of 100 level   Bachelor of Medical Radiation Physics
             and 32 credit points from 200 level and/or 300 level   Bachelor of Nursing
             subjects from the Departments of Biological
                                                                    Bachelor of Nutrition & Dietetics
             Sciences or Chemistry or the School of
             Geosciences;                                           Bachelor of Psychology

       b) the intake for the Computer Science major is based        Bachelor of Teaching
          on the same UAI (or equivalent) as that required for      a candidate shall complete satisfactorily the subjects and
          the Bachelor of Computer Science; and                     the requirements prescribed in one of the course structures
       c)    students outside the Faculty of Informatics only be    in the relevant Faculty.
             permitted to enrol for CSCI111 Computer Science        112      Course Requirements for Prescribed
             1A in Spring session.
                                                                             Double Degree Courses for Bachelor
                                                                             Degrees *
Minimum Mathematics Requirement                                     To qualify for the award of the degrees of:
Prior to conferral of the degree of Bachelor of Science upon        Bachelor of Arts-Bachelor of Commerce
a candidate who has completed, for the degree, a major
                                                                    Bachelor of Arts-Bachelor of Laws
study comprising subjects offered by or for the Faculty of
Science, the candidate must satisfy the minimum                     Bachelor of Commerce-Bachelor of Laws
mathematics requirement by:                                         Bachelor of Computer Science-Bachelor of Laws
 a)    producing evidence that upon entry to the University,        Bachelor of Computer Science-Bachelor of Science
       requirements for enrolment in the subject MATH 187
                                                                    Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Arts
       Mathematics lA Part 1 have been satisfied; or
                                                                    Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Commerce
 b)    satisfactory completion of one of the subjects:
                                                                    Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Computer Science
       i)    MATH 187 Mathematics IA Part 1; or
                                                                    Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Laws
       ii)   MATH141 Mathematics IC Part 1; or
                                                                    Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Science
       iii) MATH 151 General Mathematics lA.
                                                                    Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Arts
 111         Course Requirements for Prescribed
                                                                    Bachelor of Engineering-Bachelor of Commerce
             Courses for Bachelor Degrees
                                                                    Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Computer Science
 To qualify for the award of the degree of:
                                                                    Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Laws
 Bachelor of Accountancy
                                                                    Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Mathematics
 Bachelor of Arts
                                                                    Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Science
 Bachelor of Biotechnology
                                                                    Bachelor of Information 8e Communication Technology -
 Bachelor of Business Administration
                                                                       Bachelor of Laws
 Bachelor of Computer Bioinformatics
                                                                    Bachelor of Mathematics-Bachelor of Computer Science
 Bachelor of Creative Arts
                                                                    Bachelor of Mathematics-Bachelor of Engineering
 Bachelor of Education
                                                                    Bachelor of Mathematics-Bachelor of Laws
 Bachelor of Engineering
                                                                    *See also - Policy Guidelines for Double Degrees under
 Bachelor of Environmental Science                                      Part 5, pg. 503 - Policies
 Bachelor of Exercise Science and Rehabilitation                    Bachelor of Medical Science - Bachelor of Laws
 Bachelor of Health Science in Indigenous Health Studies            Bachelor of Medical Science - Bachelor of Commerce
 Bachelor of Information & Communication Technology                 Bachelor of Psychology - Bachelor of Commerce
 Bachelor of Intemet Science & Technology                           Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of Arts
 Bachelor of Laws                                                   Bachelor of Science - Bachelor of Commerce
 Bachelor of Marine Science                                         Bachelor of Science-Bachelor of Laws
 l90
                                                                                                             General Information

a candidate shall complete satisfactorily the subjects and       3.   The degree of Bachelor of Arts may be conferred upon
the requirements prescribed in one of the double degree               a candidate for the Bachelor of Arts - Bachelor of
course structures in the relevant Faculty.                            Engineering degrees who satisfactorily completes
                                                                      subjects having the value of at least 144 credit points
                                                                      and which satisfy requirements stipulated in Rule 105.
113       Course Requirements for Honours
                                                                 4.   Prior to the conferring of a degree of Bachelor of
          Bachelor Degrees in Arts, Commerce,                         Education or an Honours degree of Bachelor of
          Computer Science, Creative Arts, Internet                   Education upon a candidate who holds either a Diploma
          Science & Technology, Mathematics,                          in Teaching or a Bachelor of Teaching of this University,
          Nursing & Science                                           the candidate shall be deemed to have surrendered the
                                                                      testamur for that Diploma in Teaching or Bachelor of
To qualify for award of an honours degree of:
                                                                      Teaching and in so doing shall be deemed to have
Bachelor of Arts                                                      surrendered all rights relating to the Diploma or Degree.
Bachelor of Commerce                                             5.   Prior to the conferring of a degree of Bachelor of
Bachelor of Computer Science                                          Biotechnology or an honours degree of Bachelor of
Bachelor of Creative Arts                                             Biotechnology upon a candidate who holds a Bachelor
                                                                      of Science of this University attained by satisfactory
Bachelor of Internet Science and Technology                           completion of subjects prescribed for the first three
Bachelor of Mathematics                                               years for the degree of Bachelor of Biotechnology, the
Bachelor of Nursing                                                   candidate shall be deemed to have surrendered the
                                                                      testamur for that Bachelor of Science and in so doing
Bachelor of Science
                                                                      shall be deemed to have surrendered all rights relating
by either a single or a combined course of study as                   to the degree.
prescribed in Rule 104, a full time candidate shall, within a
                                                                 6.   A candidate who has attained an approved standard of
period of two consecutive sessions not including summer
                                                                      achievement in the course for the pass bachelor degree
session, or a part time candidate shall, within a period of
                                                                      may be awarded that degree with distinction.
four consecutive sessions not including summer session, as
prescribed at registration, accrue an aggregate of at least      7.   Prior to conferring of a degree of Bachelor of Laws
48 credit points by the satisfactory completion of an                 upon a candidate who holds a Graduate Diploma in
approved combination of 400 level subjects listed in the              Law, with major other than Court Policy and
relevant course structure of the relevant Faculty.                    Administration, of this University, the candidate shall be
                                                                      deemed to have surrendered the testamur for that
114       Conferral of Awards                                         Graduate Diploma and in doing so shall be deemed to
1.    Awards shall be conferred in accordance with the                have surrendered all rights relating to the Graduate
      relevant provisions of General Course Rule 6.7 and              Diploma.
      Rules 114(2) to (11).                                      8.   A pass bachelor degree shall not be conferred upon a
2.    Notwithstanding the provisions of part (1) of each of           candidate who is registered for the corresponding
      Rules 105 to 109 and rule 110, the degree of:                   honours bachelor degree.

      Bachelor of Arts                                           9.   Prior to the conferring of an honours bachelor degree
                                                                      upon a candidate who holds the corresponding pass
      Bachelor of Commerce
                                                                      bachelor degree of this University, the candidate shall
      Bachelor of Computer Science                                    be deemed to have surrendered the testamur for that
      Bachelor of Creative Arts                                       pass bachelor degree and in doing so shall be deemed
                                                                      to have surrendered all rights relating to the pass
      Bachelor of Mathematics
                                                                      bachelor degree.
      Bachelor of Science
                                                                 10. A candidate for a pass degree of:
     may be conferred upon a candidate registered for a
                                                                      Bachelor of Biotechnology
     relevant double degree course and who satisfies the
     other provisions of the relevant Rule by the satisfactory        Bachelor of Education
     completion of subjects having a value of at least 144            Bachelor of Engineering
     credit points of which:
                                                                      Bachelor of Environmental Science
      a) a prescribed minimum number of credit points,
                                                                      Bachelor of Information & Communication Technology
         including a major study, shall be for subjects listed
         in the General Schedule; and                                 Bachelor of Laws

      b) the other credit points shall be either, or both, for        Bachelor of Mathematical Sciences
         subjects prescribed in the double degree course or           Bachelor of Mathematics and Economics
         for subjects from the General Schedule.
                                                                                                                            491
General Information

      Bachelor of Mathematics and Finance                                   GCert in Information Systems                                       GCertIS
                                                                            GCert in Literacy                                                GCertLit
      Bachelor of Medical Physics
                                                                            GCert in Logistics                                             GCertLog
      Bachelor of Medical Radiation Physics
                                                                            GCert in Maintenance Management                      GCertMaintMgmt
      Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry
                                                                            GCert in Management                                          GCertMgmt
      Bachelor of Psychology                                                GCert in Maritime Studies                          GCertMaritimeStud
   who completes satisfactorily the subjects prescribed in                  GCert in Marketing                                            GCertMark
   one of the courses listed in the relevant course structure               GCert in Mental Health                                   GCertMntiHIth
   at the standard of achievement prescribed in General                     GCert in Migration and Development                       GCertMigrDev
   Course      Rule    8.3,   shall    receive    the    corresponding      GCert in Multicultural Joumalism                        GCertMultiJour
   honours degree.
                                                                            GCert in Nursing                                              GCertNurs
11. A    candidate     who     satisfactorily    completes       relevant   GCert in Nutrition Management                         GCertNutri\/lgmt
      requirements may be awarded the honours bachelor                      GCert in Occupational Health & Safety                        GCertOHS
      degree in one of the classes:
                                                                            GCert in Outdoor Education                                         CCertN
      Honours Class I                                                       GCert in Public Health Research Methods
                                                                                                                GCertPubHIthResMth
      Honours Class II Division 1
                                                                            GCert in Special Education                            GCertSpecialEd
      Honours Class II Division 2
                                                                            GCert in Social Change and Development                       GCertSCD
      Honours Class III
                                                                            GCert in TESOL                                              GCertTESOL
      determined as set out in General Course Rule 8.3.                                                      <
                                                                            GCert in Textual Studies, Media 8 Linguistics
                                                                                                                GcertTextStudMedLing
                                                                            GCert in Transnational Crime Prevention
Part 2. Graduate Certificate Rules                                                                                        GCertTransCrimePrev
201        Preliminary                                                      GCert in Quality Management                                    GcertOM
                                                                            Post GCert in Advanced Training in Clinical Psychology
Part 2 of these Rules applies to a candidate registered for a
                                                                                                                    GCertAdvClinPsych
graduate certificate and is to be read in conjunction with                  Post GCert in Professional Psychological Practice
relevant provisions of the General Rules.                                                                        PGCertProfPsychPrac

202        G r a d u a t e Certificates & t h e A b b r e v i a t i o n s   203        C o u r s e R e q u i r e m e n t s for t h e G r a d u a t e

Part 2 of these Rules applies to postgraduate courses                                  Certificate
leading to the graduate certificates:                                       To qualify for award of a graduate certificate, a candidate
GCert in Adult Career Development                  GCertCareerDev           shall:
GCert in Applied Economics                          GCertApplEcon           a)    accrue an aggregate of at least 24 credit points by the
GCert in Banking and Finance                          GCertBankFin                satisfactory completion of subjects approved by the
GCert in Business                                          GCertBus               Head and prescribed in one of the course structures
GCert in Business Administration                            GCertBA               offered by the relevant Faculty; and
GCert in Cognitive Neuroscience                    GCertCogNeuro            b)    be   subject      to    any     provisions       of    the     Course
GCert in Computer-based Learning                                                  Requirements for that particular graduate certificate.
                                          GCertCompBasedLeam                c)    For a candidate for a Postgraduate Certinficate in Prof
GCert in Educational Leadership                         GCertEdLead               and Practice, the course shall comprise subjects having
GCert in Engineering                                       GCertEng               a value of 36 credit points selected from the relevant
GCert in Environmental Education                        GCertEnvEd                course structure.
GCert in Forest Conservation & Management
                                 GCertForestConsSiMgmt
GCert in Gifted Education                            GCertGiftedEd
GCert in Health Informatics
GCert in Health Policy and Management                   GCertHP&M
GCert in Higher Education                           GCertHigherEd
GCert in History Education                              GCertHistEd
GCert in Indigenous Health Studies                   GcertlndHealth
GCert in Industrial Relations                                GCertIR
GCert in Information & Communication Technology
                                          GCertlnfoTech
GCert in Intemational Business                               GCertIB


492
                                                                                                                                    General Information

                                                                                 b)    be subject to any provisions of the Course
Part 3. Graduate Diploma Rules
                                                                                       Requirements for that particular graduate diploma.
301           Preliminary
                                                                                 305        C o n f e r r a l of A w a r d s
Part 3 of these Rules applies to a candidate registered for a
                                                                                 1.    A Graduate Diploma in Law with major other than Court
graduate diploma and is to be read in conjunction with
                                                                                       Policy and Administration, shall not be confen-ed upon a
relevant provisions of the General Rules.
                                                                                       candidate who is registered for the degree of Bachelor
302           Graduate Diplomas and the Abbreviations                                  of Laws.

Part 3 of these Rules controls postgraduate courses leading                      2.    Prior to the conferring of a graduate diploma upon a
to the graduate diplomas:                                                              candidate who holds a graduate certificate of the
                                                                                       University and which was a component of the graduate
GDip n Adult Education &i Training                            GDipAdultEd
                                                                                       diploma, the candidate            shall be deemed to       have
GDip n Arts                                                        GDipArts
                                                                                       sun-endered the testamur for that graduate certificate
GDip n Business Administration                                      GDipBA             and in doing so shall be deemed to have surrendered
GDip n Commerce                                                    GDipCom             all rights relating to that graduate certificate.
GDip n Education                                                    GDipEd
                                                                                 3.    A candidate Who has attained an approved standard of
GDip n Engineering                                                 GDipEng
                                                                                       achievement in the course for a graduate diploma may
GDip n Indigenous Health Studies                           GDiplndHealth               be awarded that graduate diploma with distinction.
GDip n Information Systems                                           GDipIS
GDip n Law                                                         GDipLaw
GDip n Legal Practice                                       GDipLegPrac
                                                                                 Part 4. Masters Degree Rules
GDip n Materials Welding & Joining                                 GDipMWJ
GDip n Maintenance Management                               GDipMtceMgt          401        Preliminary
GDip n Natural Resources Law                            GDipNatResLaw            Part 4 of these Rules applies to a candidate registered for a
GDip n Nursing                                               GDipNursing         masters degree and is to be read in conjunction with
GDip n Public Health                                                GDipPH       relevant provisions of the General Rules.
GDip n Science                                                      GDipSc       402        Masters Degrees & the Abbreviations
GDip n Statistics                                                  GDipStat
                                                                                 Part 4 of these Rules applies to postgraduate courses
GDip n TESOL                                                  GDipTESOL
                                                                                 leading to the masters degrees:
GDip n Total Quality Management                                    GDipTQM
                                                                                 Master of Accountancy                                      MAccy
Post Gdip in Advanced Training in Clinical Psychology
                                        PGDipAdvClinPsych                        Master of Applied Finance                                 MAppFin
                                                                                 Master of Applied Management in Social Change
303           A d m i s s i o n & Registration R e q u i r e m e n t s
                                                                                 and Development                               MAppMgmtSocChgDev
1.    A candidate shall comply with the relevant provisions of
                                                                                 Master of Arts                                                MA
      the General Admission Rules and 303(2) or (3).
                                                                                 Master of Business Administration                            MBA
2.    An applicant for registration for the Graduate Diploma in                  Master of Business Innovation                                 MBl
      Educational Studies must have qualified for a three year
                                                                                 Master of Clinical Psychology                           MClinPsyc
      teaching diploma or the equivalent from an approved
                                                                                 Master of Commerce                                         MCom
      institution and have at least one year, or the equivalent,
                                                                                 Master of Computer Science                              MCompSc
      of acceptable professional experience.
                                                                                 Master of Computer Studies                            MCompStud
3.    An applicant for registration for the Graduate Diploma in
                                                                                 Master of Court Management                           MCourtMgmt
      Science with major in Mental Health must have qualified
                                                                                 Master of Creative Arts                                      MCA
      for an approved three year health profession diploma or
                                                                                 Master of Economics                                        MEcon
      the equivalent from an approved institution and have at
      least     one     year,    or the      equivalent,      of    acceptable   Master of Economics                                   Mecon(Adv)
      professional experience.                                                   Master of Education                                          MEd
                                                                                 Master of Electronic Commerce                         MElecComm
304           C o u r s e R e q u i r e m e n t s for t h e G r a d u a t e
                                                                                 Master of Engineering                                       MEng
              Diploma
                                                                                 Master of Engineering Practice                          MEngPrac
To qualify for award of a graduate diploma, a candidate                          Master of Engineering Studies                           MEngStud
shall:
                                                                                 Master of Finance                                            MFin
a)    accrue an aggregate of at least 48 credit points by the                    Master of Health Informatics                          MHealthlnfo
      satisfactory completion of subjects approved by the                        Master of Health Management                                  MHM
      Head and prescribed in one of the courses structures                       Master of Indigenous Health Studies                    MindHealth
      offered by the relevant Faculty; and
                                                                                 Master of Industrial Relations                            MIndRel
                                                                                                                                                     493"
General Information

Master of Industry-based Information Technology                    MIIT           a)   at least 48 credit points at 900 level shall be for
Master of Information 8. Communication Technology                                      subjects selected from the relevant course structure
                                               MInfoTech                               offered by the relevant Faculty; and
Master of Information Systems                                MInfoSys             b)   the credit points constituting the remainder of the
Master of Information Technology Management                      MITM                  course shall be for subjects at 200, 300, 400, 800
Master of Intemational Business                                    MIB                 or 900 level selected from the relevant Schedules
Master of Internet Technology                                      MIT                 and/or course structures; a maximum of 12 credit
Master of Journalism                                                   MJ              points may be for subjects at 200 level.
Master of Laws                                                     LLM      4.    For a candidate for a degree of Master of Business
Master of Laws International                                    LLLInti           Administration, the course              shall   comprise    subjects
Master of Maritime Studies                                        MMS             having a value of at least 72 credit points, selected from
Master of Mathematics                                           Mmath             the relevant course structure.

Master of Multimedia                                                        404        C o n f e r r a l of A w a r d s
Master of Natural Resources Law                         MNatResLaw
                                                                            1.    Awards shall be conferred in accordance with the
Master of Nursing                                           MNursing
                                                                                  relevant provisions of General Course Rule 6.7 and
Master of Nursing (Mental Health)                                                 Rule 404(2).
Master of Nutrition Management                            MNutrMgmt
                                                                            2.    Prior to the conferring of a masters degree upon a
Master of Policy                                                  Mpol
                                                                                  candidate     who     holds a       graduate      certificate   or   a
Master of Professional Accounting                                 MPA             graduate diploma of this University and which was a
Master of Public Health                                           MPH             component of the masters degree, the candidate shall
Master of Quality Management                                     MOM              be deemed to have surrendered the testamur for that
Master of Science                                                 MSc             graduate certificate or graduate diploma and in doing so
Master of Social Change & Development                           MSCD              shall be deemed to have surrendered all rights relating
Master of Statistics                                             MStat            to that graduate certificate or graduate diploma.

Master of Strategic Human Resource Management MSHRM                         3.    A candidate who has attained an approved standard of
Master of Strategic Marketing                                     MSM             achievement in the course for the pass masters degree
Master of Transnational Cnme Prevention                                           may be awarded that degree with distinction.
                                                  MTransCrimePrev

403        C o u r s e R e q u i r e m e n t s for the M a s t e r s
           Degree                                                           Part 5. Masters by Research Degree Rules
1     To qualify for award of a masters degree, a candidate                 501        Preliminary
      shall:
                                                                            Part 5 of these Rules applies to a candidates registered for
      a)   undertake an approved course recommended by
                                                                            a Masters by Research degree and is to be read in
           the Head;
                                                                            conjunction with relevant provisions of the General Rules.
      b)   accrue the required number of credit points by
                                                                            502        M a s t e r s by R e s e a r c h D e g r e e s & the
           satisfactory completion of subjects comprising the
           course as set out in Rule 403(2),(3) or (4); and                            Abbreviations

      c)   be subject to any provisions of the Course                       Part 5 of these Rules controls postgraduate courses leading
           Requirements for that particular masters degree.                 to the Masters by Research degrees:

2.    For a candidate who has satisfactorily completed a                    Master of Accountancy - Research                         MAccy - Res
      relevant major study or approved work equivalent to a                 Master of Arts- Research                                    MA- Res
      relevant major study, either as part of a completed                   Master of Computer Science - Research                 MCompSc - Res
      bachelor degree or in addition to a completed bachelor                Master of Court Management - Research
      degree, the course shall comprise subjects having a                                                                    MCourtMgmt - Res
      value of at least 48 credit points at 900 level and
                                                                            Master of Creative Arts - Research
      selected from the relevant course structure offered by
                                                                            Master of Economics - Research                          MEcon - Res
      the relevant Faculty.
                                                                            Master of Education - Research                             MEd - Res
3.    For a candidate who has completed a bachelor degree,                  Master of Engineering - Research                         MEng - Res
      or an approved equivalent qualification, which does not
                                                                            Master of Environmental Science - Research MEnvSc - Res
      include a relevant major study or the equivalent of a
                                                                            Master of Finance- Research                               MFin - Res
      relevant major study, the course shall comprise
      subjects having a value of at least 72 credit points of               Master of Industrial Relations - Research              MIndRel - Res
      which:                                                                Master of Information and Communication Technology -
                                                                            Research
                                                                                                                     MInfoTech - Res
494
                                                                                                            General Information
Master of Infonnation Systems- Research.... MInfoSys - Res      Part 6. Doctoral Degree Rules
Master of Laws - Research                    MLaws - Res
Master of Management- Research               MMgmt - Res        601        Preliminary
Master of Mariceting - Research              MMark - Res        Part 6 of these Rules applies to a candidate registered for a
Master of Natural Resources Law - Research                      doctoral degree by thesis and is to be read in conjunction
                                              MNRL-Res          with relevant provisions of the General Rules.
Master of Science - Research                   MSc - Res
                                                                602        Doctoral Degrees & the Abbreviations
Master of Social Change and Development - Research
                                     MSocChgDev- Res            Part 6 of these Rules applies to postgraduate courses
                                                                leading by thesis to the doctoral degrees:
503        Course Requirements for the Masters by
           Research Degree                                      Doctor of Philosophy                                    PhD
                                                                Doctor of Business Administration                       DBA
1.    To qualify for award of a Masters by Research degree a
      candidate shall:                                          Doctor of Creative Arts                                 DCA
                                                                Doctor of Education                                     EdD
      a) undertake an approved course as recommended by
                                                                Doctor of Psychology                                  DPsyc
         the Head;
                                                                Doctor of Public Health                                 DPH
      b) accrue the required number of credit points by
         satisfactory completion of subjects comprising the     603       Admission & Registration Requirements
         course as set out in Rule 503(2);                      1.    An applicant shall comply with the provisions of the
      c)   be subject to any provisions of the Course                 General Admission Rules and 603(2) to (4)
           Requirements for that particular Masters by          2.    An applicant for registration as a candidate for a
           Research degree; and                                       doctoral degree shall have qualified for a bachelor
      d) satisfactorily complete such examinations and other          degree with Honours Class 11, Division 2 or higher of
         work as may be prescribed.                                   this University or possess an approved equivalent
                                                                      qualification from another institution.
2.    The course shall comprise subjects having a value of at
      least 72 credit points including:                         3.    Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules,
                                                                      the Head shall recommend whether the applicant is fit
      a) a research thesis subject having a value of 48               to undertake study leading to the award of a doctoral
         credit points; and                                           degree and certify that the unit has the necessary
      b) other coursework subjects having a value of 24               resources to provide supervision in the discipline in
         credit points at 900 level.                                  which the applicant proposes to study.
                                                                4.    A candidate shall register as a full time candidate for a
                                                                      doctoral degree except that:
504        Conferral of Awards
                                                                      a) a member of the full time staff of the University; or
1.    Awards shall be conferred in accordance with the
      relevant provisions of General Course Rule 6.7 and              b) a person who is not a member of the full time staff
      504(2).                                                            of the University, but who, in the opinion of Council,
                                                                         is engaged in an occupation which provides
2.    Prior to the conferring of a Masters by Research degree
                                                                         opportunity to pursue study in the relevant
      upon a candidate who holds either a graduate diploma
                                                                         academic unit, may be accepted as a part time
      or a masters degree of this University and which was a
                                                                         candidate for the degree, in which cases a
      component of the Masters by Research degree, the
                                                                         minimum period for the duration of study shall be
      candidate shall be deemed to have surrendered the
                                                                         prescribed.
      testamur for that graduate diploma or masters degree
      and in doing so shall be deemed to have surrendered       604       Course Requirements for Doctor of
      all rights relating to that graduate diploma or masters             Philosophy, Doctor of Business
      degree.                                                             Administration, Doctor of Creative Arts,
                                                                          Doctor of Education, Doctor of Psychology
                                                                          & Doctor of Public Health.
                                                                A candidate for a degree by thesis of Doctor of Philosophy.
                                                                Doctor of Creative Arts, Doctor of Education, Doctor of
                                                                Psychology or Doctor of Public Health shall enrol in a
                                                                research subject comprising a thesis and undertake an
                                                                approved study which may include specified course and/or
                                                                practical work and/or performance as recommended by the
                                                                Head.


                                                                                                                              495
General Information

605        Outside Work                                                    d)   a statement, which shall be an overview of normally
                                                                                not less than 5,000 words, setting out ways in
A full time candidate may be permitted to undertake
                                                                                which the collective publications provide an original
teaching in the University or other work which, in the
                                                                                and significant contribution to knowledge and
judgement of Council, will not interfere with pursuit of the
                                                                                incorporating;
course.
                                                                                i)    details of sources from which the works were
606        Unsatisfactory Progress
                                                                                      derived;
The candidature of a student making unsatisfactory
                                                                                ii)   details of the extent to which work of others
progress may be made subject to probation. Outcomes may
                                                                                      has been availed upon;
include transfer to a different degree program or termination
of candidature, in accordance with the Code of Practice -                       iii) details of the extent to which the applicant was
Supervision, Rule 9.                                                                 responsible for the initiation, conduct and
                                                                                     direction of any joint works submitted as part of
                                                                                     the application;

Part 7. Doctoral Degree by Publication Rules                                    iv) evidence that the publications have standing as
                                                                                    significant contributions to knowledge; and
701        Preliminary                                                          v)    a declaration identifying any of the works
Part 7 of these Rules applies to a candidate for a doctoral                           referred to in Rule 703(2)b) which have been
degree by publication and is to be read in conjunction w/ith                          submitted for any qualification of any tertiary
the relevant provisions of the General Rules.                                         institution.

702        Doctoral Degree & the Abbreviation                        704        Course Requirements for Doctor of
Part 7 of these Rules applies to the postgraduate course                        Philosophy by Publication
leading to the doctoral degree by publication:                       A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy by
Doctor of Philosophy                                      PhD        publication shall enrol in a research subject comprising a
                                                                     thesis in accordance with the provisions of Rule 10(1).
703        Requirements for Doctor of Philosophy by
           Publication                                               705        Examination
1.    A person may apply for admission as a candidate for            1.    Should Council be satisfied that the submitted work is of
      the degree of Doctor of Philosophy by publication                    sufficiently high quality to be prima facie worthy of
      provided that person:                                                examination for the degree, it shall appoint examiners
      a)   i)   is a graduate of this University or of the                 as prescribed in Rule 10(4).
                University of New South Wales at the                 2.    The applicant may be required to respond orally or in
                Woliongong University College; and                         writing to questions conceming the work and the
           ii) has standing of not less than eight years after             general relevant field of knowledge to which it pertains.
               admission to the first degree for which the           3.    The examination of the work submitted shall be
               candidate has qualified; or                                 conducted as prescribed in Rule 10(5).
      b)   is not a graduate of this University but is a member
           of the full time academic staff for a minimum period
           of five (5) years, with standing of not less than eight   Part 8 Higher Doctoral Degree Rules
           years after admission to a first degree of another
           University.                                               801        Preliminary
2.    An application, accompanied by the prescribed charge,          Part 8 of these Rules applies to a candidate for a
      shall be made in writing to the Vice Principal                 prestigious higher doctoral degree and is to be read in
      (Administration) and shall include:                            conjunction with relevant provisions of the General Rules.
      a)   identification of the academic unit with which the        802        Higher Doctoral Degrees & the
           contribution to scholarship is considered to be most                 Abbreviations
           closely associated;
                                                                     Part 8 of these Rules applies to postgraduate courses
      b) five copies of a list of published works on which the
                                                                     leading to the higher doctoral degrees:
          claim for admission to the degree is based;
                                                                     Doctor of Laws                                          LLD
      c) five copies of the works listed in 703(2)b), all works,
                                                                     Doctor of Letters                                       DLitt
           apart from quotations, to be presented in, or
                                                                     Doctor of Science                                      DSC
           translated into, English, unless otherwise approved;
           and



496
                                                                                                        General Information

803       Requirements for Doctor of Laws, Doctor                  The applicant may be required to respond orally or in
          of Letters 81 Doctor of Science                          writing to questions conceming the work and the
                                                                   general relevant field of knowledge to which it pertains.
1.    A person may apply for admission as a candidate for
      the degree of Doctor of Laws, Doctor of Letters or           The examination of the work submitted shall be rigorous
      Doctor of Science provided that person;                      and conducted as prescribed in Rule 10(5).

      a) i)     is a graduate of this University or of the
                University of New South Wales at the
                Woliongong University College; and
          ii)   has standing of not less than eight years after
                admission to the first degree for which the
                candidate has qualified; or
      b) is not a graduate of this University but is a member
         of the full time academic staff with standing of not
         less than eight years after admission to a first
         degree of another University.
2.    An application shall be made in writing to the Vice-
      Principal (Administration) and shall include:
      a) identification of the academic unit with which the
         contribution to scholarship is considered to be most
         closely associated;
      b) five copies of a list of published and/or unpublished
          works on which the claim for admission to the
          degree is based;
      c) five copies of the works listed in 803(2)b), all works,
          apart from quotations, to be presented in, or
          translated into, English, unless otherwise approved;
          and
      d) a statement, which shall be an overview of normally
         not less than 5,000 words, setting out ways in
         which the collective works provide an original and
         significant   contribution  to   knowledge     and
         incorporating:
          i)    details of sources from which the works were
                derived;
          ii)   details of the extent to which work of others
                has been availed upon;
          iii) details of the extent to which the applicant was
               responsible for the initiation, conduct and
               direction of any joint works submitted as part of
               the application;
          iv) evidence that the publications have standing as
              significant and sustained contributions to
              knowledge; and
          v)    a declaration identifying any of the works
                refen-ed to in Rule 803(2)b) which have been
                submitted for any qualification of any tertiary
                institution.

804           Examination
1.    Should Council be satisfied that the submitted work is of
      sufficiently high quality to be prima facie worthy of
      examination for the degree, it shall appoint examiners
      as prescribed in Rule 10(4).


                                                                                                                        497
General Information


                                                                      Sexual Harassment Policy http ;//vwwv. uow. edu.au/eeo/
Policies & Codes of Practice                                                                   sexualharrassment.htm
                                                                      Students and Staff Working http;//www.uow.edu.au/admin/personn
Policies                                                              Alone on University        el/ohs/workingalone.htm
                                                                      Property
The University has a range of policies to give guidance to
students and staff.                                                   A copy of all Policies can be obtained from the online Policy
                                                                      Directory accessed via SOLS or from the secretariate Office
Policies exist on the following issues:                               in the Administration Building.
Policy                       Web Address
                                                                      Acknowledgement Practice / Plagiarism
Acknowledgment Practice      http;//www. uow.edu.au/student/
(printed below)              calendar/rules/plagiarism, html          (See also Codes of Practice - Student and Code of
                                                                      Practice - Teaching & Assessment)
Special Consideration        http;//www.uow.edu.au/student/
Policy (printed below)       calendar/specialconslderation.html       In a university, ideas are important, and it is also important
                                                                      to give people appropriate credit for having ideas.
Policy Guidelines for        http://wvwv.uow.edu.au/student/
Double Degrees (printed      calendar/double_degree.html              There are several reasons why you should give people
below)                                                                credit when using their ideas; three of the more important of
Tuition Fee Policy (printed http ;//vvvwv. uow. edu. au/student/      those reasons are;
below)                      calendar/feespol.htm
                                                                      "fairness to authors and other students, the responsibility of
Anti-Bullying Policy         httD://w/w/w. uow. edu.au/admin          students to do independent work, and respect for ownership
                             /eeo/antibullylnggulde. rtf              rights."^
Assignments submitted by http://www.uow.edu.au/about/teaching         If, in writing an essay or report, you copy a passage from a
Facsimile or Email       /teaching_code.html#electronic
                                                                      book word-for-word and don't give a reference to the book,
Auttiorship                  http;//www. uow.edu.au/research/         this is;
                             researchmanagement/authorship.html
                                                                          unfair to the author who wrote the passage in the book;
Children on Campus Policy http;//vwwv.uow.edu.au/eeo/
                          childrenoncampus.htm                            unfair to other students who do their own work without
                                                                          copying;
Grievance Resolution         http;//wvwv.uow.edu.au/admin/personn
Procedures                   el/awards/ac_enterprise00.html#S-5           failure to do independent work as expected in a
                                                                          university; and
Guideline on the use of the http://vwvw.uow.edu.au/admin/eeo
Parents Room                /parentsroomguide. htm                        breach of copyright.
Freedom of Information       Secretariat                              Giving and gaining credit for ideas is so important that a
Intellectual Property        http;//vwvw. uow.edu.au/research/resea   violation of established procedures has a special name:
                             rchmanagement/1998IP.html                plagiarism. Plagiarism means using the ideas of someone
                                                                      else without giving them proper credit. That someone else
Health & Safety              http;//www.uow. edu.au/admin/
                             personnel/ohs/ohspolicy.html
                                                                      may be an author, critic, journalist, artist, composer,
                                                                      lecturer, tutor or another student. Intentional plagiarism is a
Non-Discriminatory           httD://vwvw.uow. edu.au/admin/eeo
                                                                      serious form of cheating. Unintentional plagiarism can result
Language Practice and        /nondiscrimlanguage. htm
Presentation
                                                                      if you don't understand and use the acceptable scholariy
                                                                      methods of acknowledgment. In either case, the University
Principles under which       Secretariat                              may impose penalties which can be very severe.
Subject Material may be
Sold to Students by                                                   Over many years, procedures have been developed for
Academic Units                                                        acknowledging ideas in all forms of expression. In published
Policy for People with       http://wvwv.uow.edu.au/admin/eeo/        writings, for example, authors are expected to give
Disabilities                 childrenoncampus.htm                     references to articles and books on which they have relied,
Privacy                      http://www.uow.edu.au/admin/             and to give written thanks to people who have helped them
                             personnel/pollcy/all_privacy.html        in preparing their work.
Reconciliation Statement     http;//www. uow.edu.au/admin/eeo         There are several methods for giving credit in written work
                             /reconciliationstatement. htm            and the lecturers and tutors in the academic units in which
Respect for Cultural         httD://www. uow. edu.au/admin/eeo        you study should inform you about methods that are
Diversity                    /sdcommrelations. htm                    acceptable to them. A good way to gain a better
                                                                      understanding of those methods in a particular discipline is

Sexual Assault Protocol      http;//vwvw. uow.edu.au/admin/eeo
                             /sexualassaultprotocol. rtf
                                                                         Barry M Kroll, "How college freshmen view plagiarism", Written
                                                                                                   o
                                                                         Communication, Vol 5, N 2, April 1988, pp 203-221 (quote from p 203)
498
                                                                                                                         General Information

to read articles published in academic journals of that                  If you omit something from the quote, use a line of dots ....
discipline.                                                              to indicate the location of the omission.
The following examples will help you understand some of                  Example 5: Pollak claims that censorship and defamation
the common methods for acknowledging your sources. If                    law have been the means for "[t]he subjugation of thought in
you have any questions about these methods, check with                   Australia .... throughout the 200 years of white settlement"
your lecturer or tutor.                                                  (Pollak, 1990, p.7).

Acknowledging Sources of Quotations                                              Correct.

If you copy part of a sentence, whole sentence(s) or                     Acknowledging Sources of Ideas
paragraph(s) from an article, a book, lecture notes, an
                                                                         Even if you are not using the exact words of somebody else,
essay, report or any other source, it should be put in
                                                                         it is wrong to use their ideas unless you give appropriate
quotation marks and the article, book or other source should
                                                                         credit. For example, if you write an essay or paper on the
be referenced using an appropriate method.
                                                                         censorship of the press and you structure it using the same
Example 1: "The subjugation of thought in Australia through              set of topics as Pollak uses in his book Sense and
stringent censorship and draconian defamation laws has                   Censorship, you should say this in a sentence or note and
existed throughout the 200 years of white settlement"                    thus give credit to Pollak.
(Pollak, 1990, p 7).
                                                                         Example 6: In this essay, the use of censorship against
       Correct.                                                          Dorothy Hew
The bibliography should then include:                                    ett, Terry Hayes, Chris Masters and Brian Toohey will be
Pollak, Michael. Sense and Censorship: Commentaries on                   described.
Censorship Violence in Australia (Sydney: Reed Books,                            Wrong: the last four chapters of Pollak's book are on
1990).                                                                           these individuals, so you should give Pollak credit for
Example 1 is presented using the author-date system in                           having picked them out - and more credit if you used
which the author of the work and the date the work was                           his book for your analysis.
published are listed in brackets.                                        Paraphrasing
Example 2: "The subjugation of thought in Australia through              This means taking the ideas of somebody else and
stringent censorship and draconian defamation laws has                   expressing them with different words. Since you are using
existed throughout the 200 years of white settlement."^                  your own words, you do not need to use quotation marks.
        Correct - see the footnote.                                      However, you must make enough changes so that what you
Example 2 is presented using the footnote system in which                have written is distinctly different, and you must
the full reference is given as a footnote. You should be                 acknowledge your source.
aware that, depending on the system your lecturer or tutor               Example 7: Stringent defamation laws combined with tight
prefers, you may use either footnotes at the foot of the page            censorship practices have meant that independent thought
or endnotes at the end of the text.                                      has been under attack since white settlement began in
Example 3: The subjugation of thought in Australia through               Australia (Pollak, 1990, p.7).
stringent censorship and draconian defamation laws has                           Correct.
existed throughout the 200 years of white settlement.
                                                                         Example 8: In Australia, stringent censorship and draconian
       Wrong and very bad: this is a direct quote from                   defamation laws have led to the subjugation of thought in
       Pollak and therefore should be placed in quotation                Australia throughout the 200 years of White settlement
       marks followed by a reference using the author-date               (Pollak, 1990, p 7).
       system or the footnote or endnote system.                                 Wrong: this is too close to Pollak's original wording.
If you use a quote, the words in quotation marks must be
                                                                         Example 9: Stringent defamation laws combined with tight
copied exactly as they are in the original source.
                                                                         censorship practices have meant that independent thought
Example 4: "In Australia, stringent censorship and                       has been under attack since white settlement began in
draconian defamation laws have existed throughout the two                Australia.
hundred years of White settlement" (Pollak, 1990, p.7).
                                                                                 Wrong: there is no citation of Pollak.
       Wrong: the quote is inaccurate in several places.
                                                                                It is often better to avoid paraphrasing altogether and write
If you change or add anything, use square brackets [ ] to                       things in your own words. One good way to do this is to first
indicate the place where the alteration is located.                             read the book or article and make brief notes. Then close
                                                                                the book or turn over the article and write what you want to
                                                                                say without looking at the source. In other words, don't refer
   Pollak. Michael. Sense and Censorship; Commentaries on Censorship            to the source material while you are writing, unless you are
   Violence in Australia (Sydney: Reed Books, 1990), p 7.
                                                                                transcribing a direct quote. Then, afterwards, put in the
   or as reference number 2 in the List of References at the end of the essay or
   report.
                                                                                                                                          499
General Information

citations, in the appropriate form and at the appropriate                              consequence of misadventure or illness on attendance and
places.Common Knowledge                                                                participation in a subject. Examples of special consideration
                                                                                       in operation are:
It is unnecessary to give a citation to something that is
common knowledge. Common knowledge is what everyone                                    (i) the student is given extensions of time to submit work;
knows' about a particular subject, or which can be found in                            (ii) the student is given a supplementary exam, in addition
many sources such as newspapers, magazines, popular                                         to or instead of, the final exam or an in-class or mid-
joumals and radio and television reports.                                                   session test;
Example 10: Defamation laws are quite severe in Australia.                             (iii) the student's composite result in reconsidered without
          Correct: this is common knowledge. No citation is                                  any additional work being required;
          needed.                                                                      (iv) the student submits additional written work;
How to Avoid Plagiarism                                                                (v) the student is permitted to;
Unwitting plagiarism is often the result of poor study                                              withdraw without academic penalty
methods. The habit of copying verbatim (word-for-word)
                                                                                                    make fees-credit arrangements^
from a source as you read is dangerous. It is easy to forget
that the notes you make are verbatim and to later write them                                        repeat a subject without financial penalty^
into an essay or report. The only material you should write                                         substitute an equivalent subject for a required
verbatim are those absolutely delightfiji, pithy, witty or                                          subject
incisive phrases which you need to make a special point in
                                                                                                    have a fail grade converted to withdrawn
your essay or report
                                                                                                    have pre-requisite or co-requisite requirements
The distinction between what needs to be acknowledged
and what is common knowledge is not always clear. As you                                            waived.
gain experience in expressing yourself, you will leam to                               Reasonable accommodation for a student with a temporary
discriminate and you will leam the acceptable practices for                            or permanent disability may include any, or all, of the above
acknowledgment in the disciplines in which you study. But                              and. where appropriate, the provision of altemative forms of
while you are leaming, always play safe and acknowledge,                               assessment
acknowledge, acknowledge.
                                                                                       3.     Eligibility
Academic Unit Procedures for Investigating
                                                                                       Students applying for special consideration must produce
Plagiarism and Other Forms of Cheating                                                 supporting documentation, unless this requirement has
These are detailed in Section 3 of the Code of Practice -                              been waived, which demonstrates that they have:
Teaching and Assessment in this Calendar.                                              (i)    suffered illness or other circumstances beyond their
                                                                                              control which have affected or are likely to affect their
                                                                                              academic performance in a subject or which has
 Special Consideration                                                                        prevented them from meeting scheduled assessment
                                                                                              requirements;
 1.    Background
                                                                                       (ii) been unable to sit for the standard examination for
This policy has been developed to ensure equity and
                                                                                            religious reasons;
consistency across the University in the handling of special
consideration requests. It applies to all faculties, requiring                         (iii) have      validated    conflicts   between    scheduled
them to ensure consistent procedures, criteria and results in                                assessments and other commitments such as their
the handling of requests for special consideration for all                                   carer's duties, court appearances, participation in
forms of assessment^                                                                         sporting or cultural activities at a national or
                                                                                             international level. These conflicts must be notified well
2. What is special consideration?
                                                                                             in advance and as soon as the need is identified, to the
Special consideration is a process to help students minimise                                 relevant Academic Unit.
the impact of certain adverse and unforeseen
circumstances on their progression in a degree and their                               4.     Criteria for the assessment of applications
performance in subjects.       In some circumstances the                                      include:
application of special consideration will be limited to the                            (i) the magnitude of the impact of the circumstances
remedy of withdrawal without academic penalty^; it is not                                  forming the basis of the application;
possible for special consideration to compensate for every
                                                                                       (ii) the extent to which the circumstances and their impact
                                                                                            were beyond the applicant's control and the extent of
      Forms of assessment include, but are not limited to, the folk)wing: theses,
      projects, essays, assignments, oral presentations, participation, in-class and
      mid-term tests, final exams, laboratory wori<, field trips and praticums.              Authority to approve refunds of fees or fees credit arrangements rests with
                                                                                             the Academic Registrar (or nominee)
    For example, supplementaries for clinical practicums and fiek) trips will not
    normally be ananged                                                                      These guidelines do not cover HECS refunds which are a matter for DErirA.
"500
                                                                                                                General Information

       any contributory negligence on the applicant's part in           •    the dates of      any   relevant    consultations     or
       producing the circumstances or in failing to act so as to             attendances;
       minimise the impact of these circumstances;
                                                                        •    if relevant, the general nature of the complaint and
(iii) whether the consideration sought would in any way                      the treatment; and
      unfairiy advantage the applicant as against other
                                                                        •   a specific statement of the opinion that, as a result
      students enrolled in the relevant course; and
                                                                            of the complaint or treatment, the student is, or
(iv) whether there is independent and temporally valid                      was, unfit to complete the required assessment or
     evidence of the illness or event forming the basis of the              examination on or by the date specified; (medical
     application.                                                           certificates which do not contain all this information
(v) whether the consideration sought for a pass or higher                   will not be accepted); or
    result in the relevant subject is of a magnitude that          (ii) a letter from the University Counselling Service or a
    compromises the academic integrity of an award;                     professional counsellor of equivalent standing setting
(vi) the likelihood, based on the student's performance in              out the general nature of the problem affecting the
     other aspects of work required for the subject, of the             student, and the opinion of the person signing the letter,
     student achieving at least a PC grade in the subject;              that the student, because of the problem, is or was unfit
                                                                        to complete the required assessment or examination on
(vii) the record of the student in other subjects in which the
                                                                        or by the date specified; or
      student is or has previously been enrolled; and
                                                                   (iii) a declaration setting out the facts upon which it is
(viii)previous applications for special consideration.
                                                                         suggested that special consideration should be given,
5.      Process                                                          attaching any supporting documents.
5.1 Applications:                                                  5.6 Scheduling of Supplementaries and Other Work:
Applications must be on a standard form^, accompanied by           The time period available for:
supporting documentation and submitted according to the            (i) the completion of assessment items for which an
procedures listed in section six of this policy or as otherwise        extension has been granted; and
advised in the subject outiine or Departmental or Faculty
Handbooks.                                                         (ii) the scheduling of supplementary exams is normally
                                                                        within five weeks of the relevant Examination
5.2 Confidentiality:                                                    Committee meeting.
Members of staff are obliged to preserve the confidentiality
                                                                   In exceptional circumstances, a further five weeks may be
of the information contained in applications for special
                                                                   available but the total time allowed must not exceed ten
consideration.
                                                                   weeks after the Examination Committee meeting. If a
5.3 Timing of Applications:                                        student cannot sit for a supplementary examination or meet
For all forms of assessment students are normally required         an extended deadline within that period, a fail grade will be
to seek special consideration before the date scheduled for        awarded or approval may be granted to withdraw the
submission or performance of the assessment item, but no           student without academic penalty.
more than five working days after the date when the item           5.7 Penalties Applying for Late Submission:
was due.
                                                                   If students fail to apply for an extension, or the extension is
5.4 Applications for special consideration after the               refused, they may submit their work late. In such cases
    declaration of grades:                                         penalties (loss of marks) will normally apply. No work will
In exceptional circumstances students may be unable to             be accepted for marking after the work submitted by other
apply for special consideration before grades have been            students for that assessment item has been retumed. After
declared. In these cases students may seek special                 this, extensions will be granted only in exceptional
consideration to have the fail grade changed to withdrawn.         circumstances and on the basis that new work will be set.

Students must submit a case to the relevant Sub-Dean in            5.8 Responsibility:
accordance with the procedures outlined in 5.1 and 5.4 and         Students must ascertain whether their request for special
specifically addressing the issue of their failure to make an      consideration has been granted. They must include a
application within the time limit. Lack of awareness of these      contact address with their application to the relevant
rules will not be grounds for special consideration.               academic unit.
Applications must be made within one year of the                   If granted:
declaration of grades. After graduation no applications will
be accepted.
5.5 Supporting documentation:
(i)    a medical certificate, stating in reasonable detail;
                                                                   a supplementary examination:
                                                                   students must be available to sit for the examination at any
                                                                   time immediately following the application (providing that
                                                                   five working days notice has been given); and
                                                                                                                                        I
                                                                   extensions of time on forms of written assessment:
      With the exceptran of items ten percent or less.
                                                                                                                                 501
General Information

students must hand in the work on the new submission date                examination and until the time the student sits for the
which has been advised in writing by the academic unit.                  examination, the student:
5.9 Form of Supplementary Assessment:                                    •   is under the constant supervision of a person
This can take any fomi that is appropriate in the                            approved by the University; and
circumstances. However, the student must be informed in                  •   sits for the examination as soon as possible after
advance concerning the method of assessment to be used,                      the scheduled examination time; or
particulariy if there is to be any departure from the format
                                                                   (iii) the standard examination before the scheduled
announced at the start of the subject, or from that used in
                                                                         examination time having signed a statutory declaration
the standard examination.        This information must be
                                                                         not to disclose the contents of the examination paper
conveyed to the student in writing. Faculties or academic
                                                                         and having agreed to return the paper with their script;
units may determine that supplementary examinations may
be oral, but should notify students in advance if this is the      (iv) an eariy examination in cases of serious medical or
case. Students must accept the form of supplementary                    personal circumstances. It will not normally be granted
assessment determined by the academic unit.                             on grounds such as clashes with recreational activities,
                                                                        work or family commitments, participation in sporting or
(i) where a written examination is conducted, academic
                                                                        cultural activities below national level and travel
    units will ensure that, so far as possible, the security
                                                                        arrangements.
    procedures and the venue for the examination, are as
    similar as possible to those followed in the standard          6.3 Honours Theses:
    examination periods;                                           (i)   applications must be on the standard form providing
(ii) where an oral examination is conducted, a record of the             detailed reasons and supporting documentation such as
     questions asked and marks awarded must be kept in                   medical     certificates and any     application for
     the unit;                                                           confidentiality;

(iii) students should keep originals and copies of all essays,     (ii) applications must be lodged with the subject co-
      assignments or reports submitted in any subject, as               ordinator;
      special consideration may involve the reconsideration of     (iii) a panel of at least two staff, one of whom should not be
      that work, and they must be prepared to resubmit such              currently teaching the applicant, must consider the
      work immediately upon request.                                     application;
(iv) supplementaries for in-class and mid-session tests are        (iv) the panel may elect to interview the applicant;
     covered by Sections 6.4, 6.5 and 6.6.                         (v) the panel's decision on an application, together with
6.     Special Consideration for all forms of                          brief written reasons addressing relevant standard
       assessment                                                      criteria, shall be kept on file and communicated in
                                                                       writing to the applicant;
 6.1 Supplementary Examinations
                                                                   (vi) the panel's decision shall be forwarded to the relevant
 For exams supplementary to the final exam:
                                                                        course examiners meeting;
 (i)   A written application, together with supporting
                                                                   (vii) where the reasons for the application are so personal
       documentation, must be lodged normally no later than
                                                                         as to warrant confidentiality and the student has
       seven days after the examination, with Student
                                                                         requested strict confidentiality;
       Administration which will be responsible for transmitting
       the request to the appropriate academic units.                    •   All panel members shall still be apprised of all
                                                                             details of an application;
       It is the responsibility of the applicant to check the
       outcome with the relevant academic unit as soon as                •   Only the decision shall be forwarded to the exam
       possible, but not later than five working days after                  committee;
       lodging the application.                                    (viii)copies of each application, reasons, decisions and
 (ii) Students must be advised in writing whether a                      corresponding       recommendations,     reasons    and
      supplementary examination has been granted within                  decisions shall be retained for a minimum of three years
      seven days of the receipt of the application or not later          following the final decision;
      than seven days after the relevant Examination
                                                                   (ix) the applicant will be informed in writing, within five
      committee.
                                                                        working days of receiving the application, w^iether the
 6.2 Timing of Supplementary Exams:                                     outcome is successful.
 Students granted special consideration for examinations will      6.4 Work worth 30% or more of total assessment:
 normally be permitted to sit for:
                                                                   (i)   applications must be on the standard form providing
 (i)   a supplementary examination after the scheduled                   detailed reasons and supporting documentation such as
       examination period; or                                            medical certificates;
(ii) the standard examination for the subject, provided that       (ii) all applications must be lodged with the subject co-
     during the time other students are sitting for that                ordinator who will retain a copy for a year;
^02                              ~
                                                                                                               General Infonmation

(iii) the applicant will be infonmed in writing within five         Policy Guidelines for Double Degrees
      working days of receiving the application whether the
      application is successful.         Where the special          1.   Preface
      consideration granted is an extension that written            A double degree is defined by the University of Woliongong
      advice will include the length of time of the extension.      Course Rules as "an approved course leading to the
      Where the special consideration granted is to resit an        conferral of two degrees as separate awards upon a
      exam or test, the advice will specify the time and venue      candidate who has complied with the Course Requirements
      of the repeat exam or test.                                   for double degrees and the two individual Course
6.5 Work worth between 10% and 30% of total                         Requirements inclusively".
    assessment:                                                     The University's double degree programs are designed to
(i) applications must be on the standard form providing             enhance students' educational, academic and professional
    detailed reasons and supporting documentation such as           qualifications whilst minimising the costs of their studies.
    medical certificates;                                           Students with the skills and the high level of motivation
(ii) all applications must be lodged with the subject co-           required are able, for example, to complete two 144 credit
     ordinator (or nominee) who will retain a copy of the           point, three-year courses in 4 years. Double degrees aim to
     application and the decision for twelve months;                broaden a student's knowledge and skills base and improve
                                                                    career options in competitive, increasingly interactive fields.
(iii) applicants will be informed in writing within five working
      days of receiving the application whether the application     2.   A Note on Participating Faculties
      is successful. Where the special consideration granted
                                                                    2.1 A double degree program may involve more than two
      is an extension that written advice will include the length
                                                                        Faculties (eg, for the BSc-LLB, Law, Science and
      of time of the extension. The subject co-ordinator or             Health and Behavioural Sciences).
      nominee must record the decision and confirm this with
      the student. Where the special consideration granted is       3.   Course Development and Design
      to resit an exam or test, the advice will specify the time    3.1 The course patterns for double degrees shall be:
      and venue of the repeat exam or test.
                                                                            Component          Credit Points   Maximum
6.6 Work worth 10% or less of total assessment:                             Course             (minimum)       Credit Point
(i) applications must be made to the subject co-ordinator                                                      Saving (see
    either electronically or on paper following the                                                            3.2 below)
    procedures specified in the subject outiine.                            Syr + Syr          216             72
(ii) the subject co-ordinator will advise students of the
     outcome according to the procedures specified in the
                                                                            4yr + Syr          264             72
     subject outiine.
6.7 Decision
                                                                            4yr + 4yr          286             96
Acceptance or rejection of an application for special
consideration is determined by;                                     3.2 The credit point savings listed in this table are
                                                                        maximums. The maximum saving will not be available
(i) the Head of Department concerned or a member of the
                                                                        in all double degree programs, for example:
    academic staff of the Department designated by the
    Head for the purpose; or                                             (i) the number of credit points saved by a student may
                                                                             be limited by the prescribed structure of some
(ii) the Departmental Assessment Committee; or
                                                                             degrees;
(iii) in a Faculty not made up of separate academic units,
                                                                         (ii) the saving may not necessarily be distributed
      the Associate Dean, on the advice of the examiners for
                                                                              across both component degrees and may be
      the subject or course co-ordinator, and/or year director,
                                                                              possible in relation to only one of them.
      as appropriate.
                                                                    3.3 The Law component of a double degree is defined as 4
7. Appeal                                                               year component for purpose of course design and load.
Students who are not satisfied with the result of their             3.4 A double degree Course Proposal shall be defined as a
request for special consideration may appeal in writing to              Major Amendment to current offerings but, on
the relevant Dean within 14 days of the giving of the                   application, the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Academic) may
decision by the academic unit.



                                                                                                                                      I
                                                                        waive the normal requirement for an ECAC where kxDth
                                                                        degrees already exist.
                                                                    3.5 A double degree Course Proposal shall be submitted,
                                                                        on a special Double Degree Application Form, by the
                                                                        "owner" Faculty, and:



                                                                                                                               503
General Information

      (i)    include a "Calendar" entry in a common format,               *Note: Some Faculties may require double degree
             specifying; entry requirements, course objective,            students to maintain a credit average during the course.
             double degree course schedule, requirements for
                                                                     7.     Honours
             academic advice at enrolment and throughout
             course;                                                 7.1 Where the component pass degree program is a 3-year
                                                                         degree, an end-on Honours program shall add 48 credit
      (ii) identify the "owner" Faculty (see cun-ent list
                                                                         points to the duration of the double degree.
           attached, APPENDIX 1);
                                                                     7.2 In the case of an end-on Honours program, an
      (iii) include entry for Course Rules (incl. course
                                                                         Application to undertake Honours shall make provision
            requirements, degree title and abbreviation, noting
                                                                         for checking and signature by the Head of the
            that a dash (-) is to be used between the two tities);
                                                                         Department/Program and the Dean/Sub-Dean of the
      (iv) demonstrate that timetabling issues have been                 Faculty offering the Honours studies.
           addressed;
                                                                     7.3 Honours studies may involve joint Honours between
      (v) provide    estimates    of    enrolments/viability             academic units in the same Faculty.
          demonstrated by market research;
                                                                     7.4 The Course Code for the Honours component of a
      (vi) be signed off by the Deans of all participating               Double Degree shall be the same as that for the pass
           Faculties.                                                    double degree with the addition of an identifying letter.
4.     Entry Requirements                                            8.     Publication of Double Degree Student
4.1 Eligibility for entry to a double degree program shall be               Guidelines
    based on achievement of the highest UAI course entry             The Double Degree Student Guide shall be made available
    (or equivalent) requirement (where there are different           on-line to students and staff via the Student Calendar Home
    Faculty entry levels).                                           Page and in the print Calendar and access details shall be
4.2 When these requirements are not meet, the student                provided in the Student Guide. A list of "owner" Faculties
    shall be referred to the Faculty with the lower entry            shall also be made available.
    requirement for possible enrolment in another degree.
                                                                     Appendix 1
4.3 In the case of transfer from a single degree, the Sub-
                                                                     The "Owner" Faculty of         List of Double Degree
    Deans from each participating Faculty shall consult with
                                                                     each Double Degree:            Courses
    each other to determine the entry requirements and
    include them in their formal course information.                 Arts                           BA,BCom
                                                                     Engineering                    BE-BA
5.     Enrolment
                                                                                                    BE-BCom
 5.1 The Web Enrolment and Re-enrolment worksheets for a
                                                                                                    BE-BSc
     double degree student shall include a provision for the
                                                                     Creative Arts                  BCA-BCom
     student to have the course program checked by the
     Sub-Dean or designated Double Degree Enrolment                                                 BCA-BA
     Officer from each participating Faculty.                                                       BCA-BCompSci
 5.2 Faculties with prescribed courses shall consult with the                                       BCA-BSc
     other participating Faculty/ies to ensure that the              Informatics                    BE-BA
     workload requirements for their courses can be                                                 BE-BCom
     accommodated in the double degree program.                                                     BE-BMath
 6.    Advice to Students                                                                           BE-BSc
                                                                                                    BCompSc-BSc
6.1 The Sub)-Dean of the "owner" Faculty shall ensure that
    the double degree student receives a copy of the                                                BMath-BCompSc
    Double Degree Student Guide (see APPENDIX 2) at                  Science                        BSc-BA
    enrolment and is refen-ed to it throughout the course.                                          BSc-BCom
6.2 The Sub-Deans of the participating Faculties, in                 Law                            BA-LLB
    consultation with each other and the student, shall:                                            BCA-LLB
       (i)   advise the student on the structure of a study                                         BCom-LLB
             program for the double degree course, giving                                           BMath-LLB
             attention to workload demands, performance                                             BSc(Health Science)-LLB
             requirements* and timetabling issues;
                                                                                                    BMedSc - LLB
       (ii) approve, for their respective Faculty, any advanced                                     BCompSc-LLB
            standing from one degree to another.
                                                                                                    BInfoTech-LLB


504
                                                                                                              General Information

                               BE-LLB                            time, and are fixed at the level quoted in the final offer letter.
                                                                 Fees for any study after the minimum time has lapsed will
                               BSc-LLB
                                                                 be payable at the level set at the commencement of each
Health & Behavioural
Sciences                                                         subsequent year. International students are required to pay
                               BPsyc-BCom                        a full session of fees in their first session of enrolment.
                               BSc-BCom
                                                                 Applicants who have a conditional offer, or who request a
                               BMedSc - BCom
                                                                 change in their offer in any way, will be subject to the fee
Appendix 2                                                       quoted in the final unconditional offer.

Double Degree Student Guide                                      Tuition fees must be paid each session before enrolment
1.   All double degree students are required to comply with      can be completed for that session.
     the course requirements for double degrees and with         An instalment plan may be available for the payment of
     the requirements of the two individual degrees for which    tuition fees. Where available, fifty percent of the tuition fee
     they are enrolled.                                          for that session plus an administration fee (currently $80 per
2.   All double degree students are obliged to consult with      session) is due before enrolment can be completed for that
     the Sub-Deans of the Faculties participating in the         session, with two instalments of 25% of the tuition fee
     degree before finalising enrolment.                         during the session. For Intemational students an Instalment
                                                                 plan may be available to re-enrolling students who
3. The number of credit points saved by a student in a           experience hardship in paying fees. Fifty percent of the
   double degree program may vary due to the prescribed          tuition fee plus an administration fee (cunrently $100) is due
   structures of some degrees and may not necessarily be         prior to the commencement of session, with two instalments
   distributed across both component degrees.                    of 25% of the tuition fee due during the session.
4.   The designated "owner" Faculty for the degree course
                                                                 2.   Transfers & Deferments
     are obliged to ensure the student is aware of and has
     access to (via the Web and in pnnted University or          Students who transfer from one course to another are liable
     Faculty publications) a course schedule for the double      to pay the fee prescribed for the new course for that year.
     degree.                                                     A student who defers, or takes leave of absence from a
5.   The relevant Sub-Deans shall ensure that the student        course (not applicable to International students), or
     has a copy of this Guide, assist the student to prepare a   recommences a course following an unapproved absence,
     study program and plan timetable and workload, and          will be subject to the fees prescribed for the course in the
     advise on a schedule for further consultation.              year of recommencement.

6.   A student wishing to undertake Honours should note          3.   Refunds
     that:
                                                                 All applications for a refund must be accompanied by the
     i.    where the component pass degree program is a 3-       required documentary evidence. Any refund approved will
           year degree, an end-on Honours program shall add      only be paid to the applicant/sponsor. For international
           48 credit points to the duration of the double        students applications for a refund must be submitted on the
           degree.                                               appropriate application form and any refund approved will
     ii.   for an end-on Honours, an "Application to             only be paid to the applicant, and will only be made in the
           undertake Honours in a Double Degree program"         student's country by Australian Dollar Draft.
           must be checked and signed by the Head of the         A total refund will be made before the commencement of
           Department/Program and the Dean/Sub-Dean of           study when:
           the Faculty offering the Honours studies.
                                                                 An offer of a place is withdrawn by the University of
                                                                 Woliongong. (Unless the offer was made on the basis of
                                                                 incorrect or incomplete information being supplied by the
Tuition Fee Policy                                               applicant, in which case 80% of the fee will be refunded.)

The University of Woliongong fees policy applies to both         The University of Woliongong is unable to provide the
commencing and re-enrolling students.                            course for which the student has applied and/or the subject
                                                                 (not applicable to Intemational students) in which the
1.   Course Fees                                                 student requests enrolment.
Tuition fees are normally set as an annual fee for a course      The student is not permitted to enrol or re-enrol because the
and are charged per credit point of enrolment. Tuition fees      relevant requirements (usually course or subject pre-
are subject to annual review. Students who enrol in a            requisites, or the terms of a conditional offer) are not
course over more than one year will be charged in each           satisfied.
year of enrolment at the approved rate for that year. For
                                                                 The applicant is unable to obtain a visa from an Australian
International students fees are fixed for the duration of the
                                                                 Diplomatic Post.
course, provided the course is completed in the minimum

                                                                                                                              505
General Information

A partial refund of tuition fees will be made when a student       6.   Transfer of International Students to other
is unable to continue study due to serious illness. Students            Institutions
may elect to credit the full fee over to another session for up
                                                                   The Department of Immigration and Multicultural Affairs has
to one year.                                                       a policy which prevents international students from
Partial refunds for applications received before the               transferring to another institution within the first 12 months
commencement of a session will be 80% of the tuition fee.          after their arrival in Australia or, if the course is less than
Partial refunds for applications received before the census        twelve months duration, students must remain at the original
date or first quarter of a non-standard session) will be 50%       institution for the duration of their course. For further
of the tuition fee; after this date fees are not refundable.       information on this policy and the process for applying for
                                                                   permission to transfer on the grounds of exceptional
International students who withdraw from subjects prior to
                                                                   circumstances, students should contact the Department of
the international students' census date will have their tuition
                                                                   Immigration and Multicultural Affairs.
fee credited to the next session.
Where an Intemational student withdraws from a course the          7.   Special Circumstances
Department of Immigration and Multicultural Affairs will be        The Academic Registrar may consider special cases where
advised.                                                           the fees policy does not adequately encompass individual
                                                                   circumstances. Such cases must be received in writing and
4.    Permanent Resident Status (International
                                                                   include    supporting    documentation,   including     a
      students only)
                                                                   recommendation from either the Dean of Students or the
A total refund of fees will be payable if the student has:         Faculty.
i)    Obtained permanent resident status by the intemational
      students' census date for that session and a written
      request for change of status is received by the
      Academic Registrar by that date; and
ii)   Satisfied Section 41 of the Higher Education Funding
      Act 1988, that is, has completed a HECS Payment
      Options Form by the census date.
Permanent resident status is recognised from the date
stamped on the student's passport.

5.    Penalties for Non-Payment & Reinstatement
      Fee
Any student who is indebted to the University and fails to
make a satisfactory settlement of this indebtedness upon
receipt of due notice, ceases to be entitled to membership
and privileges of the University. Such a student is not
permitted to register for a further session, to attend classes
or examinations, or to be granted any official credentials.
Enrolment will be cancelled when fees have not been paid
in full by the due date. Access to University facilities (email,
library) will be withdravm, examination results will not be
provided, and graduation will not be permitted for students
who are indebted. Re-enrolment in the next session will not
be permitted for students who have fees outstanding.
Indebtedness to the University includes the non-payment of
charges, late charges, library fines, any arrears in rent or
other financial obligations resulting from an accommodation
agreement entered into with the University, and any
indebtedness incurred as a result of any other financial
obligation to the University.

When fees are not paid in full by the due date, a late fee of
$200 will be charged For International students the late fee
is $450.
In order for an enrolment to be reinstated a student must
pay all outstanding amounts, including late fees, plus a
Reinstatement Fee of $100.

506
                                                                                                              General Information


Codes of Practice
The University has Codes of Practice which govern the             (x) respect the diversity of members of the campus
conduct of its members, both staff and students.                      community.
The current Codes are:                                            2.   Responsibilities of Staff
Students                                               507
                                                                  Teaching staff of the University have responsibilities
Teaching & Assessment                                  508        towards the students they teach, including preparing and
Practical Placements                                   514        presenting material at an appropriate standard within the
Supervision                                            516        resources available; informing students, by the end of the
Research                                               521        first week of formal contact for each subject, of the
                                                                  requirements for the subject and of the method(s) of
                                                                  assessment to be used for the subject; being available for
Code of Practice - Students                                       reasonable periods of time during most weekdays of
                                                                  session, the study weeks and the examination periods so
Teaching at the University involves the active participation      that students may discuss aspects of the subject with them;
of students who share with staff the responsibility to ensure     assessing students' work fairiy, objectively and consistentiy
that teaching is conducted efficiently and effectively,           across the candidature for the subject; being available to
enabling students to achieve their maximum potential. A           students after marked material has been returned and after
separate Code of Practice - Teaching & Assessment sets            the final results have been released so that any student who
out the responsibilities of staff to the students they teach      seeks it can be shown how his/her result was determined.
and covers every aspect of the presentation, delivery and
assessment of subjects.                                           3.   Plagiarism
                                                                  Plagiarism is the use of another person's work or idea as if it
1.   Responsibilities of students
                                                                  is your own.
(i) become familiar with the rules governing the degree in
                                                                  The other person may be an author, critic, lecturer or
    which they are enrolled;
                                                                  another student. When it is desirable or necessary to use
(ii) check their enrolment status at audit dates in each          other people's material, take care to include appropriate
     session, and inform themselves of deadlines for              references and attribution - do not pretend the ideas are
     withdrawal/ addition of subjects;                            your own. Be sure not to plagiarise unintentionally. The
(iii) abide by the policies and practices of the Faculty and/or   University's policy concerning plagiarism is set out in
      of the Academic Unit from which they take subjects, as      "Acknowledgment Practice/Plagiarism".
      explained in the subject outline handed out by the end      Academic Unit Procedures For Investigating Plagiarism and
      of the first week of lectures for every subject;            other Forms of Cheating are set out under Section 3 of the
(iv) take the initiative and consult with appropriate academic    Code of Practice - Teaching and Assessment.
     staff when problems arise (see below Reviewing               Plagiarism has led to expulsion from the University.
     Assessment Marks and Grades and Late Submission of
     Work);                                                       4.   Subject Information

(v) maintain satisfactory academic progress as set out in         In the first week of lectures for every subject, students will
    the degree rules;                                             receive written information about the subject which will
                                                                  provide details of the requirements of the subject, the
(vi) meet deadlines for work to be submitted as set out in
                                                                  method of assessment and all other relevant information
     the subject outiine;                                         about the subject.
(vii) attend all lectures, tutorials, seminars and practical
                                                                  5.   Required Reading
      work as stipulated in subject outlines for subjects in
      which they are enrolled;                                    The information sheet referred to above will also contain
                                                                  information about the text books for the subject, the
(viii)submit original work for assessment, without
                                                                  reference books and any other required reading. As
      plagiarising or cheating, abiding by the University's
                                                                  academic staff are constantiy keeping up to date with new
      policies on Plagiarism (see below) as set out under
                                                                  developments in their areas of interest, students should be
      University Policies, and in Faculty handbooks and
                                                                  aware that other relevant material that becomes available
      subject guides;
                                                                  during the period in which the subject is taught may also be
(ix) abide by the Rules for Student Discipline, Rules for         introduced as required reading.
     Campus Access & Order, Rules for Governing the Use
     of University Computing Facilities, Code of Conduct -        6.   Reviewing Assessment Marks & Grades
     Library and the Code of Practice - Practical                 Result notices are distributed to students at the end of each
     Placements; and                                              session setting out the aggregate mark and grade awarded
                                                                  for each subject completed in that session. If students wish
                                                                                                                             507
General Information

to have their mark reviewed they must approach staff listed         •    Students at the University of Woliongong will receive
below in order given, progressing to the next line if they are           adequate and prompt feedback on their assessed work
unhappy with the resolution achieved at that level:                      as set out in Feedback on Assessment (Appendix 1).

1.    The Tutor/Marker                                              1.      Responsibilities
2.    The Subject Co-ordinator                                      1.1 Institution
3.    The Head of Department (Program or School)                    The University of Woliongong values good teaching practice
4.    The Dean of the Faculty                                       and is responsible for providing a quality learning
                                                                    environment. It does so through its endorsement of ethical
5.    The Dean of Students                                          policies, fair and open practices on assessment and
Marks for essays and assignments can also be reviewed               supervision and rigorous procedures for the introduction of
under this procedure if students feel that the mark awarded         new and review of existing subjects.
is not a true indication of their performance. As required by
                                                                    1.2 Heads of Academic Units
the Code of Practice - Teaching and Assessment staff are
                                                                    The Head will ensure that;
always available to discuss students' work and to explain
how the assessment was determined. Students should                  1.2.1    academic staff are familiar with relevant University
consult Appendix 6, Section 1.5 of the Code of Practice -                    policies, including this Code;
Teaching and Assessment for further information on this             1.2.2    academic staff provide subject and course
matter.                                                                      documentation which comply with University policy
7.    Late Submission of Work                                                and provisions of this Code;
                                                                    1.2.3    assessment methods and practices comply with
Extensions of time to submit material for assessment can
only be granted in exceptional circumstances such as                         University policies and provisions of this Code;
illness or misadventure. Written notice is given at the             1.2.4    academic staff carry out all assessment fairiy,
beginning of lectures for each subject of the requirements                   objectively and consistentiy across the candidature
for the subject and this information includes the dates for                  for the subject;
the submission of work for assessment. "Pressure of work",
                                                                    1.2.5    group activities are assessed by means which will
either from employment or from other subjects, is not an
                                                                             allow the real contribution of each member of the
acceptable reason for seeking an extension of time.
                                                                             group to be determined;
                                                                    1.2.6    academic staff     are   available   to   students   for
                                                                             consultation;
Code of Practice - Teaching & Assessment
                                                                    1.2.7    the academic unit keeps a copy of every subject
•     The University of Woliongong is committed to creating                  outline distributed by staff in each subject. This file
      and sustaining an effective environment for leaming,                   will be available to all students and staff;
      recognising that the aim of University teaching is:
                                                                    1.2.8    academic staff abide by Occupational Health 8e
      "to enable students to reach their highest possible level              Safety regulations while conducting classes;
      of learning during their time of enrolment, and to prepare
                                                                    1.2.9    there are consultation hours for subjects taught by
      them for life-long leaming. In practice this means that
                                                                             staff who are not full-time;
      staff collectively are responsible for ensuring that the
      design, management and teaching of their subjects             1.2.10 all   students    undertaking   Double    Degree
      facilitate effective learning"^                                      administered by the Faculty receive a copy of the
                                                                           Double Degree Student Guide and advice on
•      The University of Woliongong is committed to equitable
                                                                           programs of study at enrolment and regular advice
       treatment of all students because:
                                                                           on progress;
      "all university teachers          have a professional
                                                                    1.2.11     unclaimed assessment items worth 20% or more of
      responsibility to teaching their subjects in such a way
                                                                               the aggregate mark ofthe subject must be retained
      that all students, regardless of their background or
                                                                               for a period for one month after the end of session;
      characteristics, have an equal opportunity to leam and
                                                                               those worth less than 20% for one month after the
      to demonstrate that leaming, in accordance with the
                                                                               date of submission. Examination papers should be
      aims of the subject. Good teaching practices will vary
                                                                               kept for a period of twelve months following the
      in relation to context, discipline and the diversity of the
                                                                               end ofthe exam period; and
      student body."^
      It follows, therefore, that:                                  1.2.12     allegations of plagiarism are investigated in
                                                                               accordance with the procedures set out in Section
      The University of Woliongong aims to ensure                              3 of the this Code - "Academic Unit Procedures
      congruence between the stated student outcomes, the                      For Investigating Plagiarism and Other Forms of
      content and the assessment methods of all subjects.                      Cheating".


508
                                                                                                                                                General Information
1.3 Staff                                                                                         material has been retumed and after the final results
Academic staff carry out their teaching responsibilities under                                    have been released, so that students who seek
the authority of the Head. Staff have the following                                               information can be shown how their result was
responsibilities:                                                                                 determined;
1.3.1 to identify the student outcomes of the subject cleariy                           1.3.9 to make reasonable accommodation within the
      and in terms which enable students to understand                                        established teaching environment for students with a
      what skills and knowledge they are expected to                                          disability;
      achieve, and what values and attitudes will be                                    1.3.10 to notify the Head of the academic unit or Dean as
      fostered by satisfactorily completing the subject;
                                                                                               appropriate, of potential or actual conflicts of interest;
      these student outcomes must be included in the
      Subject Outline (Appendix 3);                                                     1.3.11 to maintain the principles set out in the University of
                                                                                               Woliongong Privacy Policy, chiefly the confidentiality
1.3.2 to assess students' work fairiy, objectively and                                         of personal information including marks;
      consistently and to provide adequate feedback on
      performance (Appendix 1);                                                         1.3.12 to attend meetings of the Assessment Committee to
                                                                                               advise the Head on marks and grades;
 1.3.3 to prepare and present subject material at an
       appropriate standard and within the resources                                    1.3.13 to ensure that all assessment work and other
       available;                                                                              teaching commitments have been completed and
                                                                                               that marks have been considered by the Assessment
 1.3.4 to ensure that students are aware of the University's                                   Committee of the Academic Unit before departing on
       Acknowledgement Practice, monitor assessment                                            discretionary leave. Another member of staff of the
       tasks for evidence of plagiarism and initiate an                                        unit must be available to answer any subsequent
       investigation if required in accordance with the                                        enquiries about the subject; and
       procedures set out in Section 3 of this Code -
                                                                                        1.3.14 to exercise their responsibilities under the
       "Academic Unit Procedures for Investigating
                                                                                               Occupational Health & Safety legislation and Anti -
       Plagiarism and Other Forms of Cheating".
                                                                                               Discrimination legislation.
 1.3.5 to provide, where appropriate and possible,
                                                                                        1.4 Students
       opportunities for students to participate in identifying
       their leaming needs and planning their learning                                  Students have a responsibility to:
       experiences and ways in which they will be                                       1.4.1 comply with the requirements of assessment;
       assessed;
                                                                                        1.4.2 comply with             the     document        'Acknowledgement
1.3.6 to inform students in writing by the end of the first                                   Practice';
      week of formal contact for each subject of the                                    1.4.3 submit for assessment their own individual and
      requirements for the subject including the method(s)                                    unassisted work, except as otherwise permitted; and
      of assessment to be used, or no later than the
      second week in cases where assessment methods                                     1.4.4 in general respect the rights of other students and
      and practices are to be finalised after consultation                                    staff engaged in the teaching process and to
      with the enrolled students. (Essential requirements                                     conform to the 'Code of Practice—Students' which
      are listed in Appendix 3 Subject Outiine Checklist);                                    details student responsibilities.

1.3.7 to ensure that no change is made to assessment                                    2.   Principles Governing Assessment Practice
      methods or weightings after the second week of                                    2.1 Purposes of Assessment
      session without the consent of every student enrolled
                                                                                        Assessment is an essential part of the teaching and learning
      in the subject. The subject co-ordinator must seek
                                                                                        process. Properiy selected assessment tasks signal the
      approval from the head of the academic unit of any
                                                                                        importance of developing the attributes of a Woliongong
      proposed changes in advance and the way in which
                                                                                        graduate through particular content, concepts and skills.
      students are to be notified;
                                                                                        They influence approaches to study and help students to
1.3.8 to be available at least four hours a week over at                                allocate their time appropriately. Constructive and timely
      least two days (these times to be publicly displayed                              feedback on assessment helps students to gain a sense of
      in the academic units and notified in the subject                                 achievement and progress, an appreciation of the
      outline) during session, so that at reasonable times                              performance and standards expected in a particular
      students may discuss aspects of the subject with                                  discipline or professional area, and to learn from their



                                                                                                                                                                           I
      staff, taking into account the needs of part-time                                 endeavours.^
      students^; to be available to students after marked
                                                                             Staff need to consider the functions of each component of
                                                                             assessment, selecting methods and practices which ensure
^ Senate Resolution (93/47) 21 July 1993: (/;) that academic staff be required to
place on their office doors a notice indicating at least four hours per week, over at
least two days, when they will be available for consultation with students without      2 Guidelines for Effective University Teaching, The University Teacher and
appointments or come to some other arrangement for publishing availability as           Effective Teaching Practice, Australian Vice-Chancellor's Committee. April 1993.
agreed with the Head of Department.                                                     Canben-a. p.3.
                                                                                                                                                                   509"
General Information

that these can be achieved. Information about these             2.2.10 Students may ask for a review of any piece of
functions should be communicated to students.   The                    assessable work. Such review may involve a re-mark
functions are:                                                         of the piece of work. In the case of oral presentation
                                                                       this is subject to 2.4.5(ii).
2.1.1 to judge performance, by awarding marks which
      indicate whether and how well a particular student        2.2.11 Group work may not constitute more than 50% of
      has attained the stated learning outcomes;                       assessment.

2.1.2 to determine whether a particular student is              2.3 Administration of Assessment
      sufficiently well-prepared in a subject area to               2.3.1        The Role of Heads of Units
      proceed to the next level of instruction;                     (i)    Heads of Academic           Units have general
2.1.3 to provide feedback to students which indicates                      responsibility for the assessment process but will
      levels of attainment, and to indicate and diagnose                   be advised by the Assessment Committee which
      misunderstandings and learning difficulties,                         comprises all academic staff of the unit.
2.1.4 to provide feedback to teaching staff to indicate             (ii) The Head, after receiving advice from              the
      areas in which students are experiencing difficulties,             Assessment Committee, shall determine:
      and to identify and diagnose ineffective teaching;                   •     the methods for assessing the performance of
      and
                                                                                 students, and
2.1.5     to promote learning.
                                                                           •     the standard of achievement required for the
                                                                                 approved grades of performance according to
2.2      Good Practice in Assessment                                             the   provisions of    Course   Rule 010
2.2.1 Assessment should promote learning and improve                             Assessment.^
      student performance.                                           (iii) While attendance at prescribed classes is not a
2.2.2 Assessment should be in a form which allows the                      component of assessment in any subject, the Head
      determination of how well each student has                           may prescribe that participation in class activities
      achieved; measured against the stated student                        be a consideration for determining pass or fail.
      outcomes of that subject and provides appropriate             (iv) The Head may prescribe that attendance at
      feedback.                                                          specified classes be a mandatory requirement for
2.2.3 Weightings for each assessment component, and                      satisfactory completion of a subject and in such
      deadlines for submission of material for assessment                cases mechanisms must be in place to ensure
      should take into consideration the stated student                  fulfilment of any mandatory requirements.
      outcomes of the subject and the required function of
      the assessment.
                                                                     2.3.2       The Role    of   the   Unit's   Assessment
 2.2.4   Feedback on performance be provided to students                         Committee
         before mid-session, in time for withdrawal without
                                                                    The Assessment Committee for each academic unit
         penalty, and to improve performance before further
                                                                    should advise the Head of the Academic Unit on
         assessment; undue delay in providing feedback is
                                                                    assessment used in the Unit including all major
         unacceptable practice.
                                                                    components of assessment for each subject,
 2.2.5   Material submitted for assessment which is also            particulariy examination papers. It has responsibility for
         intended to inform students and/or which is relevant       reviewing examination papers to determine whether the
         to the final examination for the subject, should be        requirements set out in Section 2.4 below are satisfied
         marked and returned before the study week before           and, if not, to collaborate with relevant examiners to
         the formal examinations.                                   ensure that appropriate amendments are made.
 2 2.6 Assessment should be based on more than one                   In advising the Head on the final mark for each student
       piece of work and should require demonstration of             in a subject, the Assessment Committee exercises
       achievement in a range of outcomes                            academic judgement by:
 2.2.7 As part of the assessment in every subject, students          (i)   reviewing the results of assessment of each
       should produce some written work and at least one                   student and the grade distribution for each subject;
       piece of individual work from which the unaided
                                                                     (ii) ensuring that any modification or scaling of marks
       capability of each student can be assessed.
                                                                          (as advised to students in the subject outiine) has
 2.2.8   No component of assessment should count for more                 been applied systematically and consistently; and
         than 70% of final mark, except in subjects
         designated research projects.
 2.2.9 Assessment methods should provide reasonable
       accommodation for students with disability.              ^ Course Rule 8.1, General Assessment Rules, 1996, General Informatio
                                                                Calendar p.57.
 510
                                                                                                       General Information
(iii) ensuring that the marks presented to the Faculty      2.4 Assessment Processes
      Examination Committee for determination and              2.4.1     Administration and Timing of Examinations
      declaration properiy      reflect the levels of
                                                               The University conducts examinations on behalf of the
      performance of individual students.
                                                               Academic Units during specified penods at the end of
2.3.3    Determinations of Marks and Grades                    each session, as set out in the University Calendars.
(i)   Students must be advised in the subject outiine          The organisation of these examinations is the
      how all marks and grades are to be determined.           responsibility of the Vice-Principal (Administration).
                                                               Additionally, academic units may conduct examinations
(ii) Students must be informed of their numerical mark
                                                               during the scheduled teaching periods, during the
      for every component of assessment in the subject.
                                                               University examination periods or at other times.
      Final examination marks can be obtained on
      application to the academic unit.                        Other tests and practical/laboratory examinations may
                                                               be conducted at other times during the session,
(iii) Unless otherwise approved, the final assessment
                                                               provided:
      mark for each student in a subject shall be
      determined on the scale of 0 to 100% by the              (i)   students are advised at the beginning of the
      methods set out in the subject outline. Examiners              session that the test/examination will be held during
      should ensure that         marks are awarded                   one of the normal teaching periods;
      appropriately across the range.                          (ii) the time for the test/examination does not exceed
(iv) Students must be informed in the subject outline               the normal teaching period;
     whether any marks gained in part or all of the            (iii) the subject outline must inform students about the
     assessment will be modified or scaled and what the              intention to conduct such an examination.
     system of modification or scaling will be.                      Information about the date, time and place of the
2.3 4    Reviewing Assessment Marks and Grades                       examination must be made available to the
         for Assignments, Mid-Session Quizzes and                    students as eariy as possible and confirmed,
         Final Examinations                                          particularly should the examination be scheduled at
                                                                     an unusual time such as a Saturday;
(i)   If students have grievances conceming assessable
      work they should approach the marker with their          (iv) that when held during a scheduled teaching period,
      request for explanation and/or remarking. If the              the total time devoted to the examination must not
      grievance is unresolved they should contact the               exceed the scheduled class time, unless it is
      subject co-ordinator. Head of Academic Unit, then             possible, with the unanimous consent of the class,
      Sub-Dean, OR Dean of Faculty, then Dean of                    to arrange additional time;
      Students, in this order, the next person only after      (v) that only with the express permission of the Pro
      receiving an unsatisfactory resolution from the              Vice-Chancellor (Academic) shall an examination
      previous person on the list. Students may consult            be conducted during a study recess period, and
      the Dean of Students at any time for advice about            request for that permission must be made before
      these procedures.                                            the beginning of the relevant session; students
(ii) If a student believes there has been a lack of due            must be notified;
     process in the reassessment procedures outlined           (vi) Faculties offering subjects which enrol students
     above, such students may formally appeal, within               from other faculties where the study recess is
     two weeks of receiving the response from the                   timetabled for a different week must make special
     Dean, to the Academic Review Committee to                      arrangements for examining students which does
     review the matter. The letter of appeal must state             not deprive them of their study recess;
     fully the reasons for the appeal and include any
                                                               (vii) altemative examination arrangements for students
     relevant documentary evidence to support such
                                                                     with special needs comply with the University's
     appeal.      Please note, however, that the
                                                                     requirements for reasonable accommodation.
     Committee's role is to ensure that the proper
     procedures have been followed in relation to the          2.4.2     Submission of Examination Results
     assessment of the subject—the Committee's role is         There are procedures laid down by the University for
     not to reassess the academic quality of the work.         submitting grades to the Faculty Examination
(iii) Special consideration is available to students           Committee and these are circulated to Academic Units
      whose work is affected by documented illness or          each session. Although these procedures make
      misadventure. (Please refer to University Policy on      provision   for    withholding    results    in    certain
      Special Consideration).                                  circumstances (see below), it is University policy that
                                                               the Examination Committees determine a grade for
                                                               every student in every subject. Except in rare instances,
                                                               every student should know at the time of release of
                                                               examination results of their performance in every

                                                                                                                      511
General Information

      enrolled subject. The only acceptable reasons for                    These criteria should be reproduced on a marking
      withholding results are as follows:                                  sheet given to every member of the class each time
                                                                           an oral presentation is made. Marks awarded by
      (a) 'WM' grade: given where there are acceptable
                                                                           students may or may not be used to determine the
          medical or compassionate reasons ('pressure of
                                                                           mark given to the student, but the sheets will be
          work' alone is not an acceptable reason);
                                                                           kept by the tutor and used as part of any
      (b) 'WA' grade; given where, though the work is                      reassessment requested by the presenter.
          submitted on time, there are unavoidable delays in
                                                                       (ii) Where the oral presentation is 10% or less of the
          assessing the material (e.g. delayed response from
                                                                            aggregate mark for the subject these review
          an external examiner);
                                                                            procedures are advisory only and reviews may be
      (c) 'WO' grade: given where it is in the best interests of            conducted by considering the oral presentation
          the students to withhold an autumn session result                 marks in the context of marks for all other pieces of
          until the end of spring session.                                  assessment. If oral presentations are more than
      Extensions of time to submit any material for                         10% of the aggregate mark these procedures
      assessment (including in (a) above) should be given                   become mandatory.
      only where there are cleariy extenuating circumstances.          (iii) Where marks are allotted for class participation, at
      It is unfair to those who have striven to submit work on               each tutorial, staff should enter in a notebook their
      time for any student to be given more time to complete                 comments on student's participation This running
      work without a compelling case. Each case should be                    commentary forms the basis of the student's final
      scrutinised closely by the Unit and not simply left to an              mark for participation and for reviewing the
      Examinations Committee to ensure fairness. If an                       student's mark if requested.
      Examinations Committee does not accept the reason
                                                                       2.4.6     Electronic Submission of Assignments
      given for withholding the result, it will declare a FAIL.
      'Pressure of work' (i.e. workload rather than a job              (a) Where assignments must be submitted via email
      transfer after the specified withdrawal date) should not             the University will ensure that:
      be accepted as a reason for an extension.                            Students
      2.4.3     Examination Papers                                         (i)   have access to appropriate hardware and
      The Head of Unit must approve all examination papers.                      software;
      Papers should:                                                       (ii) have a guarantee of security at least as good
      (i)   be appropriate to the stated student outcomes of                    as current procedures for submitting hard copy;
            the subject;                                                   (iii) have a receipting procedure; arid
      (ii) contain questions which are fair, appropriate to the            (iv) have an undertaking that they can submit hard
           level of the subject and answerable;                                 copy if they are unable to access appropriate
      (iii) contain instructions and questions which are dear,                  equipment except where the electronic
            concise, unambiguous and free from error;                           submission is part of assessment;

      (iv) use commonly accepted terminology and language                  Staff
           appropriate to the subject; and                                 (v) establish procedures for receipting and
      (v) be of a duration appropriate to the demands of the                   recording submission, for downloading (if
          questions.                                                           necessary) or for marking on screen and
                                                                               include instructions on these procedures in
      2.4.4     Documentation of Assignment Receipt and
                                                                               subject outiines.
                Return
                                                                           Academic Units
      Academic units must provide a system for recording the
      submission and return of work, to safeguard against                  (vi) ensure that as part of assessment procedure,
      claims     of   non-receipt     and    non-return.     The                instructions are provided to students as to the
      recommended approach is to use cover sheets v^flth two                    format for submission and the appropriate
      tear-off sections, one to provide a receipt for the student               software;
      upon submission of the work to which the cover sheet is              (vii) set up the appropriate IT infrastructure for
      attached, and the other to provide a receipt for the unit                  reception and marking of assignments to be
      upon return of the marked work to the student. Any                         determined at Faculty level or by the Faculty
      alternative system must provide safeguards against                         Department;
      claims of non-receipt and non-retum.
                                                                           (viii)provide written instructions (handbook, subject
      2.4.5     Oral Presentations                                               outiine or website) to students atxjut practical
      (i)   Staff who allot mari^s for oral presentations must                   matters such as ensuring that student's name
            set out the criteria for marking in the subject outline.             and number and short titles are on every page
                                                                                 of the emailed assignment.
512
                                                                                                              General Information
   (b) Students may not e-mail assignments without prior                The Subject Co-ordinator must advise the student in
       approval from the subject co-ordinator;                          writing as to their decision within seven days.
   (c) Students may not fax assignments without prior                   If the Subject Co-ordinator decides that plagiarism has
       approval from the subject co-ordinator.                          occurred, they must provide the Dean and Head with a
   2.4.7   Acknowledgement Practice                                     memorandum outlining the decision and the penalty,
                                                                        and a copy of the interview summary. The advice to the
   (i) The document Acknowledgement Practice is
                                                                        student must include notification of the option to appeal
       available on-line to all students and in the Student
                                                                        to the Faculty Investigation Committee. The Subject Co-
       Guide. A shortened version shall be included in
                                                                        ordinator must also advise the Exams Officer in the
       every Subject Outiine. This sets out general
                                                                        Academic Registra's Division within seven days of the
       information to help students become aware of their
                                                                        interview.
       responsibilities in ensuring that they do not
       deliberately or inadvertentiy plagiarise the work of             If the student does not accept that plagiarism has
       others.                                                          occurred, or does not accept the penalty imposed by the
                                                                        Subject Co-ordinator, the student may appeal to the FIC.
   (ii) Subject Outlines should direct students to the
                                                                        The appeal application must be in writing and must be
        document Acknowledgement Practice and provide
                                                                        made within seven days of the date on which the
        additional information about acknowledgement
                                                                        student is advised of the Subject Co-ordinator's
        methods specific to the subject and to the relevant
                                                                        decision.
        academic unit.
                                                                    If the Subject Co-ordinator considers that a more serious
  c)   Students must be advised about penalties that the
                                                                    penalty is warranted on account, for example, of a
       relevant committee in the faculty or academic unit
                                                                    previous breach of these rules or collusion with other
       may apply in cases of proven plagiarism.
                                                                    students, the matter must be referred to the FIC within
3. Academic Unit Procedures for Investigating                       seven days of the interview. This referral must be made
   Plagiarism and Other Forms of Cheating                           in writing in the form of a memorandum, with the
                                                                    relevant assessment task/s, and copies of the alleged
3.1 Investigation by a Staff Member
                                                                    original sources (where appropriate), attached. The
                                                                    memorandum should be signed and dated by the
   If a staff member suspects that plagiarism has occurred          subject co-ordinator and should include the following
   in a task submitted for comment or assessment that staff         information:
   member must refer the matter to the Subject Co-              •         the name and student number of each student
   ordinator for interviewing the student.                               involved;
   At any stage the subject co-ordinator may refer the          •         the date of the interview;
   matter to the Faculty Investigation Committee (FIC).
                                                                •        the subject for which the assessment task was
   Following the interview, the Subject Co-ordinator must
                                                                         submitted, and the value and nature of the task; and
  make a decision as to whether plagiarism has occurred.
  The Subject Co-ordinator may conclude that the                •        an outiine of the Subject Co-ordinator's reasons for
  student's actions do not constitute plagiarism or there                characterising the student's conduct as plagiarism.
  are mitigating circumstances which demonstrate that no       3.2 Faculty Investigation Committee (FIC)
  intentional plagiarism occurred. In such cases, no further   3.2.1 The FIC will be comprised of, at least, the Dean (or
  action is the appropriate course to be taken. If the               the Dean's nominee) as Chair, and two members of
  Subject Co-ordinator is satisfied that plagiarism has              academic staff from the faculty who are not involved
  occurred, the Subject Co-ordinator must make and                   with the teaching or assessment of the subject
  retain a written summary of the allegation and the                 concemed.
  student's response, together with a copy of the allegedly
                                                               3.2.2 The FIC must convene a meeting within twenty-one
  plagiarised assessment task. If the Subject Co-ordinator
                                                                     days of receiving the Subject Co-ordinator's referral
  is satisfied that plagiarism has occurred he or she may
                                                                     or student appeal.
  impose a penalty in the form of a deduction of marks.
  The maximum penalty that may be imposed by a subject         3.2.3 In the case of a Subject Co-ordinator referral, the FIC
  co-ordinator is a mark of zero for that assessment task.           Chair must write to the student within seven days of
                                                                     receiving the referral, outiining the allegation and
  It is recognised that in situations where the assessment
                                                                     inviting the student to:
  item is a compulsory component (that is, it must be
  passed in order to pass the subject) awarding a zero for          •      submit a written response within seven days; and
  that assessment task is equivalent to awarding a fail for     •          attend a hearing on a nominated date within fourteen
  the subject.
                                                                           days.
                                                               3.2.4 In the case of a student appeal, the FIC Chair must
                                                                     write to the Subject Co-ordinator within seven days

                                                                                                                              513
General Information

       and notify them that they are required to provide,          3.4     Appendices
       within seven days, a written statement outiining their      The Appendices referred to in the Code of Practice are
       reasons for characterising the student's conduct as         listed below:
       plagiarism and for the penalty imposed.
                                                                   Appendix 1;    Feedback On Assessment
3.2.5. At the meeting, the allegation will be explained to the
                                                                   Appendix 2;    Group Work
       student by the FIC Chair with a view to ensuring that
       the student understands the nature of the allegation.       Appendix 3;    Subject Outline Checklist
       Also at the meeting, the student will be given the          If you wish to refer to these Appendices, they are available
       opportunity to respond to the allegation.                   at:
                                                                   http;//www.uow.edu.au/about/teaching/teaching_code.html
3.2.6. Members of the FIC may question the student. The
       student may bring to the meeting a support person
       (who will not have speaking rights).
                                                                   Code of Practice - Practical Placements
3.2.7. If a student elects not to attend, or fails to attend the
       FIC as arranged, the Committee is expected to               Introduction
       proceed with the process and reach a determination.
                                                                   The Code of Practice - Practical Placements sets out the
3.2.8. In the absence of the student, the FIC will discuss         current policies and practices relating to the workplace
       the case and come to a decision as to whether               experience and other practical training requirements which
       plagiarism has occurred. Minutes of the meeting             comprise the whole or part of subjects offered at the
       shall be kept. Copies of these minutes must be              University of Woliongong. Its purpose is to make clear what
       given to the Dean and Head and be made available            is expected from students, supervisors and the University,
       for inspection by the student, and the Exams Officer        and to minimise difficulties caused by misunderstanding or
       in ARD advised of the outcome for the purposes of           poor communication. The Code does NOT apply in its
       3.3.                                                        entirety to placements or work experience, such as
3.2.9. If the FIC determines that plagiarism has occurred it       professional experience requirements          not formally
       may impose a penalty. The maximum penalty that              assessed, but which students must complete before
       may be imposed by the FIC is a fail grade for the           becoming eligible for the award of a degree. However,
       subject.                                                    academic units responsible for such placements or
                                                                   experience should apply those parts of the code that are
3.2.10 If the FIC considers that a more serious penalty is
                                                                   appropriate.
       warranted on account, for example, of repeated
       violations of these rules, the matter must be referred      A practical placement is a learning experience which
       by the Chair to the University's Academic                   enables students to develop their knowledge and skills.
       Investigation Committee, convened under the                 Where students have a disability or personal difficulty which
       Student Discipline Rules.                                   may affect their capacity to undertake the placement, the
                                                                   University will discuss the nature of the problem, but where
3.2.11 The FIC Chair must advise the student and subject
                                                                   it cannot be accommodated the University will assist the
       co-ordinator in writing as to the outcome within
                                                                   student in exploring alternatives.
       seven days of the hearing, and include information
       as to the student s further appeal options                  Definitions
3.2.12 If the student does not accept that plagiarism has          In this Code of Practice:
       occurred, or does not accept the penalty imposed by
                                                                   •     'placement' includes any element of work, observation
       the FIC, the student may appeal to the University
                                                                         and experience in a workplace outside the University
       Academic Investigation Committee. The appeal
                                                                         which is a requirement of any [course or] subject
       application must be in writing to the Vice-Principal
                                                                         offered by the University;
       (Administration) and must be made within seven
       days of the date on which the student is advised of         •     'placement co-ordinator' means the member of the staff
       the FIC's decision.                                               of the University responsible for supervision of the
3.3     Maintenance of Records                                           experience or placement;

       A record of determinations that plagiarism and other        •     'supervisor'   means the person in the workplace
       forms of cheating have occun-ed will be maintained                responsible for the direction of the student during the
       by the Academic Registrar's Division and will be                  placement.
       made available to the Faculty and University                •     'client' means any person or persons to whom a service
       Investigation Committees.                                         is being provided.
       Where decisions are overtumed on appeal, such
       records will be deleted. Access to the infonnation of
       the database will be strictly limited.


514
                                                                                                                      General Infonmation

    Responsibilities o f t h e Student                                        use resources available at the placement site for the
    Students will:                                                            purposes they are intended.
                                                                              take responsibility for one s own health status and. if
    •   behave ethically and in a manner which upholds the
                                                                              necessary, take appropriate action/care to protect the
        good name of the University of Woliongong.
                                                                              well being of clients.
    •   adhere to the professional ethics and codes of conduct
        appropriate to their discipline.
    •    be familiar with the goals and requirements of the               Responsibilities o f t h e Supervisor
         practicum.                                                       The supervisor will:
    •   sign a document acknowledging that they have read                     ensure that students read the Code of Practice-
        and agreed with the Code of Practice - Practical                      Practical Placements.
        Placements.
                                                                              act as a role model introducing students to acceptable
    •   advise the placement co-ordinator of any fact which                   professional behaviour.
        may affect their capacity to undertake the placement,
                                                                              adopt the role of helper and facilitator of learning.
        such as a disability or personal difficulty. Students
        should be aware that the Disability Liaison Officer is                provide a positive leaming environment.
        legally obliged to disclose to the Placements Co-
                                                                              provide a variety of learning experiences in keeping
        ordinator any disability that could place the student or
                                                                              with the placement requirements.
        the public at risk during a placement.
                                                                              clarify aims and expected outcomes of the placement
    •   keep information gained about clients from any sources                with the student.
        in strictest confidence.
                                                                              assist the student in identifying resources.
    •   actively participate    in the    management      of their
        placement program.                                                    arrange regular and sufficient interviews with the
                                                                              student to discuss progress or difficulties.
    •   contact placement site prior to their first day on
        placement and introduce themselves to the supervisor.                 where necessary, investigate accommodation options
                                                                              for students and assist them in arranging
    •   consult with supervisor with regard to accommodation                  accommodation and travel.
        and arrange own accommodation and travel. Students
        must meet the costs of these arrangements.                            arrange and provide a safe work environment.
                                                                              arrange and provide adequate work space.
    •   ensure that all documentation on progress is made
        available to supervisors on progressive placement                     orient students on the first day of the placement to
        sites.                                                                reduce the student's anxiety about working in an
                                                                              unfamiliar environment.
•       provide any assessment forms and make them
        available to supervisors as necessary.                        •       make adequate observations of the student's work and
                                                                             provide continuing feedback, both verbal and written,
•       ensure that the work or function is completed in a timely
                                                                             to ensure learning progress.     Where appropriate,
        manner to satisfy assessment requirements of the
                                                                             documents provided by the University should be used
        university and supervisors.
                                                                             for this purpose.
•       be punctual and inform their supervisor and
                                                                      •      report on student progress using documentation
        Department if they will be late or cannot attend the
                                                                             provided and notify the Placement Coordinator as soon
        placement for any reason.
                                                                             it becomes apparent that the student is having
•       work the hours specified by the supervisor (or by a                  difficulties meeting the placement objectives.
        specialist if the student has a disability). If there is no
                                                                      •       evaluate the supervision process with students.
        specific agreement, students will work the normal hours
        of other staff in that workplace. Where more than 8           Responsibilities of the Placement Coordinator &
        hours is worked on any one day, students are entitied         University
        to take time in lieu for the additional time, at a time
                                                                      The Placement Coordinator will:
        negotiated with the supervisor.
                                                                      •      organise and plan the placement program with students
•       provide a medical certificate for absences of 2 or more
                                                                             and supervisors and negotiate on aspects of student
        days to the supervisor and the Department.
                                                                             progress and assessment.
•       report all absences to the Placement Coordinator. If
                                                                      •      facilitate placement      contracts   with      sites   where
        significant absence affects progress of the student,
                                                                             necessary or desired.
        then additional time on the placement may be required.
                                                                      •      be in regular contact with placement sites and approve
•       adhere to policies and procedures of the placement
                                                                             each site as appropriate.
        site.
                                                                                                                                       515
General Information

•         be accessible by telephone for communication on                research       supervision   are    carried   out   efficiently   and
          placement issues.                                              effectively.

•         if necessary, mediate between           supervisors    and     Registration of the research students take place within the
          students on placement issues.                                  faculties, under the jurisdiction of the Dean. However
                                                                         Faculty stnjctures differ, lines of responsibility for research
•         provide information on placement requirements. This            and research students vary from one Faculty to another,
          may be in the form of a 'Supervisor's Practical                and the supervision of research students will frequentiy
          Placement Manual' and a 'Student Practical Placement           involve research units that cross Faculty boundaries.
          Manual' or other written guidelines.                           Procedures laid down in this Code of Practice should be
•         evaluate the placement component and report to the             interpreted along lines of responsibility clarified within each
          appropriate Faculty or Departmental Committee of the           Faculty according to its structure, and in accordance with
          University on progress and developments.                       the Research Management Plan of the University.
•         report to the University on any relevant assessment of         1.   Responsibilities of the University
          students in this subject where the practicum is an
                                                                         1.1 To specify clearly minimum entry standards for each
          assessable component of the course.
                                                                             level of award;
The University will:
                                                                         1.2 To ensure that a reasonable share of space and
•         insure students to cover them against injury while on              resources are made available to students;
          practical placement.
                                                                         1.3 To take measures to protect the intellectual property
•         advise students enrolled for programs in Health of the             arising from the work of students in accordance with the
          State Government requirement for criminal record                   University policy on IP;
          checks to be conducted by the New South Wales
                                                                         1.4 To administer annual reporting requirements and
          Police Service prior to any clinical, practical or
                                                                             monitor their effectiveness;
          employment placement in the New South Wales Health
          Care System.                                                   1.5 To set out clear guidelines for examiners outlining the
                                                                             University's expectations for the particular award;
    •     advise students enrolled for programs in Education of
          the State Govemment requirement for criminal record            1.6 To provide procedures by which either the student or
          checks to be conducted by the New South Wales                      the supervisor may make representations as
          Police Service on all prospective employees/individuals            appropriate should significant difficulties arise (see
          who will access schools on a regular basis once eligible           Grievance Procedures);
          for employment.                                                1.7 The University will provide each student with a copy of
                                                                             the relevant policies at enrolment, including: a copy of
                                                                             this document; the Rules governing the appropriate
    Code of Practice - Supervision                                           degree; the Library rules; and the policy relating to
                                                                             intellectual property, as it pertains to students.
    Preamble
                                                                         2.   Responsibilities ofthe Academic Unit
    Research training at a University involves the active
                                                                         The academic units and the Faculty Research Committees
    participation of both staff and students. The responsibility to
                                                                         should negotiate agreed areas of responsibility for students.
    ensure that research is conducted in the most beneficial,
    efficient and effective manner is shared by the University           2.1 to ensure that the student meets the minimum
    collectively, its Academic units, its staff, and its students. All       requirements set down by the University for admission
    four parties are expected to work towards completion of the              to candidature and is capable of undertaking the
    thesis within the time frame of DEST funding.                            proposed project;
    The primary responsibility for carrying out research and             2.2 to ensure that the proposed research project is
    writing the thesis rests with the student. The primary                   appropriate for the award;
    responsibility of the supervisor is to supervise the work of         2.3 to ensure that each research project is situated in the
    the student. This includes providing help, support and                   most appropriate discipline area;
    mentoring to enable the student to complete the research
    and produce a thesis to the best of the student's ability.           2.4 to prepare and distribute postgraduate material that
                                                                             sets out the conditions, milestones, and monitonng
    The primary responsibility of the academic unit within which             procedures for undertaking postgraduate research
    the student is registered is to provide suitable academic                within their unit;
    infrastructure for the research to be undertaken and
    successfijily completed. The primary responsibility of the           2.5 to foster a        supportive    environment     for   research
    University is to provide a framework of policies and                     students;
    procedures within which postgraduate research and                    2.6 to ensure that procedures are in place to select the
                                                                             most appropriate supervisor(s) or supervisory panel for
                                                                             the research project;
    516
                                                                                                              General Information
2.7 to ensure that high quality supervision is provided            3.2 to negotiate an agreement/contract of work to be done
    continuously throughout the research period;                       and schedules to be adhered to, and which is to be
2.8 to provide appropriate opportunities for students to               reviewed regulariy (see Appendix A: First Interview
    develop their presentational skills;                               Checklist);

2.9 (i)    to set in place procedures for a formal review of the   3.3 to identify any shortcomings in a student's background
           research proposal. For doctoral candidates (both            and to suggest appropriate remedial studies (see
           full-time and part-time) the research proposal              Appendix B: Directory of Services);
           should be presented preferably after six months,        3.4 to support students in developing a formal thesis
           but not later than one year after first registration.       proposal for review (see 2.9) within a negotiated time
           For masters by research candidates (both full-time          frame;
           and part-time) the research proposal should be
                                                                   3.5 to maintain regular contact with the student and to
           presented preferably after three months, but not
                                                                       ensure that a reasonable timetable is set to permit the
           later than six months after first registration.
                                                                       degree to be completed within DETYA funding limits;
       (ii) Assessment of the Research Proposal Review
                                                                   3.6 to require contact with and feedback from the student
            must include a written research proposal (according
                                                                       on a pre-arranged basis and agreed schedule so that
            to the discipline conventions of the degree
                                                                       the development of the student can be assessed at
            undertaken) and an oral presentation.          The
                                                                       regular intervals;
            presentation must be made before a Research
            Proposal Review Committee which consists as a          3.7 to provide appropriate, helpful, and explanatory
            minimum the supervisor(s), two appropriate                 feedback to the student on any submissions, to retum
            members of academic staff capable of assessing             such feedback in reasonable time, and to assist
            the thesis proposal, and a postgraduate research           students to develop solutions as problems are
            student representative as observer.          Where         identified;
            relevant, a person extemal to the academic or          3.8 to monitor carefully the performance of the student
            research unit may be nominated. A report on this           relative to the work agreement and the standard
            review must be lodged with the Office of Research          required for the award, and to ensure that the student
            and placed on the student's file.                          is made aware of whatever the supervisor may regard
       (iii) If the Research Proposal Review Committee                 as inadequate progress or work below the standard
             determines that the proposal is unacceptable, the         generally expected;
             student must re-present a research proposal within    3.9 to complete progress reports as scheduled by current
             three months. If, after the second presentation of        University policy, including the assessment of any
             the research proposal, the Research Proposal              required written material in sufficient time to allow for
             Review Committee determines that the proposal is          comments and discussions before proceeding to the
             unsatisfactory, the student's candidature will be         next stage;
             terminated.
                                                                   3.10 to provide accurate feedback on the progress of the
       (iv) Students may appeal against the Research                    student in relation to the milestones established for the
            Proposal Review Committee decision under section            award by the Faculty, as required by the University
            11 of the Code of Practice - Supervision.                   and scholarship authorities;
2.10      to ensure compliance with the University's policy on     3.11 to counsel students to enrol for a lower award if after
          intellectual property.                                        one year, progress has been unsatisfactory.
                                                                        Alternatively students may choose to go on probation
3.     Responsibilities of the Supervisor                               for the higher award by meeting certain goals as
The overriding responsibility of supervisors is to provide              agreed between student, supervisor and a member of
continuing support to students in researching and producing             the URC from outside the Faculty (see Probation);
a thesis to the best of the student's ability. Specific            3.12 to refer problems which cannot be resolved to the
responsibilities are;                                                   Head of the Academic unit, in the first instance; and if
3.1 to advise students of their procedural and substantive              further resolution is necessary to the Dean or the Chair
    rights and responsibilities contained in this Code of               of the Faculty Research Committee as appropriate,
    Practice and other matters as detailed in Appendix A at             and as a last resort to the PVC Research (see
    their first meeting or within a month of this meeting;              Grievance Procedures);
                                                                   3.13 to advise the Faculty Research Committee of the
                                                                        names and credentials of suitable examiners;
                                                                   3.14 to advise the student as to when and whether the
                                                                        thesis is suitable, in form and content, for submission,
                                                                        and to write a short factual report on the period of
                                                                        study;
                                                                                                                             srT
General Information

3.15 to comply with the University's policy on intellectual               communication between the supervisors and the
     property in all interactions with the student.                       student. Where a supen/isor is inexperienced co-
                                                                          supervision is mandatory.
4.     Responsibilities of Students
                                                                     5.4 In general all members ofthe academic staff are eligible
The primary responsibility for the undertaking, active                   to become principal supervisors of students for higher
prosecution and completion of the research rests with                    degrees if they have at least:
students. Specific responsibilities are:
                                                                          •   a degree equivalent to or higher than that being
4.1 to become familiar with the procedural and substantive
                                                                              supervised; or
    rights and responsibilities of research students at the
    University of Woliongong;                                             •   are currently active researchers or have proven
                                                                              research records; or
4.2 to negotiate an agreement/contract of work to be done
    and schedules to be adhered to with the supervisor(s),                •   have previous successful experience in supervision
    which is to be reviewed regulariy in the course of the                    of post graduate students.
    candidature;                                                     5.5 Members of the academic staff who are themselves
4.3 to discuss with the supervisor(s) the most useful type               students for higher degrees should not normally have
    of help required for successful completion of the                    major responsibility for students undertaking degrees at
    degree;                                                              the same level. They can be co-supervisors provided
                                                                         there is no conflict of interest with their topic and that of
4.4     to undertake appropriate remedial work identified by
                                                                         the student.
        the supervisor(s) should this be necessary;
                                                                     5.6 Co-supervisors should generally be appointed at the
4.5 to complete and present within an agreed time limit a
                                                                         outset of the program, particulariy if any lengthy
    formal thesis proposal;
                                                                         absences of the supervisor are planned or if expertise
4.6 to maintain regular contact with the supervisor(s) and               additional to that provided by the supervisor is required;
    to ensure that a reasonable timetable of meetings and                this could be a staff member or members from the
    submitted work is agreed and maintained;                             University or from another institution or from industry.
4.7     to present required written material in sufficient time to   5.7 Any co-supervisor should be involved as soon as
        allow for comments and discussions before scheduled              practicable in the development of the student's research
        meetings;                                                        plan and should maintain a level of communication with
4.8     to negotiate with the supervisor(s) appropriate ways of          the student and the other supervisors to allow adequate
        documenting meetings including agreed actions                    supervision whenever necessary.
        ansing from supervision sessions;                            5.8 In some cases, e.g. where the topic is multi-disciplinary
4.9     to complete progress reports as scheduled by current             or staff inexperienced, a panel could be formed to
        University policy;                                               advise the student; again, the site of primary
                                                                         responsibility must be made clear.
4.10 to accept responsibility for the final copies of the thesis
     and to submit a thesis which meets the University's             5.9 The University and its academic units should provide
     requirements on presentation and content.                           opportunities to assist academic staff in improving their
                                                                         understanding and skill in the supervision of
 5.    General Issues Relating to Supervisors                            postgraduate students. All staff who supervise or expect
 5.1 The academic unit should take care to avoid situations              to supervise postgraduate students should work to
     where there is a conflict of interest between the                   improve their skills by using these opportunities.
     supervisor and the student. In appointing supervisors,
                                                                     6.   Leave
     ensure that they are not engaged in assessing or
     supervising the research of students with v^/hom they           6.1 Supervisors should ensure that students have accurate
     have a close personal relationship, which could give                information about any planned, long leave (or
     rise to undue advantage or disadvantage. Supervisors,               retirement) during the candidature and about the
     both actual and potential, must advise their Head of                arrangements to be made to provide for supervision
     Unit of any such relationship.                                      during absences.
 5.2 Supervisors will be responsible to the Head of the Unit         7.   Reports
     and to the Dean or the Chair of the Faculty Research
                                                                     7.1 Written reports from the student and the supervisor are
     Committee as appropriate, for the supervision of
                                                                         an important and formal means to monitor the progress
     students in their charge.
                                                                         of the student. Each report should be a frank appraisal
 5.3 The University recommends co-supervision, where two                 of the student's progress by trath the supervisor and the
     or more supervisors may take differing roles and                    student. The annual report is the means by which the
     responsibilities depending on their expertise and                   University assesses whether the candidature will
     expenence with supervision. The principal supervisor                continue into the following year.
     has    primary     responsibility for   coordinating
 518
                                                                                                              General Information

8.   Grievance Procedures                                               probation, in a report to the PVC(R), the senior
                                                                        academic will make recommendations addressing any
8.1 Any problems encountered during the candidature or
                                                                        perceived problems. The recommendations may
    any disagreements between the student and the
                                                                        include: continuation of enrolment; termination of
    supervisor in relation to the annual reporting process or
                                                                        candidature; transfer of award; change of supervisor or
    to other matters during the candidature that cannot be
                                                                        appointment of a panel of supervisors; including
    easily resolved between the student and the supervisor
                                                                        members from outside the academic unit.
    are to be referred, by either the student or the
    supervisor, to the Head of Unit, in the first instance (in      9.4 (i)   If the student fails to make satisfactory progress
    faculties with units) and then to the Dean or the Chair of                during the probationary        period and the
    the Faculty Research Committee as appropriate;                            recommendation is transfer to Masters by
8.2 if the Head of Unit is also the supervisor then there is a                research, but the student refuses then the PVC(R)
    clear conflict of interest and the student may go straight                can terminate the candidature.
    to the Dean or the Chair of the Faculty Research                    (ii) If the recommendation is termination then the
    Committee, who may co-opt an independent person                          PVC(R) has the power to terminate the
    from outside the unit;                                                   candidature.
8.3 at any stage in this process the student may consult the        9.5 Students and supervisors shall be informed of the
    Dean of Students for confidential advice and guidance               outcomes of the recommendations. If they disagree with
    and may formally request that the Dean of Students                  any of the outcomes, then they may appeal the decision
    negotiates with the Faculty;                                        to the appeals committee.
8.4 if, after this process, the student is not satisfied with the   9.6 If the outcome of probation is termination then a student
    outcome, the student may refer the matter, in writing, to           may appeal this decision to an appeals committee
    the Pro-Vice Chancellor (Research) and ask that the                 consisting of the Chair of Academic Senate, the
    Dean of Students negotiate on his or her behalf.                    President of the Postgraduate Students' Association
                                                                        and a third member from the Research Training
9.   Probation                                                          Management Committee nominated by the Pro-Vice
9.1 If either supervisor or student expresses dissatisfaction           Chancellor (Research) (no members of this committee
    in an annual report then, the Dean or the Chair of the              shall be from the Faculty in which the candidate is
    Faculty Research Committee (as appropriate) should                  enrolled).
    consult with both parties independentiy not later than
                                                                    10. Examination & Examiners
    one month after lodgement of the unfavourable report.
    After such consultation, the Dean or the Chair of the           10.1 The examination of theses submitted for higher
    Faculty Research Committee may decide that the                       degrees is undertaken, in the case of Doctoral
    matter has been resolved; if the matter is not resolved,             students, by at least two examiners who are external
    the Dean or the Chair of the Faculty Research                        to the University. For Masters by research students, at
    Committee may recommend a period of probation. If                    least two examiners are used, no more than one of
    there is a conflict of interest, the Chair of the Faculty            whom is an internal examiner; the supervisor cannot
    Research Committee will substitute for the Dean or vice              be an examiner.
    versa;                                                          10.2 The selection of examiners is of critical importance. In
9.2 (i)   Probation is a process of testing of the                       considering examiners, account should be taken of
          performance of the candidate over a set period                 the examiners understanding and position on the
          subject to a special supervisory regime.                       thesis topic and on the methodology employed and
                                                                         their prestige and status in the field.
     (ii) If either the student or supervisor objects to the
          probation then the matter can be referred to a            10.3 Examiners     should   normally   be    active   in
          Panel consisting the Chair of the Faculty Research             research/scholarship in the relevant area, thus
          Committee (or nominee), a senior academic from                 ensuring that their knowledge of the field remains
          outside the Faculty nominated by the URC, and the              current;
          President of the Post-graduate Association (or            10.4 They should have empathy with the theoretical
          nominee). This panel will decide whether or not the            framework used by the student.
          probation should be imposed.
                                                                    10.5 They should have proven familiarity with            the
     (iii) If the panel recommends probation and the student             supervision/examination of research theses.
           refuses to accept this recommendation, then the
                                                                    10.6 The choice of examiners is a process involving both
           PVC(R) can terminate the candidature.
                                                                         the student and the supervisor. Together they should
9.3 If probation is to be imposed, the PVC(R) will appoint a             generate a list of examiners, having regard to the
    senior academic to oversee the supervision process                   known disciplinary biases of those suggested. The
    and research progress for a period of not less than                  final choice will be finalised from this list by the
    three months and not more than one year. At the end of               supervisor and the head of the academic unit. The
                                                                                                                             519
General Information

       names of these examiners and their credentials             iv) failure to consult the student about the choice of
       should be submitted to the Faculty Research                    examiner.
       Committee for appointment.
                                                                  13. Procedures
10.7 Formal invitations to examine the thesis will be issued
                                                                  13.1 The appeal must be made by the student to the Chair
     by the Thesis Examination Committee. Examiners are
                                                                      of the Thesis Examination Committee, in writing, within
     normally allowed eight weeks to examine the thesis
                                                                      one month of the decision of the Thesis Examination
     and provide a report to the Thesis Examination
                                                                      Committee being made known to the student; the
     Committee.
                                                                      student must set out fully the grounds for the appeal
10.8 If the list of names agreed upon between student and             and provide documentary evidence in support of the
     supervisor is exhausted then the student must be                 appeal.
     consulted in drawing up a new list.
                                                                  13.2On receipt of the appeal, the Chair of the Thesis
10.9 Examiners should be made familiar with the                       Examination Committee will, in the first instance,
     requirements of the University and the essential parts           interview the supervisor/s and the Head of
     of the Rules goveming the particular degree.                     Postgraduate Studies (or Dean if appropriate), and the
10.10 Students must not contact any examiner until the                student (where practicable), for advice on the
      examination is complete and the report retumed to               circumstances of the case. The Chair will then refer
      and acted on by the thesis committee.                           the matter to the Thesis Examination Committee for
                                                                      reconsideration, if appropriate, of its decision in the
10.11 The reports from the examiners are considered by the
                                                                      light of any information provided by the student that
     Thesis Examination Committee, after receiving the
                                                                      was not known to the Committee at the time it made its
     comments of the Head on the reports. The Thesis
                                                                      original decision. The Thesis Examination Committee
      Examination Committee determines the outcome of
                                                                      may choose to: a) uphold its original decision; b)
     the examination.
                                                                      rescind its original resolution and determine a new
10.12The names of the examiners and copies of the                     resolution; or c) refer the matter to the Academic
     examiner's reports are made available to the student             Review Committee for further investigation.
     after the Thesis Examination Committee has made its
                                                                  13.3On receipt of advice from the Thesis Examination
     determination.
                                                                      Committee, the student may appeal to the Academic
11. Appeals                                                           Review Committee. Any such request must be lodged
                                                                      in writing with the Vice-Principal (Administration) within
11.1 As a result of the complex and special relationship
                                                                      one month of the Thesis Examination decision.
     with examiners of research degrees, the University
     has established a procedure which gives students, in         13.4The Academic Review Committee will limit itself to
     certain circumstances, the right of appeal against the           considering the matter only on one or more of the four
     examination and evaluation of their candidature.                 grounds outlined above and will not consider the
 11.2 Appeals are permitted on procedural grounds only:               academic merits of the examination. Unless they are
      appeals by students simply rejecting the assessment             relevant to particular points made in the case put
      of the merit of their vwDrk are not permitted. Appeals on       forward by the student, the examiners' reports will not
      grounds of inadequacy of supervisory or other                   normally be placed before the Committee.
      arrangements during the period of study, are normally       13 5The Committee may determine that the appeal be
      not permitted, unless the student can show that                 dismissed or, if it finds that one of the four grounds for
      persistent efforts to deal with these issues were not           appeal above is satisfied, it will refer the matter back to
      adequately addressed; the grievance procedures                  the Thesis Examination Committee with a direction that
      outlined above, as well as the possibility of probation,        the thesis be re-examined. In this circumstance, the
      should be used for these matters at the appropriate             student must re-submit the original thesis for re-
      time during the candidature.                                    examination by new examiners.

 12. Grounds for Appeal                                           14. Intellectual Property
 The only grounds normally permitted for an appeal against a      The University's Intellectual Property Policy - July 1998
 decision not to award a postgraduate research degree or          sets out, inter alia, the University's position in relation to
 not to allow re-submission of a thesis for reexamination, are:   intellectual property and ownership of work developed by
 i)    procedural irregularities in the conduct of the            students in the course of their candidature.
       examination, that may have had an effect on the            14.1 Ownership
       outcome of the examination;                                    Normally the University will not claim any proprietary
 ii)   circumstances affecting the student's performance of           interest in intellectual property developed solely by
       which the examiners were not made aware;                       students during their enrolled studies. However, the
                                                                      University may assert a proprietary interest in such
iii) documented evidence of prejudice or of bias on the part
                                                                      intellectual property where:
     of one or more of the examiners;
520                                             ~
                                                                                                               General Information
    (a) development of the intellectual property has involved            copies of which are available firom Heads and from the
         substantial use of University resources and/or                  Office of Research and Postgraduate Studies;
         sen/ices beyond those needed to meet subject or
                                                                   16.2 Agreement should be reached between the student
         course requirements;
                                                                        and the supervisor concerning authorship of
    (b) development ofthe intellectual property has resulted            publications and acknowledgment during and after the
         from use of University intellectual property;                  candidature. There should be open and mutual
    (c) the intellectual property forms part of the intellectual        recognition of the student's and the supervisor's
         property generated by a team of which the student              contribution on all published work contributions on all
         is directly or indirectiy a member;                            published work arising from the project.

    (d) the intellectual property has been developed as the        Appendix A
         result of project specific funding provided by, or        Checklist 1: First formal Meeting Supervisor(s) and
         obtained by, the University. The University will have     Student
         a proprietary interest in any intellectual property
                                                                   At their initial meeting or within a month after this the
         developed by a student in the course of
                                                                   student and supervisor should discuss the Code of Practice
         candidature for a degree of the University.
                                                                   with particular reference to the sections dealing with the
14.2 Agreement                                                     responsibilities of the supervisor(s) and student. Where
     The onus is on the supervisor to inform the student           there is more than one supervisor, the student is notified of
     fully, in writing before enrolment, of any aspects of the     particular responsibilities of each supervisor. Student and
     research which are likely to result in the generation of      supervisor(s) then discuss and agree upon or note:
     intellectual property and/or which is funded by any
                                                                   1.   the duration, location and timing of future meetings;
     contractual arrangement(s) and of any restrictions on
     disclosure or communication with colleagues likely to         2.   the stnjcture of future meetings, including which
     result from such arrangements.                                     supervisors will attend and the responsibilities of
                                                                        student and supervisor(s) in the event of postponement
14.3 If the student agrees to take part in such a project, a            of meeting;
     written agreement on the conditions of disclosure etc.,
     should be concluded over the signature of the student,        3.   timetabling of and completion and presentation of
     principal supervisor and the Head.                                 research proposal; the details of what is required in the
                                                                        thesis proposal and criteria for an acceptable thesis
14.4 Where patentable intellectual property is generated                proposal;
     unexpectedly during the candidature and there is no
                                                                   4.   a broad timetable, taking into account the level of the
     initial agreement on intellectual property, the student,
                                                                        thesis, the student's timetable for the thesis, any
     the principal supervisor and the Head should meet as
                                                                        foreseen intervening matters (e.g. major conferences)
     soon as possible and produce a written understanding
                                                                        coursework required and the timetable agreed for
     on the matter.
                                                                        completion and criteria of such work;
15. Access to theses
                                                                   5.   'remedial' work required and a timetable agreed for
15.1 Following examination of the thesis and subsequent to              completion and criteria of such work;
     any corrections required to the thesis as a result of the     6.   processes for submission of work e.g. whether material
     examination process, one copy of the thesis will be                should be submitted before meetings;
     deposited in the University Library.
                                                                   7.   access to equipment, study space, computer/software,
15.2 At the time of submission of the thesis, the student will          access to email and funds, and where and when these
     be requested to complete a form to advise the                      are/will be available and likely resource implications;
     Librarian on access rights to the thesis. Normally, the
                                                                   8.   obligations under the University's Annual Reporting
     University expects that free access to all theses
                                                                        system;
     deposited in the Library should be permitted, but
     recognises that in exceptional circumstances, such as         9.   requirements to attend seminars, and how details of
     commercial confidences, it may be necessary to                     these will be communicated;
     restrict access for a period of time. Where access is         10. Intellectual Property Policy, and the consequences of
     restricted, it should be for as short a time as possible.         this for the student's research are explained carefully;
16. Other Provisions                                               11. Human Ethics Policy and its requirements;
16.1 All other provisions relating to intellectual property and    12. The question of whether or not to keep a diary of
     to the role of the lllawarra Technology Corporation Ltd           meetings or another method of record keeping;
     in relation to the assessment of and arrangements for         13. Grievance Procedures Policy;
     the protection of intellectual property are set out in
                                                                   14. Probation;
     University's Intellectual Property Policy - July 1998,


                                                                                                                                521
General Information

15. Normal progress requirements and other University              University has nominated a group of people who are familiar
    Course Rules and where these are available to the              with the literature and guidelines on research misconduct to
    student.                                                       be advisers on integrity in research.

                                                                   4. Code of Conduct for the Responsible Practice
                                                                      of Research
Code of Practice - Research
                                                                   4.1 Approval Process for Research
1.    Introduction                                                 The University has established several committees that
                                                                   have a role in the review and approval of some kinds of
The Code of Practice - Research sets out the current policy
                                                                   research.     These are the Human Research Ethics
and best practice relating to procedures for responsible
                                                                   Committee, the Animal Ethics Committee, the Biosafety
practices in research and dealing with problems of research
                                                                   Committee and the Occupational Health and Safety
misconduct      The Code and associated reporting
                                                                   Committee. Among their responsibilities, these committees
requirements for publication of research results applies to all
                                                                   aim to ensure that the University and its researchers comply
research undertaken at the University of Woliongong. The
                                                                   with statutory and other requirements. If research falls
Code was compiled in consultation with the University
                                                                   under the terms of reference of any of these committees, it
Research Committee and has been endorsed by the
                                                                   must be approved by the relevant committee(s) before
Academic Senate. The University of Woliongong
                                                                   research can begin. Researchers must comply with the
acknowledges the guidelines provided by the AVCC and the
                                                                   conditions that the committees deem necessary for
NH & MRC in the original drafting of this document.
                                                                   approval, including conditions about the conduct of the
2.    The Code                                                     approved research
This Code sets out a Code of Conduct for the Responsible           4.2 General Ethical Considerations
Practice of Research. Research and the pursuit of                  •    It is a basic assumption of institutions conducting
knowledge are vital institutional functions. The broad                  research that their staff members are committed to high
principles that guide research have long been established.              standards of professional conduct. Research workers
Central to these are the maintenance of high ethical                    have a duty to ensure that their work enhances the
standards, and validity and accuracy in the collection and              good name of the institution and the profession to
reporting of data. The responsibility of the research                   which they belong.
community to the public and to itself is acknowledged.
                                                                   •    Research workers should only participate in work which
Communication between collaborators; maintenance and                    conforms to accepted ethical standards and which they
reference to records; presentation and discussion of work at            are competent to perform. When in doubt they should
scholarty meetings; publication of results, including the               seek assistance with their research from their
important element of peer refereeing; and the possibility that          colleagues or peers. Debate on, and criticism of,
investigations will be repeated or extended by other                    research work are essential parts of the research
researchers, all contribute to the intrinsically self-correcting        process.
nature of research.
                                                                   •     Institutions and research workers have a responsibility
Competition in research can have a strong and positive
                                                                        to ensure the safety of all those associated with the
infiuence, enhancing the quality and immediacy of the work
                                                                        research. It is also essential that the design of projects
produced. However, competitive pressures can act to distort
                                                                        takes account of any relevant ethical guidelines.
sound research practice, encouraging misconduct such as:
                                                                   •     If data of a confidential nature are obtained, for
•     the fabrication and/or falsification of data, including
                                                                        example from individual patient records or certain
      changing records;
                                                                        questionnaires, confidentiality must be observed and
•     plagiansm; and                                                    research workers must not use such information for
•     misleading ascription of authorship.                              their ovm personal advantage or that of a third party. In
                                                                        general, however, research results and methods should
It may also encourage the premature release of research
                                                                        be open to scrutiny by colleagues within the institution
results before they are adequately validated and the division
                                                                        and, through appropriate publication, by the profession
of reports on substantial bodies of work into multiple small
                                                                        at large.
reports to enhance the "publication count" of the author(s).
                                                                   •    Secrecy may be necessary for a limited period in the
3.    Advice on Integrity in Research                                   case of contracted research.
A member of staff or student should in the first instance          4.3 Specific matters
contact the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research) if he/she
                                                                   a)   Retention of Data
requires confidential advice about what constitutes
misconduct in research, the rights and responsibilities of a            •   Data must be recorded in            a durable    and
potential complaint, and the procedures for dealing with                    appropriately referenced form.
allegations of research misconduct within the institution. The

522
                                                                                                                General Information

   •   Wherever possible, a copy of the original data                        it). Simultaneous submission to more than one
       should be retained in the department or research                      journal or publisher of material based on the same
       unit in which they were generated.                                    set(s) or sub-set(s) of data should be disclosed at
                                                                             the time of submission.
   •   There may be cases where retention of original
       data may be difficult, such as:                              c)   The Role of Research Supervisors
           a large volume of source material; in these                   •   Members of the academic staff of the University
           cases source material should be cleariy                           (other than those who are themselves candidates
           referenced in any published material; or                          for higher degrees) who are currentiy active
                                                                             researchers, who have proven research records
           data obtained from limited access databases or
                                                                             and who have previous experience in supervision
           in a contracted project, in such cases a written
                                                                             may be permitted to be sole supervisors of
           indication of the location of the original data or
                                                                             candidates for higher degrees. In the case of
           key information regarding the limited access
                                                                             newer, less experienced members of staff, a co-
           database from which it was extracted must be
                                                                             supervisor, who will be a more experienced and,
           kept in the department or research unit.
                                                                             generally, more senior member of staff, will also be
   •   if at all possible, it is in the interests of all research            appointed. Staff whose previous supervisory
       workers to ensure that original data are safely held                  experience has been less than satisfactory will not
       for periods of at least five years.                                   be appointed as sole supervisors.
b) Publication
                                                                         •   The ratio of research students/trainees to
   •   No unpublished research results should be                             supervisors should be small enough to ensure
       publicised by others without the agreement of all                     effective interaction, as well as effective
       the researchers concerned.                                            supervision ofthe research at all stages.
   •   Where there is more than one author of a                          •   As part of the formal Department induction
       publication, one author (by agreement among the                       procedures research supervisors should advise
       authors)     should    formally    accept    overall                  each research student/trainee of applicable
       responsibility for coordinating the submission and                    government and institutional guidelines for the
       revision ofthe manuscript. Such formal acceptance                     conduct of research, including those ethical
       must be in writing and kept on file in the                            requirements for studies on human or animal
       department or unit of that author together with the                   subjects, and requirements for the use of
       names of all other authors.                                           potentially hazardous agents.
   •   The authors of the publication must read the final                •   Research supervisors should be the primary
       paper and sign a statement indicating that each of                    source of guidance to research students/trainees in
       them has met the minimum requirements for                             all matters of sound research practice.
       authorship - see policy on Authorship - and who is
                                                                         •   As far as possible, research supervisors should
       the author taking overall coordinating responsibility
                                                                             ensure that the work submitted by research
       for the publication. If, for any reason, one or more
                                                                             students/trainees is their own and that, where there
       co-authors is unable to sign the statement, the
                                                                             are data, they are valid.
       head of the research unit or department may sign
       on his/her behalf, noting the reason for his/her non-             •   Where possible, the Head of the research unit
       availability.                                                         should be personally involved in active research
                                                                             supervision and observe the research activities of
   •   The coordinating author must keep the signed                          those for whom he or she is responsible.
       statement in his/her possession and submit a copy                     Professional relationships should be encouraged at
       for retention in the department or unit when the                      all times. In particular, there should be wide
       work is accepted for publication.                                     discussion of the work of all individuals by their
   •   Where possible, it would be wise for papers                           peers.
       submitted for publication to be read by a staff              d) Disclosure of Potential Conflict of Interest
       member outside the immediate group. This helps to
                                                                         Disclosure of any potential conflict of interest is
       ensure that the paper readily communicates its
                                                                         essential for the responsible conduct of research. The
       findings and major conclusions. It is, in any event,
                                                                         formal written disclosure of such interests will be to: the
       good practice to encourage discussion between
                                                                         Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research); the editors of journals
       members of different research groups.
                                                                         to which papers are submitted; and to bodies from
   •    Publication of multiple papers based on the same                 which funds are sought.
       set(s) or sub-set(s) of data is improper unless there
                                                                    e) Special needs in different disciplines
       is full cross-referencing (for example, by reference
       to a preliminary publication at the time of                       In some disciplines there will be special areas which
       publication of the complete work which grew from                  require regulation, for example the handling of
                                                                                                                                523"
General Information

        hazardous materials. The rules for this activity should            4.5 Procedures for Dealing with Allegations of
        form part of the general code of ethics for                each        Misconduct in Research
        discipline.                                                        A working party of the University Research Committee is at
4.4 Misconduct                                                             present working on an additional section on how to deal with
                                                                           allegations in establishing a prima facie case, as the
Misconduct in research includes;
                                                                           disciplinary conditions can only come into play after this.
•       the fabrication of data; that is, claiming results where
                                                                           This Code of Conduct for the Responsible Practice of
        none has been obtained;
                                                                           Research aims to ensure a research environment that
•       the falsification of data, including changing records;             minimises the incidence of misconduct in research. It is
•        plagiarism,   including the      direct copying of      textual   inevitable, however, that there will be some allegations of
         material, the      use of     other   people's data     without   misconduct. The procedures to cover the situation where
         acknowledgment and the use of ideas from other                    allegations of misconduct are made against a staff member
         people without adequate attribution;                              at the   University   of Woliongong     are   covered   in    the
                                                                           Management Handbook, under Rules for Staff Discipline.
 •       misleading ascription of authorship including the listing
         of authors without their permission, attributing work to
         others who have not in fact contributed to the research,
         and the lack of appropriate acknowledgment of work
         produced by others involved in the research, such as a
         research student/trainee or associate.

    It does not include honest errors or honest differences in
    interpretation or judgements of data. Examples of research
    misconduct include but are not limited to the following:

    •    Misappropriation: A researcher or reviewer shall not
         intentionally or recklessly:

         a.   plagiarise, which shall be understood to mean the
              presentation of the documented words or ideas of
              another as his or her own, without attribution
              appropriate for the medium of presentation;

         b.   make use of any information in breach of any duty
              of confidentiality associated with the review of any
              manuscript or grant application;

         c.   intentionally omit reference to the relevant
              published work of others for the purpose of infernng
              personal discovery of new information.

    •    Interference: A researcher or reviewer shall not
         intentionally and without authorization take or sequester
         or materially damage any research-related property of
         another, including without limitation the apparatus,
         reagents, biological materials, writings, data, hardware,
         software, or any other substance or device used or
         produced in the conduct of research.

    •    Misrepresentation: A researcher or reviewer shall not
         with intent to deceive, or in reckless disregard for the
         truth:

         a.   state or present a material or significant falsehood;
              or

         b.   omit a fact so that what is stated or presented as a
              whole states or presents a material or significant
              falsehood.

 The list above is not meant to be all inclusive. There may be
 other misdemeanours. For example, in human or animal
 expenmentation            departing    from     approved      protocols
 accepted        by    a    specific    discipline   might   constitute
 misconduct.

 524
Pi d e r gfiSS^WSSB




 University of Woliongong NSW 2522 Australia
 Produced by: Academic Registrar's Division
 Web:        www.uow.edu.au/student/calendarindex.html

 Admissions Enquiries:      Tel      1300 FOR UOW
                                                             Domestic)
                                     1300 367 869
                                                             International)
                            Tel      +61 2 4221 3218
                             Fax     +61 2 4221 3233
                             Email   uniadvice@uow.edu.au




                                                         (3880000186056




 is available.

                 ^im^^mmmmmmsi^mmm^muimM 'mmmm
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        J      \ -    ^ '    -
                              iNoie:              c^orne c o u r i                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            II lU^yi I^^OICi        CJIIU     V Idl
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      credit points at 200-1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              W o l i o n g o n g c a n stu                                                                                                                      ELS171                     An In
                              session commencenr
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Lang
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              countries as part of t
^ ^^E^KP^^^^^^^^^^^^H
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       2                                                                      4                                                                       6                                                                          8



                                                                                                                                VyUlU
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            P O L 3 2 4 m a y be
                                  or                                                                  POL290                    Won                                                 and two of the followi                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          in L e g a l Studies SL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            subject, with the a
                                  FREN251                  Frem                                                                 Repr                                                LAW331                      Intel!
                                                                                           11                                                                                                                                                   15                                                            17                                                                        19                                                                                                                                           23                                                                     25                                                                        27
                                  10                                                                  12                                                                            14                                                                      16                                                          18                                                                         20                                                                        22                                                                     24                                                                    26                                                                         28



                                                                                                                                                                                    by arrangement w                                                                                                                    LuiLuidi iicisnpoirus                                                       rre-requisiies: (tL
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             century.                                                                                                                                      the nineteenth cer                                                        themselves             orally
                                                                      perspective,                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      in Australian cuitu                                                         ELS161)                                                                                                                                         Shakespeare                  and
                                                                                                                                                                                    Adrian Vickers.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  situations;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        cultural practices ar                                                                                                                                                                                                       ENGL228.
                                                                                                                                                                      33                                                                       35                                                        37                                                                         39                                                                      41                                                                     43                                                                     45                                                                         47
                                                                                          31          32                                                                            34                                                                      36                                                          38                                                                          40                                                                       42                                                                     44                                                                     46                                                                        48




                                   prepare an anno                                                      Union in comparat                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  biuuerii snouia oe                                                         ineoreticai etnics.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         assessment items                                                                                                                                                                                                           central issues, texi
                                   review;                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 an ability to und<                                                         and write about th<
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         the mix to be det                                                                                                                                                                                                          moral philosophy ar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           complex moral pre
                  49                                                                  51                                                                             53                                                                    55                                                            57                                                                        59                                                                    61                                                                      63                                                                    65                                                                            67
                                   50                                                                   52                                                                           54                                                                     56                                                           58                                                                          60                                                                       62                                                                    64                                                                     66                                                                         68




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               ^ o n i a c i Mours: 2                                               investigates the ;                                                         tne   issues    a                                                      societies and corr
                                       political parties, g€                                            embodiment , s                                                                                                                                                                                                       P r e - r e q u i s i t e s : (1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               E x c l u s i o n s : STS                                            technological chant                                                        consequences th
                                                                                                        terms o f t h e workf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               biology to biotec
                  69                                                                 71                                                                              73                                                                    75                                                         77                                                                           79                                                                    81                                                                     83                                                                     85                                                                        87
                                       70                                                               72                                                                          74                                                                       76                                                              78                                                                      80                                                                       82                                                                    84                                                                         86                                                                     88




                                                                                                        MLJMll^lb               Uper                                                     Human Resource                                                      MGMT201                   Orgc                                  Plus at least o n e                                                                                                                              In addition to the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           6                 MGMT218                   Com                                                                                                                                                              D                     required for             the
                                                                                                                                                                                         Human Resource                                                                                                                   ACCY 102                                                                                                                                                                                           8                                                                        6
               89                                                                                                                                                                        Business                                                            ACCY302                   Fina                                                                                                                                                                                   Marketing:
                                       90                                            91                                                                         93                                                                         95                                                         97                                                                           99                                                                  101                                                                   103                                                                      105                                                                    107
                                                                                                        92                                                                               94                                                                  96                                                           98                                                                         100                                                                      102                                                                     104                                                                      106                                                                    108



                                       bCUN216              Inten                                                                                                                        ACCY 100                Ace                                             Kre-requisites:                                                                                                                        systems   require                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 aspects of intemc
                                                                                                           MGMT216               Op€                                                                                     /    -^-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              management ace                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   data.
                                       ECON251              Indu                                                                                                                         ACCY102                 Ace                                             ACCY 102                                                                                                                               demonstrate an u                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Part A w e exami
              6                                                                      6
                                                                                                           MGMT255               Inve
                                       MGMT201              Orga                                                                                                                         MGMT102                 Bus                  115                                                        117                                                                                                                                                                                                                        123                                                                   125                                                                        127                          payment and exc
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              119                                                                 121
              109                                                                111                                                                       113                                                                                                   116                                                          118                                                                       120                                                                    122                                                                       124                                                                   126                                                                        128
                                       110                                                                 112                                                                           114



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             u^i I d v i u u i   III    dl 1                                                                                                            pun lib        Ul     bUL)J(
                                                                                                                                                                                         Pre-requisites: >                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Students                                                              Semester is am
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              reports and oral p                                                                                                                        Technology or En
                                                                     It.                                                                                                                 E x c l u s i o n s : Not                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             unlearning proce
              129                                                                131                                                                      133                                                                         135                                                        137                                                                          139                                                                  141                                                                     143                                                                    145                                                                       147
                                       130                                                                 132                                                                           134                                                                     136                                                          138                                                                        140                                                                   142                                                                       144                                                                    146                                                                       14S




                                                                                                                                                                                         or                                                                                                                                                                                                             Contact Hours:                                                                                                                                   Pre-requisites: i
                                       m a k e s use of va                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   presentation of tw                                                                                                                                   A s s e s s m e n t : P(                                                                                                                     6 0 % respectively.
                                                                                                                                                           -                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            week.
                                                                                                                                                                                         VIS123                   Int                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             and production 0                                                       Co-requisites: S

           149                                                                 151                                                                        153                                                                        155                                                        157                                                                          159                                                                  161                                                                      163                                                                    165                                                                        167
                                       150                                                                 152                                                                           154                                                                                                                                 158                                                                        160                                                                       162                                                                     164                                                                  166                                                                        168



                                       t-frdi^iiut^ III uie iiyn                                                                                                                                                  Phi                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Chi                                                                                                                       language aevelo
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        InE                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    relation to achieve
                                                                                                                                                                                      EDUS203                     Huf                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Autumn
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    1 Ql                                                                    183                                                                   185                                                                        187
           iby                                                                   171                                                                       173                                                                        175                                                        177                                                                          179                                                                   lol                           182                                                                    184                                                                   186                                                                         188
                                       170                                                                                                                                            174                                                                    176                                                              178                                                                        180



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 per cent or tne                                                            ur
                                                                                                             Spring                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ENGG251                  M(                                            simulations,                     t
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               e
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ENGG252                  Er                                            industrial case
              1RQ                                                                                                                                          1Q1                                                                       1QS
                                                                                 191                                                                       iy%3                               194                                                                                               197                                                                                                                                                                                                                        203
                                        190                                                                                                                                                                                                                       196                                                             198                                        199                                                                 201                                                                                                                                            205                                                                        207
                                                                                                             192
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          200                                                                      202                                                                    204                                                                   206                                                                         208



                                            n i l OOUU         kJl                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          1 i^iv- v a i 11 II l U U b l                                                                                                                  owiiuiiieu diiuyb,
                                                                                                                                                                                              B a c h e l o r of En                                               MATH 188              M<                                     detennination of
                                            PHYS306            Pr                                           Plus 2 4 credit                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Assessment:                                                              significance of                                                          satisfaction o f t
              o                                                                                                                                                                                                                       D                                                                                                                                                                                                 UIV^O.

                                                                                                                                                                                              B a c h e l o r of En                                               PHYS142                Fu                                                                                                               objectives i and                                                         identify barriers
                                            PHYS325            El                                           S c i e n c e or Ger
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                217                                                                         219                                                                  991                                                                      223                                                                    225                                                                       227
          209                                                                 211                                                                        213                                                                        215                                                                                        218                                                                                                                                                                                                                          224                                                                 226                                                                        228
                                                                                                            212                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           220                                                                      222
                                            210                                                                                                                                               214                                                                 216



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    1 ciicrv^iiui 1 dl lU                                                  problems.                                                            »vi i i ^ l 1 yiVC?    M lU
                                                                                                             displacement;                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Technetium ger
                                                                                                                                                                                          Pre-requisites:                                                          conveying o r t r j                                                                                                                                                                                              optical instrum                                                                                                                             biological tissue.
                                                                                                             application   of
                                                                                                                                                                                          Component Des                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             atomic physics;
         229                                                                  231                                                                        233                                                                        235                                                         237                                                                         239                                                                   241                                                                     243                                                                    245                                                                       247
                                            230                                                              232                                                                          234                                                                      236                                                            238                                                                      240                                                                      242                                                                    244                                                                  246                                                                         248




                                                                                                            b t u d e n t s enroll                                                            y\j%i n o   \Jl    KJ\J                                                                                                             0.      apply       SOL                                                 s y s t e m , but it s                                                            (jroup b                                                                                                                                                                                                        techniques des
                                                                                                                                                    *^         "-f                            theoretical         knc               ^on                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         144                                                                                                         prevent reinjury
                                                                                                            the Bachelor [                                                                                                                                                                                                                implement                                                       to      be        Infom                                                           Students
           249                                                                                              s h o u l d consult                                                                                                                                                                                                           research;                                                       Australians.                                                                      additiona                                                                                                                                                                       267
                                                                              251                                                                        253                                                                         255                                                       257                                                                           259                                                                  261                                                                     263                                                                    265                                                                                                        268
                                                                                                            252                                                                               254                                                                 256                                                             258                                                                     260                                                                                                                                             264                                                                   266
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     262



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         v^uvciwj m u r e tix                                                                                                                               ii'jrv./H 1 1        u
                                                                                                            dysfunctional hu                                                                  systems; digest                                                                                                                   health nurses m                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             STAT304              0
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                system.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     0 7 C                                                      OTT                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             P
          269                                                                 271                                                                        273                                                                         /fO                                                        Zt f                                                                        279                                                                   281                                                                     283                                                                    285
                                            270                                                             272                                                                               274                                                                  276                                                                                                                                     280                                                                      282                                                                  284                                                                                                               287
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                278
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            288



                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    >-'O^I 1 ^ 1             }^                                                                                                                     y\^-j>jnji^    Ulliy 1
                                                                                                           BIOL332               Co                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            BUSS318                  Ir                                                                                                                      Y e a r 2 - Elect
                                            points o v e r 3 y                                                                                                                                ECTE432              Cc                                                                                                                                                                                      major study SL                                                           CSCI131                 Ir
              6                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Stage 5                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          or w h o are will                          b
                                                                                                                                 Em                                                           ECTE457              Th                                                                                6                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         CSCI112                  F                                                                                                                       CSCI204          F
                                                                                 8                                                                                                                                                    3                                                                                                                         iubjects.                                                                                                           CSCI203                 D                                                                                                                       CSCI121).
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ECTE301               Di                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    CSCM31                   Ir
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           O/TJ
           289                                                                 291                                                                       293                                  294                                    295                                                        297                               298                                       299                            300                                    301                                                                      oUo                                 304                               305                                306                                    307                                  308
                                            290                                                                                                                                                                                                                    296                                                                                                                                                                                                              302
                                                                                                           292



                                             M A 1 HSZl          N                                                                                                                             saiisiy ine req                                                                                                                     r^\^\^ 1 l U i         H                                                                                                                                                                                                 ^ 1 i ^ i i iw^.-i 11 l y      V,                                        bUltlUI             b
                                                                                                              school of Matf                                                                                                                                       STS300                 T
                                             MATH322            A                                                                                                                                                                     D                                                                                            ECON 101               ^                                                                                                                                                                                                 a n d w h o have                                                         ECTE150             E
                                                                                                              choice of subje                                                                                                                                      Plus either                    8                                MATH187                N
                                             MATH323            T                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           or better may                                                            MATH187             N
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  '301
          309                                310                             311                                                                         313                                   314                                  315                            316                         317                                 318                                      319                           320
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  oZ\                                322                                  323                                                                    oZo                                                                       327                              328
                                                                                                              312                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           324                                                                      326



                                                                                                             V-/\JV-/I 1 \J 1   will 1                                                                                                                             UDject Modelli                                                                                                                          Ul l u ^ i o i a i luii lu                                                                                                                                                                                                 1^1 11 l U O C   dU|J
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               understanding
                                            IACT201#           Inl                                          Additional Subj                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                interact with an                                                                                                                                                                                                           understanding
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   the correctnes
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      product desig
                                            and
        329                                                                   331                                                                        333                                   334                                  335                            336                          337                               338                                       339                            340                                   341                                342                                   343                                  344                              345                                   346                                 347                               348
                                            330                                                             332



                                                                                                                                                                                               impierneni re                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 neiworKing.                                                         techniques.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ECTE211 o r E                                                                                                                                                                                                    communication
                                                                                                                                                                                               routing and int
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    evidence-basec
          349                               350                              351                              352                                        353                                   354                              355                                356                         357                                358                                       359                                                                  361                                362                                   363                                                                   365                              366                                     367                                368
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          360                                                                                                                                                  364




                                            subject should                                                                                                                                    inference and th                                                    wiiicn can oe us                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ^unidci nours
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         s, anu \y/}                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Pre-requisites:
                                            of topology;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ;hers.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           383                                                                   385                                                                       387
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            '^7Q
         369                                370                               371                            372                                     373                                      374                               375                               376                          377                                                                          o/y                                                                  381                                                                                                       384                                                                   386                                                                       388
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               378                                                                        380



                                            rre-requisiies                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               bcoiogy
                                            LLB222.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       GEOS220                  Clir                                                                                        \ j




        389                                                                  391                                                                         393                                                                        395                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ilrtO
                                            390                                                            392                                                                            394                                                                    396                            397                                                                          399                                                                  401                                                                      Wo                                                                    405                                                                       407
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                398                                                                      400                                                                       402                                                                    404                                                                  406                                                                        408



                                                                                                                                                                                          h're-requisites:                                                                                                                                                                                              stereochemistry/c                                                      population growth                                                         A s s e s s m e n t : es                                                                                                                         Contact Hours:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              E x c l u s i o n s : Not                                                                                                                                                                                                  examination                                                                                                                                      Seminars: averac
                                                                                                                                         e replication.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 drug design indue
         409                                                                  411                                                                        413                                                                        415                                                        417                                                                          419                                                                   421                                                                       423                                                                   425                                                                      427
                                        410                                                                                                                                               414                                                                416                                                              418                                                                       420                                                                    422                                                                       424                                                                426                                                                           428




                                                                                                                                                                                      CSCI235                     Da                                                                                                     Compulsory                   Sub                                           BUSS110                     Intr
                                                                                                        BIOL332                  Co                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          MGMT303                 Dev
                                                                                                                                                                                      CSCI236                     3D                                                                                                     FIN491                        Ho                                           BUSS111                     Bus
                                                                                                        BIOL351                  Co                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          MGMT305                 Bus
          429                                                                 431                                                                         433                                                                         435                                                        437                                                                         439                                                                   441                                                                      443                                                                       445                                                                    447
                                       430                                                             432                                                                           434                                                                     436                                                         438                                                                        440                                                                      442                                                                    444                                                                   446                                                                        448



                                                                                                               acnievement.                                                                                                                                                                                                       p e r s o n in relat                                                                                                                                                                                                     v^urTirniiiee                tr
                                                                                                                                                                                               and/or the Re                                                       UniCentre anc
                                                                                                               applicants w h                                                                                                                                                                                                     to t h e       mann^                                                                                                                                                                                                     b e e n followed
                                                                                 451                                                                       453                                                                            455                     Aquatic          Cent                457                                                                         459                                                                  461                                                                      463                                                                      465                                                                        467
              449
                                                                                                       452                                                                          454                                                                    456                                                          458                                                                        460                                                                       462                                                                  464                                                                                                                                            468
                                  450



                                                                                                                         qualific<                                                                in w h i c h t h e                                                                                                                   r e m o v e it for
                                         completed           sat                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Honours                                                                                                                                     or       e)       the                                                or                                                               103(5). fails to (
                                                                     ine neaa.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                :iur u c y i c c , ui
                                         satisfying of a [                                                              2 years                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 corrections,                                                                                                                          h o n o u r s referred
                    469                                                                   471                                                                         473                                                                                                                                  477                                                                          47c                                                                                                                                             48                                                                     481                                                                        48
                               470                                                                472                                                                          474                                                                    476                                                          478                                                                        480                                                                     482                                                                     484                                                                    186                                                                       488




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               b i d i luii 1^ i i u r i                                                                                                                               1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     uui iierii dl lu 1 IC d
                             Bachelor of L a w s                                                                                                                                    which:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           R e i n s t a t e m e n t Fee 0
                                                                                                 GCert in Intemational E                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            For example, supptemer                                            (ii)    t h e standard e x a
                             Bachelor of M a r i n e Sc                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             normally be arranged                                                      d u r i n g the        time
                        4J                                                                 49                                                                             49                                                                    491                                                           49                                                                         49                                                                      50                                                                     50                                                                  50;                                                                       507
                             490                                                                 492                                                                           94                                                                     i96                                                                                                                                     500                                                                     502                                                                     )04                                                                    506                                                                       )08




                                                                                                                                                                                          tne aataoase w                                                                                                                e x p e r i e n c e with s                                                                                                                    tential complaint,                    an                                epted             by       a       spe<
                                         accommodatior                                                       set out t h e crit          w i l l MM o c ; v d 1 u a y                                                                                                                                                                                                                         )    documented evide                                                                                               iiic?   iiciMuiiriy
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        has               primary                                                                                                                     2gations of r e s e a r c h r                                           conduct.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              51                                                                         51        o f o n e or m o r e of t                                     52
                       509                                                                 51-                                                                            51                                                                    5ie                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       i                                                                           ttempts to ensure that the inf
                             10                                                                  12                                                                            14                                                                     16                                                           18                                                                         20                                                                      2                                                                                                                                              )onse to changing circumstan

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:20
posted:3/12/2012
language:English
pages:129